Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark one)

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number 001-14063

 

 

 

LOGO

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   38-1886260

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(727) 577-9749

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on February 27, 2015 was approximately $4.1 billion. For purposes of this determination, shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s Common Stock as of the close of business on October 6, 2015, was 189,273,241. The registrant does not have any non-voting stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders scheduled to be held on January 21, 2016 is incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

2015 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Part I.

      
  Item 1.   Business      2   
  Item 1A.   Risk Factors      10   
  Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments      29   
  Item 2.   Properties      30   
  Item 3.   Legal Proceedings      33   
  Item 4.   Mine Safety Disclosures      33   

Part II.

    
  Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      34   
  Item 6.   Selected Financial Data      36   
  Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations      37   
  Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      56   
  Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      57   
  Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      57   
  Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures      57   
  Item 9B.   Other Information      58   

Part III.

    
  Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      58   
  Item 11.   Executive Compensation      59   
  Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      59   
  Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      60   
  Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services      60   

Part IV.

    
  Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules      60   

Signatures

     106   


Table of Contents

References in this report to “the Company,” “Jabil,” “we,” “our,” or “us” mean Jabil Circuit, Inc. together with its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain statements that are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) which are made in reliance upon the protections provided by such acts for forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements (such as when we describe what “will,” “may,” or “should” occur, what we “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “believe,” “expect” or “anticipate” will occur, and other similar statements) include, but are not limited to, statements regarding future sales and operating results, potential risks pertaining to these future sales and operating results, future prospects, anticipated benefits of proposed (or future) acquisitions, dispositions and new facilities, growth, the capabilities and capacities of business operations, any financial or other guidance and all statements that are not based on historical fact, but rather reflect our current expectations concerning future results and events. We make certain assumptions when making forward-looking statements, any of which could prove inaccurate, including, but not limited to, statements about our future operating results and business plans. Therefore, we can give no assurance that the results implied by these forward-looking statements will be realized. Furthermore, the inclusion of forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by the Company or any other person that future events, plans or expectations contemplated by the Company will be achieved. The ultimate correctness of these forward-looking statements is dependent upon a number of known and unknown risks and events, and is subject to various uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these statements. The following important factors, among others, could affect future results and events, causing those results and events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements:

 

    business conditions and growth or declines in our customers’ industries, the electronic manufacturing services industry and the general economy;

 

    variability of our operating results;

 

    our dependence on a limited number of major customers;

 

    any potential future termination, or substantial winding down, of significant customer relationships;

 

    availability of components;

 

    our dependence on certain industries;

 

    the susceptibility of our production levels to the variability of customer requirements, including seasonal influences on the demand for certain end products;

 

    our substantial international operations, and the resulting risks related to our operating internationally, including weak global economic conditions, instability in global credit markets, governmental restrictions on the transfer of funds to us from our operations outside the U.S. and unfavorable fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

    the potential consolidation of our customer base, and the potential movement by some of our customers of a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity;

 

    our ability to successfully negotiate definitive agreements and consummate acquisitions, and to integrate operations following the consummation of acquisitions;

 

    our ability to successfully negotiate definitive agreements and consummate dispositions, and to disentangle operations following the consummation of dispositions;

 

    our ability to take advantage of our past, current and possible future restructuring efforts to improve utilization and realize savings and whether any such activity will adversely affect our cost structure, our ability to service customers and our labor relations;

 

    our ability to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise;

 

    other economic, business and competitive factors affecting our customers, our industry and our business generally; and

 

    other factors that we may not have currently identified or quantified.

For a further list and description of various risks, relevant factors and uncertainties that could cause future results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, see the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections contained in this document, and any subsequent reports on Form 10-Q and Form 8-K, and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Given these risks and uncertainties, the reader should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are made only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or correct any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that subsequently occur, or of which we hereafter become aware. You should read this document and the documents that we incorporate by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We may not update these forward-looking statements, even if our situation changes in the future. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

 

1


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

The Company

We are one of the leading providers of worldwide electronic manufacturing services and solutions. We provide comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in the automotive, consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace, digital home, emerging growth, healthcare, industrial and energy, mobility, networking and telecommunications, packaging, point of sale, printing and storage industries. We serve our customers primarily with dedicated business units that combine highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing with advanced electronic design and design for manufacturability. We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our revenue, net of estimated return costs (“net revenue”). Based on net revenue, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, our largest customers include Apple, Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., LM Ericsson Telephone Company, General Electric Company, Hewlett-Packard Company, Ingenico S.A., NetApp, Inc., Sony Mobile Communications, Inc., Valeo S.A. and Zebra Technologies Corporation. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, we had net revenues of approximately $17.9 billion and net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc. of approximately $284.0 million.

We offer our customers comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services that are responsive to their manufacturing and supply chain management needs. Our business units are capable of providing our customers with varying combinations of the following services:

 

    integrated design and engineering;

 

    component selection, sourcing and procurement;

 

    automated assembly;

 

    design and implementation of product testing;

 

    parallel global production;

 

    enclosure services;

 

    systems assembly, direct order fulfillment and configure to order; and

 

    injection molding, metal, plastics, precision machining and automation.

We currently conduct our operations in facilities that are located in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Scotland, Singapore, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Ukraine, the U.S. and Vietnam. Our global manufacturing production sites allow customers to manufacture products simultaneously in the optimal locations for their products. Our services allow customers to reduce manufacturing costs, improve supply-chain management, reduce inventory obsolescence, lower transportation costs and reduce product fulfillment time. Our global presence is key to assessing our business opportunities.

As of September 1, 2014, we are reporting our business in the following two segments: Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”). Our EMS segment is focused around leveraging IT, supply chain design and engineering, technologies largely centered on core electronics, sharing of our large scale manufacturing infrastructure and the ability to serve a broad range of end markets. Our EMS segment includes customers primarily in the automotive, digital home, industrial and energy, networking and telecommunications, point of sale, printing and storage industries. Our DMS segment is focused on providing engineering solutions and a focus on material sciences and technologies. Our DMS segment includes customers primarily in the consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace, emerging growth, healthcare, mobility and packaging industries.

Our principal executive offices are located at 10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, and our telephone number is (727) 577-9749. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1992. Our website is located at http://www.jabil.com. Through a link on the “Investors” section of our website, we make available the following financial filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC: our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. All such filings are available free of charge. Information contained in our website, whether currently posted or posted in the future, is not a part of this document or the documents incorporated by reference in this document.

 

2


Table of Contents

Industry Background

The industry in which we operate has historically been composed of companies that provide a range of design and manufacturing services to companies that utilize electronics components. The industry experienced rapid change and growth through the 1990s as an increasing number of companies chose to outsource an increasing portion, and, in some cases, all of their manufacturing. In mid-2001, the industry’s revenue declined as a result of significant cut-backs in customer production requirements, which was consistent with the overall downturn in the technology sector. In response to this downturn in the technology sector, we implemented restructuring programs to reduce our cost structure and align our manufacturing capacity with the geographic production demands of our customers. Industry revenues generally began to stabilize in 2003 and companies began to turn more to outsourcing versus internal manufacturing. In addition, the number of industries serviced, as well as the market penetration in certain industries, by electronic manufacturing service providers has increased over the past several years. In mid-2008, the industry’s revenue declined when a deteriorating macro-economic environment resulted in illiquidity in global credit markets and a significant economic downturn in the North American, European and Asian markets. In response to this downturn, and the termination of our business relationship with BlackBerry Limited, we implemented additional restructuring programs, including the restructuring plans that were approved by our Board of Directors in fiscal year 2014 (the “2014 Restructuring Plan”) and in fiscal year 2013 (the “2013 Restructuring Plan”), to reduce our cost structure and further align our manufacturing capacity with the geographic production demands of our customers.

We will continue to monitor the current economic environment and its potential impact on both the customers that we serve as well as our end-markets and closely manage our costs and capital resources so that we can respond appropriately as circumstances continue to change. Over the longer term, however, we believe the factors driving our customers and potential customers to utilize our industry’s services include:

 

    Reduced Product Cost. Manufacturing service providers are often able to manufacture products at a reduced total cost to companies. These cost advantages result from higher utilization of capacity because of diversified product demand and, generally, a greater focus on elements of manufacturing cost.

 

    Accelerated Product Time-to-Market and Time-to-Volume. Manufacturing service providers are often able to deliver accelerated production start-ups and achieve high efficiencies in transferring new products into production. Providers are also able to more rapidly scale production for changing markets and to position themselves in global locations that serve the leading world markets. With increasingly shorter product life cycles, these key services allow new products to be sold in the marketplace in an accelerated time frame.

 

    Access to Advanced Design and Manufacturing Technologies. Customers gain access to additional advanced technologies in manufacturing processes, as well as product and production design. Product and production design services may offer customers significant improvements in the performance, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability of their products.

 

    Improved Inventory Management and Purchasing Power. Manufacturing service providers are often able to more efficiently manage both procurement and inventory, and have demonstrated proficiency in purchasing components at improved pricing due to the scale of their operations and continuous interaction with the materials marketplace.

 

    Reduced Capital Investment in Manufacturing. Companies are increasingly seeking to lower their investment in inventory, facilities and equipment used in manufacturing in order to allocate capital to other activities such as sales and marketing and research and development (“R&D”). This strategic shift in capital deployment has contributed to increased demand for and interest in outsourcing to external manufacturing service providers.

Our Strategy

We are focused on expanding our position as one of the leading providers of worldwide electronic manufacturing services and solutions. To achieve this objective, we continue to pursue the following strategies:

 

    Establish and Maintain Long-Term Customer Relationships. Our core strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. Over the past several years, we have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base. As a result of these efforts, we have experienced business growth from existing customers and from new customers. Additionally, our acquisitions have contributed to our business growth. We focus on maintaining long-term relationships with our customers and seek to expand these relationships to include additional product lines and services. In addition, we have a focused effort to identify and develop relationships with new customers who meet our profile.

 

    Utilize Business Units. Most of our business units are dedicated to one customer and operate with a high level of autonomy, primarily utilizing dedicated production equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers. We believe our customer centric business units promote increased responsiveness to our customers’ needs, particularly as a customer relationship grows to multiple production locations.

 

3


Table of Contents
    Expand Parallel Global Production. Our ability to produce the same product on a global scale is a significant requirement of our customers. We believe that parallel global production is a key strategy to reduce obsolescence risk and secure the lowest landed costs while simultaneously supplying products of equivalent or comparable quality throughout the world. Consistent with this strategy, we have established or acquired operations in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Scotland, Singapore, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Ukraine and Vietnam to increase our European, Asian and Latin American presence.

 

    Offer Systems Assembly, Direct-Order Fulfillment and Configure-to-Order Services. Our systems assembly, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services allow our customers to reduce product cost and risk of product obsolescence by reducing total work-in-process and finished goods inventory. These services are available at all of our manufacturing locations.

 

    Offer Design Services. We offer a wide spectrum of value-add design services for products that we manufacture for our customers. We provide these services to enhance our relationships with current customers by allowing them the flexibility to utilize complementary design services to achieve improvements in performance, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability, as well as to help develop relationships with new customers.

 

    Pursue Selective Acquisition Opportunities. Traditionally, EMS companies have acquired manufacturing capacity from customers to drive growth, expand footprint and gain new customers. More recently, our acquisition strategy has expanded beyond focusing on acquisition opportunities presented by companies divesting internal manufacturing operations to include opportunities to acquire smaller EMS competitors who are focused on our key growth areas which include specialized manufacturing in key markets (such as healthcare and packaging), materials technology, design operations and/or other acquisition opportunities complementary to our services offerings. The primary goal of our acquisition strategy is to complement our current capabilities, diversify our business into new industry sectors and with new customers and expand the scope of the services we can offer to our customers. As the scope of our acquisition opportunities expands, the risks associated with our acquisitions expand as well, both in terms of the amount of risk we face and the scope of such risks. See “Risk Factors – We have on occasion not achieved, and may not in the future achieve, expected profitability from our acquisitions; and some divestitures may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.”

Our Approach to Manufacturing

In order to achieve high levels of manufacturing performance, we have adopted the following approaches:

 

    Business Units. Most of our business units are dedicated to one customer and are empowered to formulate strategies tailored to individual customer needs. Most of our business units have dedicated production lines consisting of equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers. Under certain circumstances, a production line may include more than one business unit in order to maximize resource utilization. Business units have direct responsibility for manufacturing results and time-to-volume production, promoting a sense of individual commitment and ownership. The business unit approach is modular and enables us to grow incrementally without disrupting the operations of other business units.

 

    Business Unit Management. Our Business Unit Managers coordinate all financial, manufacturing and engineering commitments for each of our customers at a particular manufacturing facility. Our Business Unit Directors oversee local Business Unit Managers and coordinate worldwide financial, manufacturing and engineering commitments for each of our customers that have global production requirements. Jabil’s Business Unit Management has the authority (within high-level parameters set by executive management) to develop customer relationships, make design strategy decisions and production commitments, establish pricing, and implement production and product design changes. Business Unit Managers and Directors are also responsible for assisting customers with strategic planning for future products, including developing cost and technology goals. These Managers and Directors operate autonomously with responsibility for the development of customer relationships and direct profit and loss accountability for business unit performance.

 

    Automated Continuous Flow. We use a highly automated, continuous flow approach where different pieces of equipment are joined directly or by conveyor to create an in-line assembly process. This process is in contrast to a batch approach, where individual pieces of assembly equipment are operated as freestanding work-centers. The elimination of waiting time prior to sequential operations results in faster manufacturing, which improves production efficiencies and quality control, and reduces inventory work-in-process. Continuous flow manufacturing provides cost reductions and quality improvement when applied to volume manufacturing.

 

4


Table of Contents
    Computer Integration. We support all aspects of our manufacturing activities with advanced computerized control and monitoring systems. Component inspection and vendor quality are monitored electronically in real-time. Materials planning, purchasing, stockroom and shop floor control systems are supported through a computerized Manufacturing Resource Planning system, providing customers with a continuous ability to monitor material availability and track work-in-process on a real-time basis. Manufacturing processes are supported by a real-time, computerized statistical process control system, whereby customers can remotely access our computer systems to monitor real-time yields, inventory positions, work-in-process status and vendor quality data. See “Technology” and “Risk Factors – Any delay in the implementation of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our costs.”

 

    Supply Chain Management. We make available an electronic commerce system/electronic data interchange and web-based tools for our customers and suppliers to implement a variety of supply chain management programs. Most of our customers utilize these tools to share demand and product forecasts and deliver purchase orders. We use these tools with most of our suppliers for just-in-time delivery, supplier-managed inventory and consigned supplier-managed inventory.

Our Design Services

We offer a wide spectrum of value-add design services for products that we manufacture for our customers. We provide these services to enhance our relationships with current customers and to help develop relationships with our new customers. We offer the following design services:

 

    Electronic Design. Our Electronic Design team provides electronic circuit design services, including application-specific integrated circuit design and firmware development. These services have been used by our customers for a variety of products including cellular phones and accessory products, notebook and personal computers, servers, radio frequency products, video set-top boxes, optical communications products, personal digital assistants, communication and broadband products, automotive and consumer appliance controls.

 

    Industrial Design Services. Our Industrial Design team designs the “look and feel” of the plastic and metal enclosures that house the electro-mechanics, including the printed circuit board assemblies (“PCBA”).

 

    Mechanical Design. Our Mechanical Design team specializes in three-dimensional mechanical design with the analysis of electronic, electro-mechanical and optical assemblies using state of the art modeling and analytical tools. The mechanical team has extended Jabil’s product design offering capabilities to include all aspects of industrial design, advance mechanism development and tooling management.

 

    Computer-Assisted Design. Our Computer-Assisted Design (“CAD”) team provides PCBA design services using advanced CAD engineering tools, PCBA design validation and verification services, and other consulting services, which include the generation of a bill of materials, approved vendor list and assembly equipment configuration for a particular PCBA design. We believe that our CAD services result in PCBA designs that are optimized for manufacturability and cost efficiencies, and accelerate the product’s time-to-market and time-to-volume production.

 

    Product Validation. Our Product Validation team provides complete product and process validation. This includes product system test, product safety, regulatory compliance and reliability test.

 

    Manufacturing Test Solution Development. Our Manufacturing Test Solution Development team works as an integral function to the design team to embed design for testability and minimization of capital and resource investment for mass manufacturing. The use of software driven instrumentation and test process design and management has enhanced our customer product quality and less human dependent test processes. The full electronic test data-log of customer products has allowed customer product test traceability and visibility throughout the manufacturing test process.

Our design centers are located in: Vienna, Austria; Hasselt, Belgium; Anaheim, Dublin and San Jose, California; Ottawa, Canada; Beijing, Hong Kong, Shanghai, Tianjin, Wuhan, Wuxi and Zhejiang, China; Colorado Springs, Colorado; Kankaanpaa and Tampere, Finland; St. Petersburg, Florida; Jena, Germany; Chicago, Illinois; Bray, Ireland; Clinton, Massachusetts; Tampines, Singapore; Hsinchu, Taichung City and Taipei, Taiwan; and Coppell, Texas. Our teams are strategically staffed to support Jabil customers for all development projects, including turnkey system design and design for manufacturing activities. See “Risk Factors – We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise.”

We are exposed to different or greater potential liabilities from our design services than those we face from our regular manufacturing services. See “Risk Factors – Our design services and turnkey solutions offerings may result in additional exposure to product liability, intellectual property infringement and other claims, in addition to the business risk of being unable to produce the revenues necessary to profit from these services.”

 

5


Table of Contents

Our Systems Assembly, Test, Direct-Order Fulfillment and Configure-to-Order Services

We offer systems assembly, test, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services to our customers. Our systems assembly services extend our range of assembly activities to include assembly of higher-level sub-systems and systems incorporating multiple PCBAs. We maintain systems assembly capacity to meet the demands of our customers. In addition, we provide testing services, based on quality assurance programs developed with our customers, of the PCBAs, sub-systems and systems products that we manufacture. Our quality assurance programs include circuit testing under various environmental conditions to try to ensure that our products meet or exceed required customer specifications. We also offer direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services for delivery of final products we assemble for our customers.

Technology

We believe that our manufacturing and testing technologies are among the most advanced in the industry. Through our R&D efforts, we intend to continue to offer our customers among the most advanced highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing process technologies for precise and aesthetic mechanical components and system assembly. These technologies include automation, electronic interconnection, advanced polymer and metal material science, automated tooling, single/multi-shot injection molding, stamping, multi-axis Computer Numerical Control (“CNC”), spray painting, vacuum metallization, physical vapor deposition, digital printing, anodization, thermal-plastic composite formation, plastic with embedded electronics, in-mold labeling, leather/wood overmolding, metal cover with insert-molded or die-casting features for assembly, seamless display cover with integrated touch sensor, plastic cover with insert-molded glass lens and advanced testing solutions. In addition to our R&D activities, we are continuously making refinements to our existing manufacturing processes in connection with providing manufacturing services to our customers. See “Risk Factors – We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise.”

Research and Development

To meet our customers’ increasingly sophisticated needs, we continuously engage in product research and design activities. These activities include electronic design, mechanical design, software design, system level design, material processing research (including plastics, metal, glass and ceramic), component and product validation, as well as other design and process development related activities necessary to manufacture our customers’ products in the most cost-effective and consistent manner. We are engaged in advanced research and platform designs for products including: mobile internet devices and associated accessories, multi-media tablets, two-way radios, consumer lifestyles products, health care and life science products, server and storage products, set-top and digital home products, printing products and wearable technologies products. These activities focus on assisting our customers in product creation and manufacturing solutions. For fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, we expended $27.6 million, $28.6 million and $28.4 million, respectively, on R&D activities.

Financial Information about Business Segments

We derive revenue from providing comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services. Management evaluates performance and allocates resources on a segment basis. At August 31, 2015, our reportable operating segments consisted of two segments – EMS and DMS. See Note 12 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Customers and Marketing

Our core strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with the size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. A small number of customers and significant industry sectors have historically comprised a major portion of our net revenue. The table below sets forth the respective portion of net revenue for the applicable period attributable to our customers who individually accounted for approximately 10% or more of our net revenue in any respective period:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Apple, Inc.

     24     18     20

BlackBerry Limited

     *        *        12

 

* Amount was less than 10% of total

 

6


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, revenue by segment expressed as a percentage of net revenue:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

EMS

     60     67     70

DMS

     40     33     30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In fiscal year 2015, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 50% of our net revenue and 81 customers accounted for approximately 90% of our net revenue. We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue and upon their growth, viability and financial stability. See “Risk Factors – Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of those customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue,” “Risk Factors – Consolidation in industries that utilize our services may adversely affect our business” and Note 12 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base, including but not limited to increasing our net revenue in the EMS and DMS segments through acquisitions and organic growth. Our Business Unit Managers and Directors, supported by executive management, work to expand existing customer relationships through the addition of product lines and services. These individuals also identify and attempt to develop relationships with new customers who meet our profile. This profile includes financial stability, need for technology-driven turnkey manufacturing, anticipated unit volume and long-term relationship stability. Unlike traditional sales managers, our Business Unit Managers and Directors are responsible for ongoing management of production for their customers.

International Operations

A key element of our strategy is to provide localized production of global products for leading companies in the major consuming regions of the Americas, Europe and Asia. Consistent with this strategy, we have established or acquired operations in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Scotland, Singapore, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Ukraine and Vietnam.

Our European operations provide European and multinational customers with design and manufacturing services to satisfy their local market consumption requirements.

Our Asian operations enable us to provide local design and manufacturing services and a more competitive cost structure in the Asian market; and serve as a low cost manufacturing source for new and existing customers in the global market.

Our Latin American operations located in Mexico enable us to provide a low cost manufacturing source for new and existing customers principally in the U.S. marketplace. Our Latin American operations located in South America provide customers with manufacturing services to satisfy their local market consumption requirements.

See “Risk Factors – We derive a majority of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense to achieve profitability than our domestic operations” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Competition

Our business is highly competitive. We compete against numerous domestic and foreign electronic manufacturing service providers and design providers, including Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Celestica Inc., Flextronics International Ltd., Hon-Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., Plexus Corp. and Sanmina Corporation. Our diversified manufacturing services segment competes against numerous domestic and foreign providers, including AptarGroup, Inc., Berry Plastics Group, Inc., Catcher Technology Co., Ltd., Gerresheimer AG, Quanta Computer, Inc. and Zeniya Aluminum Engineering, Ltd. In addition, past consolidation in our industry has resulted in larger and more geographically diverse competitors who have significant combined resources with which to compete against us. Also, we may in the future encounter competition from other large electronic manufacturers, and manufacturers that are focused solely on design and manufacturing services, that are selling, or may begin to sell electronic manufacturing services. Most of our competitors have international operations and significant financial resources and some have substantially greater manufacturing, R&D and marketing resources than we have.

We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing. In the past, some of our customers moved a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity.

 

7


Table of Contents

We may be operating at a cost disadvantage compared to competitors who (a) have greater direct buying power from component suppliers, distributors and raw material suppliers, (b) have lower cost structures as a result of their geographic location or the services they provide, (c) are willing to make sales or provide services at lower margins than we do (including relationships where our competitors are willing to accept a lower margin from certain of their customers for whom they perform other higher margin business) or (d) have increased their vertical capabilities, thereby potentially providing them greater cost savings. As a result, competitors may procure a competitive advantage and obtain business from our customers. Our manufacturing processes are generally not subject to significant proprietary protection. In addition, companies with greater resources or a greater market presence may enter our market or increase their competition with us. We also expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products or services, to reduce the sales prices of their current products or services and to introduce new products or services that may offer greater performance and improved pricing. Any of these developments could cause a decline in our sales, loss of market acceptance of our products or services, compression of our profits or loss of our market share. See “Risk Factors – We compete with numerous other diversified manufacturing service providers, electronic manufacturing services and design providers and others, including our current and potential customers who may decide to manufacture some or all of their products internally.”

Backlog

Our order backlog at August 31, 2015 and 2014 was valued at approximately $5.0 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively. Our order backlog is expected to be filled within the current fiscal year. Although our backlog consists of firm purchase orders, the level of backlog at any particular time may not be necessarily indicative of future sales. Given the nature of our relationships with our customers, we frequently allow our customers to cancel or reschedule deliveries, and therefore, backlog is often not a meaningful indicator of future financial results. Although we may seek to negotiate fees to cover the costs of such cancellations or rescheduling, we may not always be successful in such negotiations. See “Risk Factors – Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and capital expenditures, and to maximize the efficiency of our manufacturing capacity.”

Seasonality

Production levels for a portion of the DMS segment are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater net revenue during our first fiscal quarter due to higher demand for consumer related products manufactured in the DMS segment during the holiday selling season.

Components Procurement

We procure components from a broad group of suppliers, determined on an assembly-by-assembly basis. Almost all of the products we manufacture require one or more components that are only available from a single source. Some of these components are allocated from time to time in response to supply shortages. In some cases, supply shortages could substantially curtail production of all assemblies using a particular component. A supply shortage can also increase our cost of goods sold, as a result of our having to pay higher prices for components in limited supply, and potentially cause us to have to redesign or reconfigure products to accommodate a substitute component. In addition, at various times industry-wide shortages of electronic components have occurred, particularly of semiconductor, relay and capacitor products. We believe these past shortages were due to increased economic activity following recessionary conditions and natural disasters. In the past, such circumstances have produced insignificant levels of short-term interruption of our operations, but they could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the future. Our production of a customer’s product could be negatively impacted by any quality or reliability issues with any of our component suppliers. The financial condition of our suppliers could affect their ability to supply us with components and their ability to satisfy any warranty obligations they may have, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations. See “Risk Factors – We depend on a limited number of suppliers for components that are critical to our manufacturing processes. A shortage of these components or an increase in their price could interrupt our operations and reduce our profit, increase our inventory carrying costs, increase our risk of exposure to inventory obsolescence and cause us to purchase components of a lesser quality.”

Proprietary Rights

We regard certain aspects of our design, production and product services as proprietary intellectual property. To protect our proprietary rights, we rely largely upon a combination of intellectual property laws, non-disclosure agreements with our customers, employees, and suppliers and our internal security systems, policies and procedures. Although we take steps to protect our intellectual property, misappropriation may still occur. We have not historically sought patent protection for many of our proprietary processes, designs or other patentable intellectual property. We currently have a relatively modest number of solely owned and/or jointly held patents for various innovations. We believe that our research and design activities, along with developments relating thereto, may result in growth of our patent portfolio and its importance to us, particularly as we expand our business activities. Other factors significant to our proprietary rights include the knowledge and experience of our management and personnel and our ability to develop, enhance and market manufacturing services.

 

8


Table of Contents

We license some technology and intellectual property rights from third parties that we use in providing some of our design, production and product management services to our customers. Generally, the license agreements which govern such third party technology and intellectual property rights grant us the right to use the subject technology anywhere in the world and will terminate upon a material breach by us. In the event of termination, we may not be successful in developing alternatives.

We do not believe that our designs, production and product management services infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties. However, if third parties successfully assert infringement claims against us with respect to past, current or future designs or processes, we could be required to enter into an expensive royalty arrangement, develop non-infringing designs or processes, discontinue use of the infringing design or processes, or engage in costly litigation. See “Risk Factors – We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise,” “Risk Factors – Our manufacturing processes and services may result in exposure to intellectual property infringement and other claims,” “Risk Factors – The success of certain aspects of our business depends in part on our ability to obtain, protect and leverage intellectual property rights” and “Risk Factors – Intellectual property infringement claims against our customers, our suppliers or us could harm our business.”

Employees

As of August 31, 2015, we employed approximately 161,000 people worldwide. None of our U.S. domestic employees are represented by a labor union. In certain international locations, our employees are represented by labor unions and by works councils. We have never experienced a significant work stoppage or strike and we believe that our employee relations are good.

Geographic Information

The information regarding net revenue and long-lived assets set forth in Note 12 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, is hereby incorporated by reference into this Part I, Item 1.

Environmental

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process, those governing worker health and safety, those requiring design changes, supply chain investigation or conformity assessments or those relating to the recycling or reuse of products we manufacture. If we fail to comply with any present or future regulations, we could become subject to liabilities, and we could face fines or penalties, the suspension of production, or prohibitions on sales of products we manufacture. In addition, such regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to acquire costly equipment, or to incur other significant expenses, including expenses associated with the recall of any non-compliant product or with changes in our operational, procurement and inventory management activities. See “Risk Factors – Compliance or the failure to comply with current and future environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws or regulations could cause us significant expense.”

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Executive officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board. Each executive officer is a full-time employee of Jabil. There are no family relationships among our executive officers and directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of our executive officers and any other persons pursuant to which any of such executive officers were selected. Below is a list of our executive officers as of the most recent practicable date.

Forbes I.J. Alexander (age 55) was named Chief Financial Officer in September 2004. Mr. Alexander joined Jabil in 1993 as Controller of Jabil’s Scottish operation and was promoted to Assistant Treasurer in April 1996. Mr. Alexander was Treasurer from November 1996 to August 2004. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Alexander was Financial Controller of Tandy Electronics European Manufacturing Operations in Scotland and has held various financial positions with Hewlett Packard and Apollo Computer. Mr. Alexander is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Management Accountants. He holds a B.A. in Accounting from the University of Abertay Dundee, Scotland.

Sergio A. Cadavid (age 59) was named Senior Vice President, Treasurer in September 2013. Mr. Cadavid joined Jabil in 2006 as Treasurer. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Cadavid was Corporate Assistant Treasurer for Owens-Illinois, Inc. in Toledo, Ohio. Mr. Cadavid joined Owens – Illinois, Inc. in 1988 and held various financial and administrative positions in the U.S., Italy and Colombia. He has also held various positions with The Quaker Oats Company, Arthur Andersen & Co. and J.M. Family Enterprises, Inc. He holds an M.B.A. from the University of Florida and a B.B.A. from Florida International University.

Michael Dastoor (age 50) was named Senior Vice President, Controller in July 2010. Mr. Dastoor joined Jabil in 2000 as Regional Controller – Asia Pacific and was named Controller in June 2004. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Dastoor was a Regional Financial Controller for Inchcape PLC. Mr. Dastoor joined Inchcape in 1993. He holds a degree in Finance and Accounting from the University of Bombay. Mr. Dastoor is a Chartered Accountant from the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

 

9


Table of Contents

Michael J. Loparco (age 44) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, High Velocity and Industrial & Energy in October 2014. Previously, Mr. Loparco served as Senior Vice President, Global Business Units in Jabil’s High Velocity business and held a variety of global management positions. Before joining Jabil in 1999, Mr. Loparco was an attorney at Holland & Knight, LLP, practicing corporate and commercial litigation, and was a Certified Mediator in the judicial circuits of the State of Florida. He holds a Juris Doctorate from Stetson University College of Law; and attended Florida State University, College of Law, while serving with the Committee of Business and Professional Regulation for the Florida House of Representatives. He holds a Bachelor of Arts in International Business, with minor degrees in Spanish and Business Management, from Eckerd College.

Joseph A. McGee (age 53) was named Executive Vice President, Strategic Planning and Development in January 2010 and was designated as an executive officer in July 2013. Mr. McGee joined Jabil in 1993 as a Business Unit Manager. From 1993 through 2004, Mr. McGee held several positions, including Director of Business Development, Malaysia, General Manager, California and Vice President, Global Business Units. Mr. McGee was promoted to Senior Vice President, Global Business Units in September 2004 and Senior Vice President, Strategic Planning and Development in June 2008. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. McGee held positions within Sun Microsystems, Philips, the University of Glasgow and the University of Strathclyde. He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Strathclyde, an MBA from the University of Glasgow and a Doctorate in Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics from the University of Strathclyde.

Mark Mondello (age 51) was named Chief Executive Officer in March 2013. Mr. Mondello joined Jabil in 1992 as a manufacturing supervisor. Mr. Mondello was promoted to Project Manager in 1993, named Vice President, Business Development in 1997, Senior Vice President, Business Development in 1999 and served as Chief Operating Officer from November 2002 through March 2013. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Mondello was a commercial and defense-related aerospace project manager for Moog, Inc. He holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of South Florida.

William D. Muir, Jr. (age 47) was named Chief Operating Officer in March 2013. Mr. Muir joined Jabil in 1992 as a Quality Engineer and has served in management positions including Senior Director of Operations for Florida, Michigan, Guadalajara, and Chihuahua; was promoted to Vice President, Operations-Americas in February 2001, was named Vice President, Global Business Units in November 2002, Senior Vice President, Regional President – Asia in September 2004 and Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, EMS Division from September 2007 to April 2010. Mr. Muir recently served as Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Global Manufacturing Services Group from April 2010 to March 2013. He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Industrial Engineering and an MBA, both from the University of Florida.

Alessandro Parimbelli (age 47) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Enterprise and Infrastructure in July 2013. Mr. Parimbelli joined Jabil in 1998 as a Test Engineering Manager. At Jabil, Mr. Parimbelli served in business management positions in Boise, Idaho and Paris, France before being promoted to Vice President, Global Business Units in September 2006. From 2010 through 2012 Mr. Parimbelli was Senior Vice President, Global Business Units and was responsible for Jabil’s Enterprise and Infrastructure business. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Parimbelli held various engineering positions within Hewlett-Packard and other software engineering companies. He holds an MBA from Colorado State University and a Software Engineering degree from Politecnico of Milan, Italy.

Robert L. Paver (age 59) joined Jabil as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in 1997. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Paver was a trial lawyer and partner with the law firm of Holland & Knight. Mr. Paver has served as an adjunct professor of law at Stetson University College of Law and has been a guest lecturer at the University of Florida Levin College of Law. He holds a B.A. from the University of Florida and a J.D. from Stetson University College of Law.

William E. Peters (age 52) was named President in March 2013. Mr. Peters served as Executive Vice President, Human Development, Human Resources from April 2010 to March 2013. He joined Jabil in 1990 as a buyer and shortly thereafter was named Purchasing Manager. In 1993 Mr. Peters was named Operations Manager for Jabil’s Michigan facility and was promoted to Vice President, Operations in January 1999. Mr. Peters was named Senior Vice President, Operations in October 2000. He was promoted to Senior Vice President, Regional President — Americas in September 2004. In September 2007, Mr. Peters was named Senior Vice President, Human Development. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Peters was a financial analyst for Electronic Data Systems. He holds a B.A. in Economics from Michigan State University.

Courtney J. Ryan (age 45) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Nypro in July 2013. Mr. Ryan joined Jabil in 1993 as a Quality Engineer and worked his way through various operations and business development management positions. In December 2000, Mr. Ryan was named Vice President, Operations for Europe. In 2004, he was named Senior Vice President, Global Supply Chain and was named Senior Vice President, Global Business Units in 2007. Mr. Ryan holds an MBA with a concentration in Decision and Information Science and a Bachelor of Arts in Economics, both from the University of Florida. He also serves on the University of Florida’s MBA and Supply Chain Advisory Board.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

As referenced, this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes certain forward-looking statements regarding various matters. The ultimate correctness of those forward-looking statements is dependent upon a number of known and unknown risks and events, and is subject to various uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be different from

 

10


Table of Contents

those expressed or implied by those statements. Undue reliance should not be placed on those forward-looking statements. The following important factors, among others, as well as those factors set forth in our other Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings from time to time, could affect future results and events, causing results and events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements.

Our operating results may fluctuate due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Our annual and quarterly operating results are affected by a number of factors, including:

 

    adverse changes in current macro-economic conditions, both in the U.S. and internationally;

 

    how well we execute on our strategy and operating plans, and the impact of changes in our business model;

 

    the level and timing of customer orders;

 

    the level of capacity utilization of our manufacturing facilities and associated fixed costs, including instances where we maintain manufacturing facilities and associated fixed costs in anticipation of future customer orders and the actual orders never occur, are at lower than anticipated levels and/or occur later than expected;

 

    the composition of the costs of revenue between materials, labor and manufacturing overhead;

 

    price competition;

 

    changes in demand for our products or services, as well as the volatility of these changes;

 

    changes in demand in our customers’ end markets, as well as the volatility of these changes;

 

    our exposure to financially troubled customers;

 

    any potential future termination, or substantial winding down, of significant customer relationships;

 

    our level of experience in manufacturing particular products;

 

    the degree of automation used in our assembly process;

 

    the efficiencies achieved in managing inventories and property, plant and equipment;

 

    significant costs incurred in acquisitions and other transactions that are immediately expensed in the quarter in which they occur;

 

    fluctuations in materials costs and availability of materials;

 

    adverse changes in political conditions, both in the U.S. and internationally, including among other things, adverse changes in tax laws and rates (and government interpretations thereof), adverse changes in trade policies and adverse changes in fiscal and monetary policies;

 

    seasonality in customers’ product demand;

 

    the timing of expenditures in anticipation of increased sales, customer product delivery requirements and shortages of components or labor;

 

    changes in stock-based compensation expense due to changes in the expected vesting of performance-based equity awards comprising a portion of such stock-based compensation expense; and

 

    failure to comply with foreign laws, which could result in increased costs and/or taxes.

The volume and timing of orders placed by our customers vary due to variation in demand for our customers’ products; our customers’ attempts to manage their inventory; product design changes; changes in our customers’ manufacturing strategies; and acquisitions of or consolidations among our customers. In addition, our sales associated with consumer related products are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater revenue during our first fiscal quarter due to higher demand for consumer related products during the holiday selling season. In the past, changes in customer orders that reduce net revenue have had a significant effect on our results of operations as a result of our overhead remaining relatively fixed while our net revenue decreased. Any one or a combination of these factors could adversely affect our annual and quarterly results of operations in the future. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations.”

Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of those customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 50% of our net revenue and 81 customers accounted for approximately 90% of our net revenue. In some instances, particular manufacturing services we provide for such customers represent a significant portion of the overall revenue we receive from that customer. We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue and upon their growth, viability and financial stability. We have recently experienced increased dependence and expect this dependence to continue. If any of those customers experiences a decline in the demand (anticipated or unanticipated) for one or more of its products

 

11


Table of Contents

due to economic or other forces, it may reduce its purchases from us or terminate its relationship with us. Our customers’ industries have experienced rapid technological change, shortening of product life cycles, consolidation, and pricing and margin pressures. Consolidation among our customers may further reduce the number of customers that generate a significant percentage of our net revenue and exposes us to increased risks relating to dependence on a smaller number of customers. A significant reduction in sales to any of our customers or the exercising by certain customers of pricing and margin pressure on us, which reduction or exercise have occurred in certain instances in the past and which are exacerbated for larger customers, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In the past, we have incurred certain inventory write-offs and equipment write-offs and some of our customers have terminated their manufacturing arrangements with us or have significantly reduced or delayed the volume of design, production or product management services ordered from us, including moving a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity, which could happen again in the future. In other cases, we have terminated customer manufacturing arrangements. A terminated customer manufacturing arrangement (whether terminated by the customer or by us) or a reduction in manufacturing services ordered from us can result in one or more of the following adverse effects on our business: a decline in revenue; less revenue to absorb fixed costs and overhead; severance costs; charges for bad debts, inventory write-offs, equipment write-offs and lease write-offs; other potential disengagement costs; a decrease in inventory turns; an increase in days that products remain in inventory and an increase in days that accounts receivable remain outstanding. We often, however, have an indemnification remedy which can mitigate some of these adverse effects if the customer has sufficient funds to satisfy any such indemnification obligation. Some of the risks described above may not only exist with respect to a particular customer, but also with respect to manufacturing services with respect to a particular customer product for larger customers where a significant portion of the overall revenue we receive from such customer relates to such services for such product. Accordingly, if any of our customers’ products experiences a decline in demand (anticipated or unanticipated), the applicable customer may reduce its purchases from us or terminate their relationship with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

During past economic cycles, our revenue declined as consumers and businesses postponed spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial news, declines in income or asset values or general uncertainty about global economic conditions. These economic conditions had a negative impact on our results of operations and similar conditions may exist in the future. We cannot assure you that present or future customers will not terminate their design, production and product management services arrangements with us or significantly change, reduce or delay the amount of services ordered from us. If they do, such termination, change, reduction or delay could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, if one or more of our customers were to become insolvent or otherwise were unable to pay for the services provided by us on a timely basis, or at all, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. Also, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected by the potential recovery by the bankruptcy estate of amounts previously paid to us by a customer that later became insolvent. Such adverse effects could include one or more of the following: a decline in revenue, less revenue to absorb fixed costs and overhead, a charge for bad debts, a charge for inventory write-offs, a charge for equipment write-offs, a charge for lease write-offs, a decrease in inventory turns, an increase in days that products remain in inventory and an increase in days in which accounts receivable remain outstanding.

Certain of the industries to which we provide services have experienced significant financial difficulty during the recent recession, with some of the participants filing for bankruptcy. Such significant financial difficulty has negatively affected our business and, if further experienced by one or more of our customers, may further negatively affect our business due to the decreased demand of these financially distressed customers, the potential inability of these companies to make full payment on amounts owed to us, or both. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Risk Factors – We face certain risks in collecting our trade accounts receivable.”

Our customers face numerous competitive challenges, such as decreasing demand from their customers, rapid technological change and short life cycles for their products, which may materially adversely affect their business, and also ours.

Factors affecting the industries that utilize our services in general, and our customers specifically, could seriously harm our customers and, as a result, us. These factors include:

 

    recessionary periods in our customers’ markets, as well as in the global economy in general;

 

    the inability of our customers to adapt to rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards, which may contribute to short product life cycles or shifts in our customers’ strategies;

 

    the inability of our customers to develop and market their products, some of which are new and untested;

 

    the potential that our customers’ products become commoditized or obsolete;

 

    the failure of our customers’ products to gain widespread commercial acceptance;

 

    increased competition among our customers and their respective competitors which may result in a loss of business or a reduction in pricing power for our customers; and

 

    new product offerings by our customers’ competitors may prove to be more successful than our customers’ product offerings.

 

12


Table of Contents

Also, our Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”) segment is highly dependent on the consumer products industry. This business is very competitive (both for us and our customers) and often subject to shorter product lifecycles, shifting end-user preferences, higher revenue volatility and programs that may be shifted among competitors in our industry that may impact customer orders thus reducing net revenue and our ability to cover fixed costs. As a result, these risks heighten our exposure to this end market which could adversely affect our results of operations.

At times our customers have been, and may be in the future, unsuccessful in addressing these competitive challenges, or any others that they may face, and their business has been, and may be in the future, materially adversely affected. As a result, the demand for our services has at times declined and may decline in the future. Even if our customers are successful in responding to these challenges, their responses may have consequences which affect our business relationships with our customers (and possibly our results of operations) by altering our production cycles and inventory management.

The success of our business is dependent on both our ability to independently keep pace with technological changes and competitive conditions in our industry, and also our ability to effectively adapt our services in response to our customers keeping pace with technological changes and competitive conditions in their respective industries.

If we are unable to offer technologically advanced, cost effective, quick response manufacturing services that are differentiated from our competition, demand for our services will decline. In addition, if we are unable to offer services in response to our customers’ changing requirements, then demand for our services will also decline. A substantial portion of our net revenue is derived from our offering of complete service solutions for our customers. For example, if we fail to maintain high-quality design and engineering services, our net revenue may significantly decline.

Consolidation in industries that utilize our services may adversely affect our business.

Consolidation in industries that utilize our services may further increase as companies combine to achieve further economies of scale and other synergies, which could result in an increase in excess manufacturing capacity as companies seek to divest manufacturing operations or eliminate duplicative product lines. Excess manufacturing capacity may increase pricing and competitive pressures for our industry as a whole and for us in particular. Consolidation could also result in an increasing number of very large companies offering products in multiple industries. The significant purchasing power and market power of these large companies could increase pricing and competitive pressures for us. If one of our customers is acquired by another company that does not rely on us to provide services and has its own production facilities or relies on another provider of similar services, we may lose that customer’s business. Such consolidation among our customers may further reduce the number of customers that generate a significant percentage of our net revenue and expose us to increased risks relating to dependence on a small number of customers. Any of the foregoing results of industry consolidation could adversely affect our business.

Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and capital expenditures, and to maximize the efficiency of our manufacturing capacity.

The volume and timing of sales to our customers may vary due to:

 

    variation in demand for our customers’ products;

 

    our customers’ attempts to manage their inventory;

 

    product design changes;

 

    changes in our customers’ manufacturing strategy;

 

    customer requirements to relocate our manufacturing operations or to transfer our manufacturing from one facility to another; and

 

    acquisitions of or consolidations among customers.

Due in part to these factors, most of our customers do not commit to firm production schedules for more than one quarter. Our inability to forecast the level of customer orders for a customer’s products with certainty makes it difficult to schedule production and maximize utilization of manufacturing capacity. In the past, we have been required to increase staffing and other expenses in order to meet the anticipated demand of our customers or a customer’s specific product. Anticipated orders from many of our customers have, in the past, failed to materialize, delivery schedules have been deferred or production has unexpectedly decreased, slowed down or stopped as a result of changes in our customers’ business needs, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations. On other occasions, our customers have required rapid increases in production, which have placed an excessive burden on our resources. Such customer order fluctuations and deferrals have had a material adverse effect on us in the past and we may experience such effects in the future. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” In addition to our difficulty in forecasting customer orders, we sometimes experience difficulty forecasting the timing of our receipt of revenue and earnings following commencement of providing manufacturing services for an additional product for new or existing customers. The necessary process to begin this commencement of manufacturing can take from several months to more than a year before production begins. Delays in the completion of this process can delay the timing of our sales and related earnings. In addition, because we make capital expenditures during this ramping process and do not typically recognize revenue until after we produce and ship the customer’s

 

13


Table of Contents

products, any delays or unanticipated costs in the ramping process may have a significant adverse effect on our cash flows and our results of operations, particularly when our contractual or legal remedies are insufficient to avoid or mitigate such unanticipated costs which can be exacerbated with large customers. These difficulties can be exacerbated when providing services for a specific customer product from which we generate a significant amount of our revenue. An increasing portion of our revenues have come from our largest customer, and servicing that customer requires an increased level of capital expenditures by us. See – “Risk Factors – Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of those customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue.”

Our customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategy.

Our industry must provide increasingly rapid product turnaround for its customers. We generally do not obtain firm, long-term purchase commitments from our customers for any of their products and we continue to experience reduced lead-times in customer orders. Customers have previously canceled their orders, changed production quantities, delayed production and changed their sourcing strategy for a number of reasons with respect to one or more of their products, and may take one or more of these actions again in the future. Such changes, delays and cancellations have led to, and may lead in the future to a decline in our production and our possession of excess or obsolete inventory that we may not be able to sell to customers or third parties. This has resulted in, and could result in future additional, write downs of inventories that have become obsolete or exceed anticipated demand or net realizable value. Although we attempt to negotiate contractual language with our customers to avoid or mitigate these risks, they may be exacerbated when the inventory is for a specific product that represents a significant amount of our revenue.

The success of one or more of our customers’ products in the market affects our business. Cancellations, reductions, delays or changes in sourcing strategy with respect to one or more significant products by a significant customer or by a group of customers have negatively impacted, and could further negatively impact in the future, our operating results by reducing the number of products that we sell, delaying the payment to us for inventory that we purchased and reducing the use of our manufacturing facilities which have associated fixed costs not dependent on our level of revenue.

In addition, we make significant decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules, component procurement commitments, personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our estimate of customer requirements for one or more of their products. The following factors, among others, reduce our ability to accurately estimate future customer requirements, forecast operating results and make production planning decisions: the short-term nature of our customers’ commitments for us to build their products; their uncertainty about, among other things, future economic conditions and other events, such as natural disasters; and the possibility of rapid changes in demand for one or more of their products.

On occasion, customers may require rapid increases in production for one or more of their products, which can stress our resources and reduce operating margins. In addition, because many of our costs and operating expenses are relatively fixed, a reduction in customer demand, particularly a reduction in demand for any particular customer product that represents a significant amount of our revenue, can harm our gross profit and operating results.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for components that are critical to our manufacturing processes. A shortage of these components or an increase in their price could interrupt our operations and reduce our profit, increase our inventory carrying costs, increase our risk of exposure to inventory obsolescence and cause us to purchase components of a lesser quality.

Most of our significant long-term customer contracts permit quarterly or other periodic adjustments to pricing based on decreases and increases in component prices and other factors; however, we typically bear the risk of component price increases that occur between any such re-pricings or, if such re-pricing is not permitted, during the balance of the term of the particular customer contract. Accordingly, certain component price increases could adversely affect our gross profit margins.

Almost all of the products we manufacture require one or more components that are only available from a single source. Some of these components are allocated from time to time in response to supply shortages. In some cases, supply shortages will substantially curtail production of all assemblies using a particular component. A supply shortage can also increase our cost of goods sold, as a result of our having to pay higher prices for components in limited supply, and cause us to have to redesign or reconfigure products to accommodate a substitute component. At various times industry-wide shortages of electronic components have occurred, particularly of semiconductor, relay and capacitor products. We believe these past shortages were due to increased economic activity following recessionary conditions. In addition, natural disasters and global events could cause material shortages. In the past, such circumstances have produced insignificant levels of short-term interruption of our operations, but could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the future. Portions of the Dodd-Frank Act require some companies, including ours, to conduct due diligence, make disclosures and file reports regarding the source of certain minerals that may be contained in their products that are originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo (“DRC”) and adjoining countries. These requirements may decrease the supply of such minerals, increase their cost and/or disrupt our supply chain if we decide, or are instructed by our customers, to obtain components from different suppliers.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Our production of a customer’s product could be negatively impacted by any quality or reliability issues with any of our component suppliers. The financial condition of our suppliers could affect their ability to supply us with components and their ability to satisfy any warranty obligations they may have, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

If a component shortage is threatened or we anticipate one, we may purchase such component early to avoid a delay or interruption in our operations. A possible result of such an early purchase is that we may incur additional inventory carrying costs, for which we may not be compensated, and have a heightened risk of exposure to inventory obsolescence, the cost of which may not be recoverable from our customers. Such costs would adversely affect our gross profit and net income. A component shortage may also require us to look to second tier vendors or to procure components through brokers with whom we are not familiar. These components may be of lesser quality than those we have historically purchased and could cause us to incur costs to bring such components up to our typical quality levels or to replace defective ones. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business – Components Procurement.”

Introducing new business models or programs requiring implementation of new competencies, such as new process technologies and our development of new products or services for customers, could affect our operations and financial results.

The introduction of new business models or programs requiring implementation or development of new competencies, such as new process technology within our operations and our independent development of new products or services for customers, presents challenges in addition to opportunities. The success of new business models or programs depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, a sufficient understanding of the new business or markets, timely and successful product development (by us and/or our customer), market acceptance, our ability to manage the risks associated with new product production ramp-up, the effective management of purchase commitments and inventory levels in line with anticipated product demand, our development or acquisition of appropriate intellectual property, the availability of supplies in adequate quantities and at appropriate costs to meet anticipated demand, and the risk that new products may have quality or other defects in the early stages of introduction. Accordingly, we cannot determine in advance the ultimate result of new business models or programs.

As a result, we must make long-term investments, develop or obtain appropriate intellectual property and commit significant resources before knowing whether our assumptions will accurately reflect customer demand for our services. After the development of a new business model or program, we must be able to manufacture appropriate volumes quickly and at low cost. To accomplish this, we endeavor to accurately forecast volumes, mixes of products and configurations that meet customer requirements; however, we may not succeed at doing so. Any delay in development or production could harm our competitive position. We may not meet our customers’ expectations or otherwise execute properly, timely, or in a cost-efficient manner, which could damage our customer relationships and result in remedial costs or the loss of our invested capital and anticipated revenues and profits. In addition, the early stages of these types of new business models or programs can be less efficient, and less profitable, than those of mature programs and/or programs developed in collaboration with customers who have experience with outsourcing. Also, restrictions imposed by certain customers prevent us from fully pursuing other business in such customers’ industries or other business that would compete with such customers’ products or technologies.

While we attempt to negotiate contractual terms to avoid or mitigate some of these potential costs or losses, we are not always successful. Also, in certain instances, a customer contract does not exist or its language does not cover a particular situation, so we have to rely on non-contractual legal remedies. In these situations, we must negotiate a manner to address the situation as costs or losses occur which carries with it the potential risk to lose customers and/or revenue. In addition, as we have experienced on occasion, there are risks of market acceptance and product performance that could result in less demand than anticipated and our having excess capacity, which could lead to significant unrecovered costs for us. The failure to ensure that our agreed terms appropriately reflect the anticipated costs, risks, and rewards of such an opportunity could adversely affect our profitability.

Customer relationships with emerging companies may present more risks than with established companies.

Customer relationships with emerging companies, an area of increasing activity for us, present special risks because such companies do not have an extensive product history. As a result, there is less demonstration of market acceptance of their products making it harder for us to anticipate needs and requirements than with established customers. In addition, due to their relatively recent entrance into the commercial market, additional funding for such companies may be more difficult to obtain and these customer relationships may not continue or materialize to the extent we planned or we previously experienced. As a result of many start-up customers’ lack of prior operations and unproven product markets, our credit risk, especially in trade accounts receivable and inventories, and the risk that these customers will be unable to fulfill their potentially significant obligation to indemnify us from various liabilities are potentially increased. We sometimes offer these customers extended payment terms, loans, services and other support that may increase our financial exposure. These risks are also heightened by the tightening of financing for start-up customers. Although we perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and adjust our allowance for doubtful accounts receivable for all customers, including start-up customers, based on the information available for review, these allowances may not be adequate. This risk may exist for any new emerging company customers in the future. Also, as a result of, among other things, these emerging companies tending to be smaller and less financially secure, we have faced and may face in the future increased litigation risk from these companies.

 

15


Table of Contents

In addition, we have been investing directly in certain of these emerging company customers which, along with extended payment terms, loans, other financial accommodations such as not requiring customers to cover certain costs that we typically require customers to pay, for services and other support we may provide, may exacerbate the risks described in this Risk Factor. Risks related to these investments may also include one or more of the following: substantial selling, general and administrative expenses; substantial capital expenses or investments; losses or impairments that may be reflected in our net income item of our Statement of Operations; and an inability to recover a partial or full amount of any investments we make in these smaller, emerging companies.

We compete with numerous other diversified manufacturing service providers, electronic manufacturing services and design providers and others.

Our business is highly competitive. We compete against numerous domestic and foreign electronic manufacturing service providers and design providers, including Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Celestica Inc., Flextronics International Ltd., Hon-Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., Plexus Corp. and Sanmina Corporation. Our diversified manufacturing services segment competes against numerous domestic and foreign providers, including AptarGroup, Inc., Berry Plastics Group, Inc., Catcher Technology Co., Ltd., Gerresheimer AG, Quanta Computer, Inc. and Zeniya Aluminum Engineering, Ltd. In addition, past consolidation in our industry has resulted in larger and more geographically diverse competitors who have significant combined resources with which to compete against us. Also, we may in the future encounter competition from other large electronic manufacturers, and manufacturers that are focused solely on design and manufacturing services, that are selling, or may begin to sell diversified manufacturing services or electronic manufacturing services. Most of our competitors have international operations and significant financial resources and some have substantially greater manufacturing, research and development (R&D) and marketing resources than we have. These competitors may:

 

    respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies;

 

    have greater name recognition, critical mass and geographic market presence;

 

    be better able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities;

 

    adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements;

 

    devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services;

 

    be better positioned to compete on price for their services, as a result of any combination of lower labor costs, lower components costs, lower facilities costs, lower operating costs or lower taxes; and

 

    have excess capacity, and be better able to utilize such excess capacity, which may reduce the cost of their product or service.

We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing. In the past, some of our customers moved a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity.

We may be operating at a cost disadvantage compared to competitors who (a) have greater direct buying power from component suppliers, distributors and raw material suppliers, (b) have lower cost structures as a result of their geographic location or the services they provide, (c) are willing to make sales or provide services at lower margins than we do (including relationships where our competitors are willing to accept a lower margin from certain of their customers for whom they perform other higher margin business) or (d) have increased their vertical capabilities, thereby potentially providing them greater cost savings. As a result, competitors may procure a competitive advantage and obtain business from our customers. Our manufacturing processes are generally not subject to significant proprietary protection. In addition, companies with greater resources or a greater market presence may enter our market or increase their competition with us. We also expect our competitors to continue to improve the performance of their current products or services, to reduce the sales prices of their current products or services and to introduce new products or services that may offer greater performance and improved pricing. Any of these developments could cause a decline in our sales, loss of market acceptance of our products or services, compression of our profits or loss of our market share.

The economies of the U.S., Europe and certain countries in Asia are, or have been, in a recession.

There was an erosion of global consumer confidence amidst concerns over declining asset values, inflation, volatility in energy costs, geopolitical issues, the availability and cost of credit, high unemployment, and the stability and solvency of financial institutions, financial markets, businesses, and sovereign nations. These concerns slowed global economic growth and resulted in recessions in many countries, including in the U.S., Europe and certain countries in Asia. Even though we have seen signs of an overall economic recovery in the U.S., Europe and Asia, such recovery may be weak and/or short-lived and recessionary conditions may return, which could significantly affect the U.S. and international debt and capital markets, as well as the demand for the products of certain of our customers.

If any of these potential negative economic conditions occur, a number of negative effects on our business could result, including customers or potential customers reducing or delaying orders, increased pricing pressures, the insolvency of key suppliers, which could result in production delays, the inability of customers to obtain credit, and the insolvency of one or more customers.

 

16


Table of Contents

Thus, these economic conditions (1) could negatively impact our ability to (a) forecast customer demand, (b) effectively manage inventory levels, including our ability to limit our possession of excess or obsolete inventory and (c) collect receivables in a timely manner, if at all; (2) could increase our need for cash; and (3) have negatively impacted, and could negatively impact in the future, our net revenue and profitability and the value of certain of our properties and other assets. Depending on the length of time that these conditions exist, they may cause future additional negative effects, including some of those listed above.

The financial markets have experienced significant turmoil, which may adversely affect financial arrangements we may need to enter into, refinance or repay.

Credit market turmoil could negatively impact the counterparties to our forward foreign exchange contracts and trade accounts receivable securitization and sale programs; the lenders under Jabil Circuit, Inc.’s (the “Company’s”) five year unsecured credit facility amended as of July 6, 2015 which provides for a revolving credit (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and a five year delayed draw term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility” and, together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Credit Facility”); and the lenders under various of our foreign subsidiary credit facilities. These potential negative impacts could potentially limit our ability to borrow under these financing agreements, contracts, facilities and programs. In addition, if we attempt to obtain future additional financing, such as renewing or refinancing our $200.0 million North American asset-backed securitization program expiring on October 20, 2017, our $175.0 million foreign asset-backed securitization program expiring on May 1, 2018, our $450.0 million uncommitted trade accounts receivable sale program expiring on November 1, 2015 (though either party can elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice and the agreement will be automatically extended each year through August 31, 2017 unless any party gives no less than 30 days prior notice that the agreement should not be extended), our $150.0 million uncommitted trade accounts receivable sale program subject to expiration on August 31, 2016 (as the agreement was extended on August 31, 2015), or our $100.0 million uncommitted trade accounts receivable program expiring on November 1, 2015 (though either party can elect to cancel the agreement by giving prior written notification to the other party of no less than 15 days and the agreement may be automatically extended each year through November 1, 2018, unless any party gives no less than 30 days prior notice that the agreement should not be extended), the effects of the credit market turmoil could negatively impact our ability to renew or obtain such financing. Finally, credit market turmoil has negatively impacted certain of our customers and certain of their respective customers. These impacts could have several consequences which could have a negative effect on our results of operations, including one or more of the following: a negative impact on our liquidity, including potentially insufficient cash flows to support our operations; a decrease in demand for our services; a decrease in demand for our customers’ products; and bad debt charges or inventory write-offs.

Our business could be adversely affected by any delays, or increased costs, resulting from issues that our common carriers are dealing with in transporting our materials, our products, or both.

We rely on a variety of common carriers to transport our materials from our suppliers to us, and to transport our products from us to our customers. Problems suffered by any of these common carriers, whether due to a natural disaster, labor problem, increased energy prices, criminal activity or some other issue, could result in shipping delays, increased costs, or other supply chain disruptions, and could therefore have a material adverse effect on our operations. For example, the recent West Coast port stoppage resulted in delays in receiving certain components needed for our products, in turn delaying shipments by us.

We derive a majority of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense to achieve profitability than our domestic operations.

We derived 88.0% of net revenue from international operations during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 compared to 84.5% during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. At August 31, 2015, we operate outside the U.S. in Vienna, Austria; Hasselt, Belgium; Belo Horizonte and Manaus, Brazil; Ottawa, Canada; Beijing, Chengdu, Hong Kong, Huangpu, Nanjing, Shanghai, Shenzhen, Suzhou, Tianjin, Wuhan, Wuxi, Yantai and Zhejiang, China; Kankaanpaa and Tampere, Finland; Brest and Chartres, France; Jena and Knittlingen, Germany; Nagyigmand, Szombathely and Tiszaujvaros, Hungary; Mumbai, Pune and Ranjangaon, India; Bray and Waterford, Ireland; Tel Aviv, Israel; Marcianise, Italy; Gotemba and Hachioji, Japan; Penang, Malaysia; Chihuahua, Guadalajara and Tijuana, Mexico; Kwidzyn, Poland; Moscow and Tver, Russia; Ayr and Livingston, Scotland; Tampines, Singapore; Seoul, South Korea; Tortosa, Spain; Changhua, Hsinchu, Taichung City and Taipei, Taiwan; Venray, The Netherlands; Uzhgorod, Ukraine; and Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam. We continually consider additional opportunities to make foreign acquisitions and construct and open new foreign facilities. Our international operations are, have been and may be subject to a number of risks, including:

 

    difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and attempting to ensure they comply with our policies, procedures, and applicable local laws;

 

    less flexible employee relationships that can be difficult and expensive to terminate due to, among other potential reasons, burdensome labor laws and regulations;

 

    rising labor costs (including the introduction or expansion of certain social programs), in particular within the lower-cost regions in which we operate, due to, among other things, demographic changes and economic development in those regions, which we may be unable to recover in our pricing to our customers;

 

    labor unrest and dissatisfaction, including potential labor strikes or claims;

 

17


Table of Contents
    increased scrutiny by the media and other third parties of labor practices within our industry (including but not limited to working conditions, compliance with employment and labor laws and compensation) which may result in allegations of violations, more stringent and burdensome labor laws and regulations, increased strictness and inconsistency in the enforcement and interpretation of such laws and regulations, higher labor costs, and/or loss of revenues if our customers become dissatisfied with our labor practices and diminish or terminate their relationship with us;

 

    burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws, including those relating to export and import duties, domestic and foreign import and export controls (including the International Traffic in Arms Regulations and the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”), regulation by the United States Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security under the EAR), trade barriers (including tariffs and quotas), environmental policies and privacy issues, and local statutory corporate governance related to conducting business in foreign jurisdictions;

 

    less favorable, or relatively undefined, intellectual property laws;

 

    unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and laws or government or judicial interpretations of such regulatory requirements and laws and adverse trade policies, and adverse changes to any of the policies of either the U.S. or any of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate;

 

    adverse changes in tax rates and the manner in which the U.S. and other countries tax multinational companies or interpret their tax laws (see “Risk Factors – We are subject to the risk of increased taxes”);

 

    inability to utilize net operating losses incurred by our foreign operations against future income in the same jurisdiction;

 

    political and economic instability and unsafe working conditions (including acts of terrorism, widespread criminal activities and outbreaks of war);

 

    risk of governmental expropriation of our property;

 

    inadequate infrastructure for our operations (e.g., lack of adequate power, water, transportation and raw materials);

 

    legal or political constraints on our ability to maintain or increase prices;

 

    governmental restrictions on the transfer of funds to us from our operations outside the U.S.;

 

    health concerns and related government actions;

 

    coordinating our communications and logistics across geographic distances and multiple time zones;

 

    longer customer payment cycles and difficulty collecting trade accounts receivable;

 

    fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could affect local payroll and other expenses (see “Risk Factors – We are subject to risks of currency fluctuations and related hedging operations”); and

 

    economies that are emerging or developing or that may be subject to greater currency volatility, negative growth, high inflation, limited availability of foreign exchange and other risks (see “Risk Factors – The economies of the U.S., Europe and certain countries in Asia are, or have been, in a recession”).

These factors may harm our results of operations. Also, any measures that we may implement to reduce risks of our international operations may not be effective, may increase our expenses, and may require significant management time and effort. In our experience, entry into new international markets requires considerable management time as well as start-up expenses for market development, hiring and establishing facilities before any significant revenue is generated. As a result, initial operations in a new market may operate at low margins or may be unprofitable.

Another significant legal risk resulting from our international operations is the risk of non-compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) and the United Kingdom Bribery Act (the “ACT”). In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA, the ACT or other U.S. or foreign laws and regulations. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to cause compliance with the FCPA, the ACT and similar laws, there can be no assurance that all of our employees and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

If we do not manage our growth effectively, our profitability could decline.

Areas of our business at times experience periods of rapid growth which can place considerable additional demands upon our management team and our operational, financial and management information systems. Our ability to manage growth effectively requires us to continue to implement and improve these systems; avoid cost overruns; maintain customer, supplier and other favorable business relationships during possible transition periods; efficiently and effectively dedicate resources to existing customers; acquire or construct additional facilities; occasionally transfer operations to different facilities; acquire equipment in anticipation of demand; continue to develop the management skills of our managers and supervisors; adapt relatively quickly to new markets or technologies and continue to train, motivate and manage our employees. Our failure to effectively manage growth could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

18


Table of Contents

We have on occasion not achieved, and may not in the future achieve, expected profitability from our acquisitions; and some divestitures may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate the operations and management of our recent acquisitions. Similarly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to (1) identify future strategic acquisitions and adequately conduct due diligence, (2) consummate these potential acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all, or (3) if consummated, successfully integrate the operations and management of future acquisitions. Acquisitions involve significant risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us including:

 

    Financial risks, such as (1) the payment of a purchase price that exceeds the future value that we may realize from the acquired operations and businesses; (2) an increase in our expenses and working capital requirements, which could reduce our return on invested capital; (3) potential known and unknown liabilities of the acquired businesses, as well as contractually-based time and monetary limitations on a seller’s obligation to indemnify us for such liabilities; (4) costs associated with integrating acquired operations and businesses; (5) the dilutive effect of the issuance of any additional equity securities we issue as consideration for, or to finance, the acquisition; (6) the incurrence of additional debt; (7) the financial impact of incorrectly valuing goodwill and other intangible assets involved in any acquisitions, potential future impairment write-downs of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles and the amortization of other intangible assets; (8) possible adverse tax and accounting effects; and (9) the risk that we spend substantial amounts purchasing these manufacturing facilities and assume significant contractual and other obligations with no guaranteed levels of revenue or that we may have to close or sell acquired facilities at our cost, which may include substantial employee severance costs and asset write-offs, which have resulted, and may result, in our incurring significant losses.

 

    Operating risks, such as (1) the diversion of management’s attention and resources to the assimilation of the acquired businesses and their employees and to the management of expanding operations; (2) the risk that the acquired businesses will fail to maintain the quality of services that we have historically provided; (3) the need to implement financial and other systems and add management resources; (4) the need to maintain customer, supplier or other favorable business relationships of acquired operations and restructure or terminate unfavorable relationships; (5) the potential for deficiencies in internal controls of the acquired operations; (6) the inability to attract and retain the employees necessary to support the acquired businesses; (7) potential inexperience in a line of business that is either new to us or that has become materially more significant to us as a result of the transaction; (8) unforeseen difficulties (including any unanticipated liabilities) in the acquired operations; (9) the impact on us of any unionized work force we may acquire or any labor disruptions that might occur; (10) the possibility that the acquired business’s past transactions or practices before our acquisition may lead to future commercial or regulatory risks; and (11) the difficulty of presenting a unified corporate image.

Although we conduct what we believe to be a prudent level of due diligence regarding the businesses we purchase, in light of the circumstances of each transaction, an unavoidable level of risk remains regarding the actual condition of these businesses. Until we actually assume operating control of such businesses and their assets and operations, we may not be able to ascertain the actual value or understand the potential liabilities of the acquired entities and their operations.

In addition, divestitures involve significant risks (some of which were present in the sale of our Aftermarket Services (“AMS”) business on April 1, 2014), which could have a material adverse effect on us including: we may not be able to identify acceptable buyers; we may divest a business at a price or on terms that are different than anticipated; we may lose key employees; divestitures could adversely affect our profitability and, under certain circumstances, require us to record impairment charges or a loss as a result of the transaction; completing divestitures requires expenses and management effort; we may become subject to indemnity obligations and/or remain liable or contingently liable for obligations related to the divested business or operations; a delay or failure to close for any reason, including a failure to obtain the necessary third party consents and regulatory approvals; the retention of certain continuing liabilities under contracts; financing for the transaction not occurring as anticipated; equity consideration proving to have a value substantially less than the stated or expected value or not being transferable to a third party on attractive terms; covenants not to compete (such as we entered into in connection with the sale of our AMS business) could impair our ability to attract and retain customers; business arrangements with the buyers could negatively impact our business with common customers; and we may face difficulties in the separation of the divested operations, services, products and personnel.

Most of our acquisitions involve operations outside of the U.S. which are subject to various risks including those described in “Risk Factors – We derive a majority of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense to achieve profitability than our domestic operations.”

 

19


Table of Contents

We have acquired and may continue to pursue the acquisition of manufacturing and supply chain management operations from our customers (or potential customers). In these acquisitions, the divesting company will typically enter into a supply arrangement with the acquirer. Therefore, our competitors often also pursue these acquisitions. In addition, certain divesting companies may choose not to offer to sell their operations to us because of our current supply arrangements with other companies or may require terms and conditions that may impact our profitability. If we are unable to attract and consummate some of these acquisition opportunities at favorable terms, our growth and profitability could be adversely impacted.

In addition to those risks listed above, arrangements entered into with these divesting companies typically involve certain other risks, including the following:

 

    the integration into our business of the acquired assets and facilities may be time-consuming and costly;

 

    we, rather than the divesting company, may bear the risk of excess capacity;

 

    we may not achieve anticipated cost reductions and efficiencies;

 

    we may be unable to meet the expectations of the divesting company as to volume, product quality, timeliness, pricing requirements and cost reductions; and

 

    if demand for the divesting company’s products declines, it may reduce its volume of purchases and we may not be able to sufficiently reduce the expenses of operating the facility we acquired from it or use such facility to provide services to other customers.

In addition, when acquiring manufacturing operations, we may receive limited commitments to firm production schedules. Accordingly, in these circumstances, we may spend substantial amounts purchasing these manufacturing facilities and assume significant contractual and other obligations with no or insufficient guaranteed levels of revenue. We may also not achieve expected profitability from these arrangements. As a result of these and other risks, these outsourcing opportunities may not be profitable.

We have expanded the primary scope of our acquisitions strategy beyond focusing on acquisition opportunities presented by companies divesting internal manufacturing operations. The more recent acquisitions focus on pursuing opportunities to acquire businesses that are focused on certain of our key growth areas which include specialized manufacturing, design operations and other acquisition opportunities complementary to our services offerings. The primary goals of our acquisition strategy are to complement our current capabilities, diversify our business into new industry sectors and with new customers and expand the scope of the services we can offer to our customers. The amount and scope of the risks associated with acquisitions of this type extend beyond those that we have traditionally faced in making acquisitions. These extended risks include greater uncertainties in the financial benefits and potential liabilities associated with this expanded base of acquisitions.

We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations.

Over the past few years, we have undertaken initiatives to restructure our business operations with the intention of improving utilization and realizing cost savings in the future. These initiatives have included changing the number and location of our production facilities, largely to align our capacity and infrastructure with current and anticipated customer demand. This alignment includes transferring programs from higher cost geographies to lower cost geographies. The process of restructuring entails, among other activities, moving production between facilities, closing facilities, reducing the level of staff, realigning our business processes and reorganizing our management.

We continuously evaluate our operations and cost structure relative to general economic conditions, market and customer demands, tax rates, cost competitiveness and our geographic footprint as it relates to our customers’ production requirements. As a result of this ongoing evaluation, we initiated restructuring plans approved by our Board of Directors in fiscal year 2014 (the “2014 Restructuring Plan”) and in fiscal year 2013 (the “2013 Restructuring Plan”). See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – The Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014 and Note 14 – “Restructuring and Related Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details. In addition, we could initiate future restructuring plans. If we incur restructuring charges related to the 2013 Restructuring Plan, or in connection with any potential future restructuring program, in addition to those charges that we currently expect to incur, our financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

Restructurings present significant potential risks of events occurring that could adversely affect us, including a decrease in employee morale, delays encountered in finalizing the scope of, and implementing, the restructurings (including extensive consultations concerning potential workforce reductions and obtaining agreements from our affected customers for the relocation of our facilities in certain instances), the failure to achieve targeted cost savings, the failure to meet operational targets and customer requirements due to the loss of employees and any work stoppages that might occur and the strain placed on our financial and management control systems and resources. These risks are further complicated by our extensive international operations, which subject us to different legal and regulatory requirements that govern the extent and speed of our ability to reduce our manufacturing capacity and workforce. In addition, the current global economic conditions may change how governments regulate restructuring as the recent global recession has impacted local economies. Finally, we may have to obtain agreements from our affected customers for the relocation of our facilities in certain instances. Obtaining these agreements, along with the volatility in our customers’ demand, can further delay restructuring activities.

 

20


Table of Contents

We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise.

The markets for our manufacturing and engineering services are characterized by rapidly changing technology and evolving process development. The continued success of our business will depend upon our ability to:

 

    hire, retain and expand our qualified engineering and technical personnel;

 

    maintain and continually improve our technological expertise;

 

    develop and market manufacturing services that meet changing customer needs; and

 

    successfully anticipate or respond to technological changes in manufacturing processes on a cost-effective and timely basis.

Although we believe that our operations use the assembly and testing technologies, equipment and processes that are currently required by our customers, we cannot be certain that we will develop the capabilities required by our customers in the future. The emergence of new technology, industry standards or customer requirements may render our equipment, inventory or processes obsolete or noncompetitive. In addition, we may have to acquire new assembly and testing technologies and equipment to remain competitive. The acquisition and implementation of new technologies and equipment may require significant expense or capital investment, which could reduce our operating margins and our operating results. In facilities that we establish or acquire, we may not be able to establish and maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise. Our failure to anticipate and adapt to our customers’ changing technological needs and requirements or to hire and retain a sufficient number of engineers and maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing expertise could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

If our manufacturing sites, processes and services do not comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, or if we manufacture products containing design or manufacturing defects, demand for our services may decline and we may be subject to liability claims.

We manufacture and design products to our customers’ specifications, and, in some cases, our manufacturing sites, processes or facilities may need to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements as well as certain customer-driven standards. For example, medical devices that we manufacture or design, as well as the facilities and manufacturing processes that we use to produce them, are regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and non-U.S. counterparts of this agency. Similarly, items we manufacture for customers in the defense and aerospace industries, as well as the processes we use to produce them, are regulated by the Department of Defense and the Federal Aviation Authority. If we do not conduct our business at those facilities at which this business is conducted in accordance with applicable laws, we may be subject to civil or criminal penalties and administrative sanctions by either the government, the customer or third parties. Also, we may be subject to standards established by certain customers, industry groups or other third party organizations (e.g., certain standards relating to labor practices). In addition, our customers’ products and the manufacturing processes and design services that we use to produce them often are highly complex. As a result, products that we manufacture or design may at times contain manufacturing or design defects, and our processes may be subject to errors or not be in compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. Defects in the products we manufacture or design, whether caused by a design, manufacturing or component failure or error, or deficiencies in our manufacturing processes, may result in delayed shipments to customers or reduced or canceled customer orders. If these defects or deficiencies are significant, our business reputation may also be damaged. The failure of the products that we manufacture or of our manufacturing processes or facilities to comply with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements may subject us to regulatory enforcement, legal fines or penalties and, in some cases, require us to shut down, temporarily halt operations or incur considerable expense to correct a manufacturing process or facility. In addition, these defects may result in liability claims against us, expose us to liability to pay for the recall or remanufacture of a product or adversely affect product sales or our reputation. The magnitude of such claims may increase as we expand our medical and aerospace and defense manufacturing services, as defects in medical devices and aerospace and defense systems could cause death or seriously harm users of these products and others. Even if our customers are responsible for the defects or defective specifications, they may not, or may not have resources to, assume responsibility for any costs or liabilities arising from these defects, which could expose us to additional liability claims. Any of these actions could increase our expenses, reduce our revenue or damage our reputation as a supplier to these customers.

We may face heightened liability risks specific to our medical device business as a result of additional healthcare regulatory related compliance requirements and the potential severe consequences that could result from manufacturing defects or malfunctions (e.g., death or serious injury) of the medical devices we manufacture or design.

As a manufacturer and designer of medical devices for our customers, we have compliance requirements in addition to those relating to other areas of our business. We are required to register with the FDA and are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA for compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (“QSR”) and current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP) requirements, which require manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations and to implement design and process manufacturing controls, quality control, labeling, handling and documentation procedures. The FDA, through periodic inspections and product field monitoring, continually reviews and rigorously monitors compliance with these QSR requirements and other applicable regulatory

 

21


Table of Contents

requirements. If any FDA inspection reveals noncompliance, and we do not address the FDA’s concerns to its satisfaction, the FDA may take action against us, including issuing a form noting the FDA’s inspection observations, a notice of violation or a warning letter, imposing fines, bringing an action against the Company and its officers, requiring a recall of the products we manufactured for our customers, issuing an import detention on products entering the U.S. from an offshore facility or temporarily halting operations at or shutting down a manufacturing facility. Beyond the FDA, our medical device business is subject to additional state and foreign regulatory requirements which may also impact our ability to continue operations if these entities were to allege noncompliance and take action against us. If any of these were to occur, our reputation and business could suffer.

In addition, any defects or malfunctions in medical devices we manufacture or in our manufacturing processes and facilities may result in liability claims against us, expose us to liability to pay for the recall or remanufacture of a product, or otherwise adversely affect product sales or our reputation. The magnitude of such claims could be particularly severe as defects in medical devices could cause severe harm or injuries, including death, to users of these products and others.

Our manufacturing processes and services may result in exposure to intellectual property infringement and other claims.

Providing manufacturing services can expose us to potential claims that products, designs or manufacturing processes we use infringe third party intellectual property rights. Even though many of our manufacturing services contracts generally require our customers to indemnify us for infringement claims relating to their products, including associated product specifications and designs, a particular customer may not, or may not have the resources to, assume responsibility for such claims. In addition, we may be responsible for claims that our manufacturing processes or components used in manufacturing infringe third party intellectual property rights. Infringement claims could subject us to significant liability for damages, potential injunctive action, or hamper our normal operations such as by interfering with the availability of components and, regardless of merits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve, and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. In the event of such a claim, we may be required to spend a significant amount of money to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain and maintain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining and maintaining such a license on reasonable terms or at all. Our customers may be required to or decide to discontinue products which are alleged to be infringing rather than face continued costs of defending the infringement claims, and such discontinuance may result in a significant decrease in our business. The risks described in this Risk Factor may be heightened in connection with our customer relationships with emerging companies.

Our design services and turnkey solutions offerings may result in additional exposure to product liability, intellectual property infringement and other claims, in addition to the business risk of being unable to produce the revenues necessary to profit from these services.

We continue our efforts to offer certain design services, primarily relating to products that we manufacture for our customers. We also offer turnkey solutions that include the design and manufacture of end-user products, and product components, as well as related services. Providing such turnkey solutions or other design solutions can expose us to different or greater potential liabilities than those we face when providing just manufacturing services, including an increase in exposure to potential product liability claims resulting from injuries caused by defects in products we design, as well as potential claims that products we design or supply, or materials or components we use, infringe third party intellectual property rights. Such claims could subject us to significant liability for damages, subject the infringing portion of our business to injunction and, regardless of their merits, could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve. We also may have greater potential exposure from warranty claims and from product recalls due to problems caused by product design. Costs associated with possible product liability claims, intellectual property infringement claims and product recalls could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. In the event of such a claim, we may be required to spend a significant amount of money to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain and maintain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining and maintaining such a license on reasonable terms or at all. When providing turnkey solutions or other design solutions, we may not be guaranteed revenue needed to recoup or profit from the investment in the resources necessary to design and develop products or provide services. No revenue may be generated from these efforts, particularly if our customers do not approve the designs in a timely manner or at all, or if they do not then purchase anticipated levels of products. Furthermore, contracts may allow the customer to delay or cancel deliveries and may not obligate the customer to any volume of purchases, or may provide for penalties or cancellation of orders if we are late in delivering designs or products. We may also have the responsibility to ensure that products we design or offer satisfy certain standards, like safety and regulatory standards, and to obtain any necessary certifications. Failure to timely obtain the necessary approvals or certifications could prevent us from selling these products, which in turn could harm our sales, profitability and reputation.

In our contracts with turnkey solutions customers, we generally provide them with a warranty against defects in our designs. If a turnkey solutions product or component that we design is found to be defective in its design, this may lead to increased warranty claims. Warranty claims may also extend to defects caused by components or materials used in the products, including components and materials provided to us by our suppliers. Although we have product liability insurance coverage, it may not be adequate or may not continue to be available on acceptable terms, in sufficient amounts, or at all. A successful product liability claim in excess of our insurance coverage or any material claim for which insurance coverage was denied or limited and for which indemnification was not available could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. Moreover, even if the claim relates to a defect caused by a supplier, we may not be able to get an adequate remedy from the supplier.

 

22


Table of Contents

The success of certain aspects of our business depends in part on our ability to obtain, protect and leverage intellectual property rights.

In certain circumstances, we strive to obtain and protect certain intellectual property rights related to solutions, designs, processes and products that we create. We believe that obtaining a significant level of protected proprietary technology may give us a competitive marketing advantage. However, we cannot be certain that the measures that we employ will result in protected intellectual property rights or will result in the prevention of unauthorized use of our technology. If we are unable to obtain and protect intellectual property rights embodied within our solutions, designs, processes and products, this could reduce or eliminate competitive advantages of our proprietary technology, which would harm our business and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

In addition to selectively relying on patent rights, we rely on unpatented proprietary know-how and trade secrets, and employ various methods, including non-disclosure agreements with our customers, employees, and suppliers and our internal security systems, policies and procedures to protect our know-how and trade secrets. However, these mechanisms may not afford complete, or sufficient protection, and misappropriation may still occur. Further, there can be no assurance that we will, or will be able to, acquire or enforce our patent or other rights, if any, and that others will not independently develop similar know-how and trade secrets, or develop better production methods than us. We have not historically sought patent protection for many of our proprietary processes, designs or other patentable intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to prevent current and former employees, contractors and other parties from breaching non-disclosure agreements and misappropriating proprietary information and it is possible that third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our information and proprietary technology without authorization or otherwise infringe on our intellectual property rights. If any of the foregoing occur, it could impair our ability to compete with others in our industry.

Intellectual property infringement claims against our customers, our suppliers or us could harm our business.

Products we manufacture and/or services we provide may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, some of who may hold key intellectual property rights in areas in which we operate. Some of these third parties may compete with us, our suppliers or our customers. Some of these third parties may not actively provide competing products or services. Patent clearance or licensing activities, if any, may be inadequate to anticipate and avoid third party claims. As a result, in addition to the risk that we could become subject to claims of intellectual property infringement, our customers or suppliers could become subject to infringement claims. Additionally, customers for our turnkey solutions or design services in which we have significant technology contributions, typically require that we indemnify them against the risk of intellectual property infringement. If any claims are brought against our customers, our suppliers or us for such infringement, regardless of their merits, we could be required to expend significant resources in the defense or settlement of such claims, or in the defense or settlement of related indemnification claims from our customers. In the event of a claim, we may be required to spend a significant amount of money to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain and maintain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining or maintaining such licenses on reasonable terms or at all. We, our suppliers or our customers may be required to or decide to discontinue products which are alleged to be infringing rather than face continued costs of defending the infringement claims, and such discontinuance may result in a significant decrease in our business, and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

We depend on attracting and retaining officers, managers and skilled personnel and on their compliance with company strategies and confidentiality policies and procedures.

Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our officers, managers and skilled personnel. Generally our employees are not bound by employment or non-competition agreements, and we cannot assure you that we will retain our officers, managers and skilled personnel. We could be seriously harmed by the loss of any of our executive officers or multiple managers or skilled personnel. To aid in managing our growth and strengthening our management and skilled personnel, we will need to internally develop, recruit and retain additional skilled management personnel. If we are not able to do so, our business and our ability to continue to grow could be harmed.

We establish strategic goals and ethical conduct policies. We are subject to risks if our officers and managers act inconsistently with our strategic goals or violate such ethical conduct policies. We are also subject to the risk that current and former officers, managers and skilled personnel could violate the terms of our confidentiality policies and procedures or proprietary information agreements with us which require them to keep confidential and not to use for their benefit information obtained in the course of their employment with us. Should a key current or former employee use or disclose such information, including information concerning our customers, pricing, capabilities or strategy, our ability to obtain new customers and to compete could be adversely impacted.

Any delay in the implementation of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our costs.

We have completed the installation of an enterprise resource planning system in most of our manufacturing sites and in our corporate location. We are currently in the process of installing this system in certain of our remaining facilities which will replace the existing planning and financial information systems. Any delay in the implementation of these information systems could result in material adverse consequences, including disruption of operations, loss of information and unanticipated increases in costs.

 

23


Table of Contents

Disruptions to our information systems, including security breaches, losses of data or outages, and other security issues, could adversely affect our operations.

We rely on information systems, some of which are owned and operated by third parties, to store, process and transmit confidential information, including financial reporting, inventory management, procurement, invoicing and electronic communications, belonging to our customers, our suppliers, our employees and/or us. We attempt to monitor and mitigate our exposure and modify our systems when warranted and we have implemented certain business continuity items including data backups at alternative sites. Nevertheless, these systems are vulnerable to, and at times have suffered from, among other things, damage from power loss or natural disasters, computer system and network failures, loss of telecommunication services, physical and electronic loss of data, terrorist attacks, security breaches and computer viruses. We regularly face attempts by others to access our information systems in an unauthorized manner, to introduce malicious software to such systems or both. The increased use of mobile technologies can heighten these and other operational risks. If we, or the third parties who own and operate certain of our information systems, are unable to prevent such breaches, losses of data and outages, our operations could be disrupted. In addition, any production inefficiencies or delays could negatively affect our ability to fill customer orders, resulting in a delay or reduction in our revenues. Also, the time and funds spent on monitoring and mitigating our exposure and responding to breaches, including the training of employees, the purchase of protective technologies and the hiring of additional employees and consultants to assist in these efforts could adversely affect our financial results. Finally, any theft or misuse of information resulting from a security breach could result in, among other things, loss of significant and/or sensitive information, litigation by affected parties, financial obligations resulting from such theft or misuse, higher insurance premiums, governmental investigations, negative reactions from current and potential future customers (including potential negative financial ramifications under certain customer contract provisions) and poor publicity and any of these could adversely affect our financial results.

Compliance or the failure to comply with current and future environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws or regulations could cause us significant expense.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process, those governing worker health and safety, those requiring design changes, supply chain investigation or conformity assessments or those relating to the recycling or reuse of products we manufacture. If we fail to comply with any present or future regulations, we could become subject to liabilities, and we could face fines or penalties, the suspension of production, or prohibitions on sales of products we manufacture. In addition, such regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to acquire costly equipment, or to incur other significant expenses, including expenses associated with the recall of any non-compliant product or with changes in our operational, procurement and inventory management activities.

While we have not been required historically to make significant capital expenditures in order to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations, we cannot predict with any certainty our future capital expenditure requirements because of continually changing compliance standards and environmental technology.

Certain environmental laws impose liability for the costs of investigation, removal and remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on an owner, occupier or operator of real estate, or on parties who arranged for hazardous substance treatment or disposal, even if such person or company was unaware of, or not responsible for, contamination at the affected site. Soil and groundwater contamination may have occurred at or near, or may have arisen from, some of our facilities. From time to time we investigate, remediate and monitor soil and groundwater contamination at certain of our operating sites. In certain instances where contamination existed prior to our ownership or occupation of a site, landlords or former owners have retained some contractual responsibility for contamination and remediation. However, failure of such persons to perform those obligations could result in us being required to address such contamination. As a result, we may incur clean-up costs in such potential removal or remediation efforts. In other instances, we may be responsible for clean-up costs and other liabilities, including the possibility of claims due to health risks by both employees and non-employees, as well as other third-party claims in connection with contaminated sites.

From time to time new regulations are enacted, or existing requirements are changed, and it is difficult to anticipate how such regulations and changes will be implemented and enforced. We continue to evaluate the necessary steps for compliance with regulations as they are enacted.

As an example, under the Dodd-Frank Act, some companies, including ours, are subject to new due diligence, disclosure and reporting requirements for manufacturing products that include components containing certain minerals originating from the DRC or adjoining countries. These regulations may result in a decrease in the supply of such minerals, an increase in their cost and/or a disruption to our supply chain. In addition, if our due diligence process to verify the origin of minerals contained in components of our customers’ products or from our suppliers is not completed timely or results in findings that such minerals are sourced from restricted countries, our reputation may be adversely affected, which in turn may adversely affect our operations and financial results. Compliance with the applicable SEC requirements has been both relatively time consuming and costly.

 

24


Table of Contents

Our failure to comply with any applicable regulatory requirements or with related contractual obligations could result in our being directly or indirectly liable for costs (including product recall and/or replacement costs), fines or penalties and third party claims, and could jeopardize our ability to conduct business in the jurisdictions implementing them.

In addition, there is an increasing governmental focus around the world on global warming and environmental impact issues, which may result in new environmental, health and safety regulations that may affect us, our suppliers and our customers. This could cause us to incur additional direct costs for compliance, as well as increased indirect costs resulting from our customers, suppliers or both incurring additional compliance costs that get passed on to us. These costs may adversely impact our operations and financial condition.

We and our customers are increasingly concerned with environmental issues, such as waste management (including recycling) and climate change (including reducing carbon outputs). We expect these concerns to grow and require increased investments of time and resources.

We have limited insurance coverage for potential environmental liabilities associated with current operations and we do not anticipate increasing such coverage in the future.

We are subject to the risk of increased taxes.

We base our tax position upon the anticipated nature and conduct of our business and upon our understanding of the tax laws of the various countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. Our tax position, however, is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law (including adverse changes to the manner in which the U.S. and other countries tax multinational companies or interpret their tax laws). We cannot determine in advance the extent to which some jurisdictions may assess additional tax or interest and penalties on such additional taxes. In addition, our effective tax rate may be increased by the generation of higher income in countries with higher tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in our cash management strategies, changes in local tax rates or countries adopting more aggressive interpretations of tax laws.

Refer to Note 5 – “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details of the field examination completed by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) of our tax returns for the fiscal years 2009 through 2011 which resulted in proposed adjustments. While we currently believe that the resolution of these issues will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, an unfavorable resolution, particularly if the IRS successfully asserts similar claims for later years, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Several countries in which we are located allow for tax incentives to attract and retain business. We have obtained incentives where available and practicable. Our taxes could increase if certain tax incentives are retracted (such as occurred with our calendar year 2011 Shanghai tax incentive), which could occur if we are unable to satisfy the conditions on which such incentives are based, if they are not renewed upon expiration, or if tax rates applicable to us in such jurisdictions otherwise increase. It is not anticipated that any tax incentives will expire within the next year. However, due to the possibility of changes in existing tax law and our operations, we are unable to predict how any expirations will impact us in the future. In addition, acquisitions may cause our effective tax rate to increase, depending on the jurisdictions in which the acquired operations are located.

Certain of our subsidiaries provide financing, products and services to, and may undertake certain significant transactions with, other subsidiaries in different jurisdictions. Moreover, several jurisdictions in which we operate have tax laws with detailed transfer pricing rules which require that all transactions with non-resident related parties be priced using arm’s length pricing principles, and that contemporaneous documentation must exist to support such pricing. There is a risk that the taxing authorities may not deem our transfer pricing documentation acceptable.

Energy price increases may negatively impact our results of operations.

Certain of the components that we use in our manufacturing activities are petroleum-based. In addition, we, along with our suppliers and customers, rely on various energy sources (including oil) in our facilities and transportation activities. An increase in energy prices, which have been volatile over the past few years, could cause an increase to our raw material costs and transportation costs. In addition, increased transportation costs of certain of our suppliers and customers could be passed along to us. We may not be able to increase our product prices enough to offset these increased costs. In addition, any increase in our product prices may reduce our future customer orders and profitability.

Our credit rating may be downgraded.

Our credit is rated by credit rating agencies. Our 7.750% Senior Notes, our 8.250% Senior Notes, our 5.625% Senior Notes and our 4.700% Senior Notes are currently rated BBB- by Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) and Standard and Poor’s Ratings Service (“S&P”) and Ba1 by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”), and are considered to be below “investment grade” debt by Moody’s and “investment grade” debt by Fitch and S&P. Any potential future negative change in our credit rating may make it more expensive for us to raise additional capital in the future on terms that are acceptable to us, if at all; negatively impact the price of our common stock;

 

25


Table of Contents

increase our interest payments under existing debt agreements; and have other negative implications on our business, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, the interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes and under the Credit Facility is subject to adjustment from time to time if our credit ratings change. Thus, any potential future negative change in our credit rating may increase the interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes, the Credit Facility and certain of our other borrowings.

Our amount of debt could significantly increase in the future.

As of August 31, 2015, our debt obligations consisted of $312.0 million under our 7.750% Senior Notes, $400.0 million under our 8.250% Senior Notes, $400.0 million under our 5.625% Senior Notes and $500.0 million under our 4.700% Senior Notes. As of August 31, 2015, there was $58.9 million outstanding under various bank loans to certain of our foreign subsidiaries and under various other debt obligations. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 8 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

We have the ability to borrow up to $1.5 billion under the Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility contemplates a potential increase of up to an additional $500.0 million, if we and the lenders later agree to such increase. Also, we have the ability to borrow up to $500.0 million under the Term Loan Facility. We could incur additional indebtedness in the future in the form of bank loans, notes or convertible securities.

Should we desire to consummate significant additional acquisition opportunities, undertake significant additional expansion activities or make substantial investments in our infrastructure, our capital needs would increase and could possibly result in our need to increase available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities or access public or private debt and equity markets. There can be no assurance, however, that we would be successful in raising additional debt or equity on terms that we would consider acceptable. An increase in the level of our indebtedness, among other things, could:

 

    make it difficult for us to obtain any necessary financing in the future for other acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes;

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to changes in, our business;

 

    make us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business; and

 

    impact certain financial covenants that we are subject to in connection with our debt and asset-backed securitization programs, including, among others, the maximum ratio of debt to consolidated EBITDA (as defined in our debt agreements and securitization programs).

There can be no assurance that we will be able to meet future debt service obligations.

We are subject to risks of currency fluctuations and related hedging operations.

A significant number of our operations are located outside the United States, however the majority of our business is conducted in U.S. dollar. Changes in exchange rates among other currencies and the U.S. dollar will affect our cost of sales, operating margins and net revenue. We cannot predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations. We use financial instruments, primarily forward contracts, to economically hedge U.S. dollar and other currency commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, fixed purchase obligations and other foreign currency obligations. Based on our calculations and current forecasts, we believe that our hedging activities enable us to largely protect ourselves from future exchange rate fluctuations. If, however, these hedging activities are not successful or if we change or reduce these hedging activities in the future, we may experience significant unexpected expenses from fluctuations in exchange rates.

An adverse change in the interest rates for our borrowings could adversely affect our financial condition.

We pay interest on outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facilities and certain other long term debt obligations at interest rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. An adverse change in the base rates upon which our interest rates are determined could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. If certain economic or fiscal issues occur, interest rates could rise which would increase our interest costs and reduce our net income. Also, increased interest rates could make any future, fixed interest rate debt obligations more expensive.

We are exposed to intangible asset risk.

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, which are attributable to business acquisitions. We are required to perform goodwill and intangible asset impairment tests at least on an annual basis and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows. As a result of our annual and other periodic evaluations, we may determine that the intangible asset values need to be written down to their fair values, which could result in material charges that could be adverse to our operating results and financial position.

 

26


Table of Contents

We face certain risks in collecting our trade accounts receivable.

Most of our customer sales are paid for after the goods and services have been delivered. If any of our customers has any liquidity issues (the risk of which could be relatively high, relative to historical conditions, due to current economic conditions), then we could encounter delays or defaults in payments owed to us which could have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. While these risks can be exacerbated in connection with emerging companies, the amount of potential loss can be greater in connection with larger customers.

Our stock price may be volatile.

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). The market price of our common stock has fluctuated substantially in the past and could fluctuate substantially in the future, based on a variety of factors, including future announcements covering us or our key customers or competitors, government regulations, litigation, changes in earnings estimates by analysts, fluctuations in quarterly operating results, or general conditions in our industry and the automotive, consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace, digital home, emerging growth, healthcare, industrial and energy, mobility, networking and telecommunications, packaging, point of sale, printing and storage industries. Furthermore, stock prices for many companies and high technology companies in particular, fluctuate widely for reasons that may be unrelated to their operating results. Those fluctuations and general economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions or international currency fluctuations and demand for our services, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our charter documents and state law may make it harder for others to obtain control of us even though some shareholders might consider such a development to be favorable.

Provisions in our amended certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law from time to time may delay, inhibit or prevent someone from gaining control of us through a tender offer, business combination, proxy contest or some other method. These provisions may adversely impact our shareholders because they may decrease the possibility of a transaction in which our shareholders receive an amount of consideration in exchange for their shares that is at a significant premium to the then current market price of our shares. These provisions include:

 

    a restriction in our bylaws on the ability of shareholders to take action by less than unanimous written consent; and

 

    a statutory restriction on business combinations with some types of interested shareholders.

In addition, for ten years we had a “poison pill” shareholder rights plan that our Board of Directors allowed to expire in October 2011 without extension. In doing that, our Board considered various relevant issues, including the fact that if needed and appropriate it can, under the Delaware General Corporation Law, implement a new shareholders rights plan reasonably quickly and without stockholder approval. Our Board regularly considers this topic, even in the absence of specific circumstances or takeover proposals, to facilitate its ability in the future to act expeditiously and appropriately should the need arise.

Changes in the securities laws and regulations have increased, and may continue to increase, our costs; and any future changes would likely increase our costs.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related rules promulgated by the SEC (including the Dodd-Frank Act) and the NYSE, required changes in some of our corporate governance, securities disclosure and compliance practices. Compliance with these rules increased our legal and financial accounting costs for several years following the announcement and effectiveness of these new rules. While these costs are no longer increasing, they may in fact increase in the future. In addition, due, at least in part, to the turmoil over the past several years in the securities and credit markets, as well as the global economy, many U.S. and international governmental, regulatory and supervisory authorities including, but not limited to, the SEC and the NYSE, have enacted additional changes in their laws, regulations and rules and may be contemplating additional changes. These changes, and any such future changes, may cause our legal and financial accounting costs to increase.

Due to inherent limitations, there can be no assurance that our system of disclosure and internal controls and procedures will be successful in preventing all errors, theft and fraud, or in informing management of all material information in a timely manner.

Our Board management, including our CEO and CFO, do not expect that our disclosure controls and internal controls and procedures will prevent all errors, theft and fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system reflects that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been or will be detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur simply because of error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.

 

27


Table of Contents

The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected.

If we receive other than an unqualified opinion on the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2016 or any future year-ends, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could result in a decrease in the value of your shares.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, larger public companies like us are required to include an annual report on internal control over financial reporting in their annual reports on Form 10-K that contains an assessment by management of the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered certified public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, issued an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2015. While we continuously conduct a rigorous review of our internal control over financial reporting in order to try to assure compliance with the Section 404 requirements, if our independent registered certified public accounting firm interprets the Section 404 requirements and the related rules and regulations differently from us or if our independent registered certified public accounting firm is not satisfied with our internal control over financial reporting or with the level at which it is documented, operated or reviewed, they may issue an adverse opinion. An adverse opinion could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, we have spent a significant amount of resources, and will likely continue to for the foreseeable future, in complying with Section 404’s requirements, particularly given the changes recently introduced by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) to the manner in which internal controls over financial reporting must be administered.

There are inherent uncertainties involved in estimates, judgments and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). Any changes in U.S. GAAP or in estimates, judgments and assumptions could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

The Consolidated Financial Statements included in the periodic reports we file with the SEC are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP involves making estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities and related reserves, revenues, expenses and income. Estimates, judgments and assumptions are inherently subject to change in the future, and any such changes could result in corresponding changes to the amounts of assets, liabilities and related reserves, revenues, expenses and income. Any such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. In addition, the principles of U.S. GAAP are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the SEC and various bodies formed to create appropriate accounting policies, and interpret such policies. A change in those policies can have a significant effect on our accounting methods. For example, although not yet currently required, the SEC could require us to adopt the International Financial Reporting Standards in the next few years, which could have a significant effect on certain of our accounting methods. As another example, significant changes to the revenue recognition rules have been enacted and will apply to us beginning in fiscal year 2018.

We are subject to risks associated with natural disasters, climate change and global events.

Our operations and those of our customers and suppliers may be subject to natural disasters, climate change related events, or other business disruptions, which could seriously harm our results of operation and increase our costs and expenses. We are susceptible to losses and interruptions caused by hurricanes (including in Florida, where our headquarters are located), earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water or other natural resource shortages, tsunamis, floods, typhoons, drought, fire, extreme weather conditions, rising sea level, geopolitical events such as terrorist acts, acts of war, international boycotts, or widespread criminal activities and other natural or manmade disasters. Such events could make it difficult or impossible to manufacture or to deliver products to our customers, receive production materials from our suppliers, or perform critical functions, which could adversely affect our business globally or in certain regions. While we maintain similar manufacturing capacities at different locations and coordinate multi-source supplier programs on many of our materials which would better enable us to respond to these types of events, we cannot be sure that our plans will fully protect us from all such disruptions. Our insurance coverage with respect to natural disasters is limited and is subject to deductibles and coverage limits. Such coverage may not be adequate, or may not continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms.

While we manufacture our products in a large number of diversified facilities and maintain insurance covering our facilities, including business interruption insurance, a catastrophic loss of the use of all or a portion of one of our key manufacturing facilities due to accident, labor issues, weather conditions, natural disaster or otherwise, whether short or long-term, could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

28


Table of Contents

We and our customers are subject to increasingly extensive government regulations and industry standards; failure to comply with such regulations and standards could have an adverse effect on our business, customer relationships, reputation and profitability.

We are subject to extensive government regulation and industry standards relating to the products we design and manufacture as well as how we conduct our business, including regulations and standards relating to labor and employment practices, workplace health and safety, the environment, sourcing and import/export practices, the market sectors we support and many other facets of our operations. The regulatory climate in the U.S. and other countries has become increasingly complex and fragmented, and regulatory activity has increased in recent periods. Failure or noncompliance with such regulations or standards could have an adverse effect on our reputation, customer relationships, profitability and results of operations.

Our customers are also required to comply with various government regulations, legal requirements and industry standards, including many of the industry-specific regulations discussed above. Our customers’ failure to comply could affect their businesses, which in turn would affect our sales to them. In addition, if our customers are required by regulation or other requirements to make changes in their product lines, these changes could significantly disrupt particular programs for these customers and create inefficiencies in our business.

In addition to quality management standards, there are several other U.S. regulations that we are also required to follow, including the Federal Acquisition Regulations (“FAR”), which provides uniform policies and procedures for acquisition; the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement, a DOD agency supplement to the FAR that provides DOD-specific acquisition regulations that DOD government acquisition officials, and those contractors doing business with DOD, must follow in the procurement process for goods and services; and the Truth in Negotiations Act, which is a law enacted for the purpose of providing for full and fair disclosure by contractors in the conduct of negotiations with the government.

We have addressed several other specific laws and regulations within various risk factors above.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

We have not received any written comments from the SEC staff regarding our periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act that were received on or before the date that is 180 days before the end of our 2015 fiscal year and that remain unresolved.

 

29


Table of Contents
Item 2. Properties

We own or lease facilities located in Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, Finland, France, Germany, Hungary, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, The Netherlands, Poland, Russia, Scotland, Singapore, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Ukraine, the U.S. and Vietnam. As part of our historical restructuring programs, certain of our facilities are no longer used in our business operations, as identified in the table below. We believe that our properties are generally in good condition, are well maintained and are generally suitable and adequate to carry out our business at expected capacity for the foreseeable future. The table below lists the locations and square footage for our facilities as of August 31, 2015:

 

     Approximate      Type of Interest       

Location

   Square Footage      (Leased/Owned)     

Description of Use

Anaheim, California

     30,000         Leased       Prototype Manufacturing, Prototype Design, Support

Arden, North Carolina

     204,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Auburn Hills, Michigan

     207,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Belo Horizonte, Brazil

     150,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Boise, Idaho

     2,000         Leased       Support

Burlington, Massachusetts

     13,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Cayey, Puerto Rico

     121,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Storage, Support

Chicago, Illinois

     13,000         Leased       Design

Chihuahua, Mexico

     1,081,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Chihuahua, Mexico

     307,000         Leased       Storage

Chula Vista, California

     80,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Support, Storage

Clinton, Massachusetts

     825,000         Owned       Manufacturing, Design, Support, Prototype Design, Prototype Manufacturing

Colorado Springs, Colorado

     19,000         Leased       Design

Coppell, Texas (2)

     25,000         Leased       Design

Devens, Massachusetts

     212,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Dothan, Alabama

     133,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Storage

Dublin, California

     5,000         Leased       Design, Support

El Paso, Texas

     3,000         Leased       Storage

Fletcher, North Carolina

     3,000         Leased       Storage

Guadalajara, Mexico

     350,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Guadalajara, Mexico

     983,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Storage

Gurnee, Illinois

     80,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Hanover Park, Illinois

     147,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Itasca, Illinois

     203,000         Leased       Storage

Lake Orion, Michigan

     45,000         Leased       Storage

Manaus, Brazil (2)

     262,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Mebane, North Carolina

     241,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Storage

Memphis, Tennessee

     636,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Mount Pleasant, Iowa

     58,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Mount Pleasant, Iowa

     102,000         Leased       Storage

Ottawa, Canada

     3,000         Leased       Design

San Jose, California

     314,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Design, Storage, Support

St. Petersburg, Florida

     297,000         Owned       Manufacturing, Support

St. Petersburg, Florida

     136,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Design, Prototype Design

Tijuana, Mexico

     260,000         Leased       Manufacturing
  

 

 

       

Total Americas

     7,550,000         
  

 

 

       

 

30


Table of Contents
     Approximate      Type of Interest       

Location

   Square Footage      (Leased/Owned)     

Description of Use

Beijing, China

     4,000         Leased       Design

Changhua, Taiwan (2)

     370,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Support, Storage

Chengdu, China (3)

     5,346,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Support, Storage

Chennai, India (1)

     284,000         Owned      

Gotemba, Japan

     38,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Hachioji, Japan

     24,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

     291,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Hong Kong, China

     12,000         Leased       Design, Support

Hsinchu, Taiwan

     23,000         Leased       Design, Support

Huangpu, China

     2,613,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Huangpu, China

     1,947,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Support

Mumbai, India

     3,000         Leased       Support

Nanjing, China

     73,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Penang, Malaysia

     884,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Penang, Malaysia

     348,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Support, Storage

Pune, India

     2,000         Leased       Support

Ranjangaon, India

     262,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Seoul, South Korea

     1,000         Leased       Support

Shanghai, China

     503,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Shanghai, China

     68,000         Leased       Design

Shenzhen, China

     1,406,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Support

Suzhou, China

     566,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Suzhou, China

     1,009,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Storage

Taichung City, Taiwan

     601,000         Owned       Manufacturing, Design, Support, Storage

Taichung City, Taiwan (2)

     196,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Support, Storage

Taipei, Taiwan

     13,000         Leased       Design

Tampines, Singapore

     143,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Design, Support, Storage

Tel Aviv, Israel

     3,000         Leased       Support

Tianjin, China (1)

     168,000         Owned      

Tianjin, China

     2,248,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Design, Support

Wuhan, China (2)

     188,000         Owned       Manufacturing, Design

Wuxi, China

     648,000         Owned       Manufacturing, Support, Prototype Manufacturing, Storage

Wuxi, China

     4,620,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Storage, Support, Design

Yantai, China

     209,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Zhejiang, China

     138,000         Owned       Manufacturing, Design
  

 

 

       

Total Asia

     25,252,000         
  

 

 

       

Ayr, Scotland

     13,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Bray, Ireland

     153,000         Owned       Manufacturing, Design

Brest, France (2)

     393,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Cassina de Pecchi, Italy (1)

     161,000         Leased      

Chartres, France

     110,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Hasselt, Belgium

     52,000         Leased       Design, Prototype Design, Prototype Manufacturing

Jena, Germany

     27,000         Leased       Design, Prototype Design, Prototype Manufacturing

Kankaanpaa, Finland

     12,000         Leased       Design

Knittlingen, Germany

     82,000         Owned       Manufacturing, Support, Prototype Manufacturing, Storage

Knittlingen, Germany

     113,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Support, Prototype Manufacturing, Storage

Kwidzyn, Poland (2)

     588,000         Owned       Manufacturing, Storage

Livingston, Scotland

     130,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Marcianise, Italy

     1,194,000         Owned       Manufacturing, Storage

Marcianise, Italy (2)

     170,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Storage

 

31


Table of Contents
     Approximate      Type of Interest       

Location

   Square Footage      (Leased/Owned)     

Description of Use

Moscow, Russia

     292,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Nagyigmand, Hungary

     50,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Nagyigmand, Hungary

     32,000         Leased       Storage

Szombathely, Hungary

     21,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Storage

Tampere, Finland

     3,000         Leased       Design

Tata, Hungary (1)

     33,000         Owned      

Tiszaujvaros, Hungary

     394,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Tiszaujvaros, Hungary

     129,000         Leased       Storage

Tortosa, Spain

     160,000         Owned       Manufacturing, Storage, Support

Tortosa, Spain

     93,000         Leased       Storage

Tver, Russia (2)

     64,000         Leased       Manufacturing

Uzhgorod, Ukraine

     225,000         Owned       Manufacturing

Venray, The Netherlands

     420,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Storage

Vienna, Austria

     89,000         Leased       Manufacturing, Design, Prototype Design

Waterford, Ireland (2)

     201,000         Owned       Manufacturing, Storage
  

 

 

       

Total Europe

     5,404,000         
  

 

 

       

Total Facilities at August 31, 2015

     38,206,000         
  

 

 

       

 

(1)   This facility is no longer used in our business operations.
(2)   A portion of this facility is no longer used in our business operations.
(3)   Approximately 1,962,000 square feet of this facility is under construction and is not currently used in our business operations and approximately 1,692,000 square feet has been completed and is ready for use.

Certifications

Our manufacturing facilities are ISO certified to ISO 9001:2008 standards and most are also certified to ISO-14001:2004 environmental standards. Following are additional certifications that are held by certain of our manufacturing facilities as listed:

 

    Aerospace Standard AS/EN 9100 – Shanghai, China; St. Petersburg, Florida; Penang, Malaysia; Livingston, Scotland; and Singapore City, Singapore.

 

    Automotive Standard TS16949 – Vienna, Austria; Belo Horizonte, Brazil; Huangpu, Shanghai, Shenzhen and Suzhou, China; Tiszaujvaros, Hungary; and Chihuahua, Mexico.

 

    Controlled Substance Registration – Clinton, Massachusetts.

 

    Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism (C-TPAT) – Chihuahua, Guadalajara and Tijuana, Mexico.

 

    FDA IMS Packaging Certification – Tortosa, Spain.

 

    FDA Medical Registered – Vienna, Austria; Shanghai and Shenzhen, China; Knittlingen, Germany; Gurnee, Illinois; Clinton, Massachusetts; Guadalajara and Tijuana, Mexico; Auburn Hills, Michigan; Mebane, North Carolina; Cayey, Puerto Rico; and Singapore City, Singapore.

 

    FSSC 22000 Food Safety System Certification – Tortosa, Spain.

 

    IECQ Certificate of Conformity Hazardous Substance Process Management QC 080000 – Shenzhen, China.

 

    ISO 27001 Information Security Standard – Suzhou, Tianjin and Wuxi, China.

 

    Medical Standard ISO-13485 – Vienna, Austria; Hasselt, Belgium; San Diego and San Jose, California; Hong Kong, Shanghai, Shenzhen and Suzhou, China; St. Petersburg, Florida; Chartres, France; Knittlingen, Germany; Tiszaujvaros, Hungary; Gurnee, Illinois; Bray and Waterford, Ireland; Penang, Malaysia; Clinton, Massachusetts; Guadalajara and Tijuana, Mexico; Auburn Hills, Michigan; Asheville and Mebane, North Carolina; Cayey, Puerto Rico; Singapore City, Singapore; Taichung City, Taiwan; and Dallas, Texas.

 

    Occupational Health & Safety Management System Standard OHSAS 18001 – Huangpu, Shanghai, Shenzhen, and Wuxi, China; Manaus, Brazil; St. Petersburg, Florida; Tiszaujvaros, Hungary; Ranjangaon, India; Penang, Malaysia; Kwidzyn, Poland; Tver, Russia; Singapore City, Singapore; and Taichung City, Taiwan.

 

    Telecommunications Standard TL 9000 – San Jose, California; Shanghai, Wuhan and Wuxi, China; Tiszaujvaros, Hungary; Penang, Malaysia; and Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam.

 

32


Table of Contents
    ESD/ANSI 20:20 Standard – San Jose, California; Huangpu, Shanghai and Wuxi, China; St. Petersburg, Florida; Ranjangaon, India; Penang, Malaysia; Guadalajara and Reynosa, Mexico; Auburn Hills, Michigan; and Tver, Russia.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are party to certain lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

33


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “JBL.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the fiscal periods indicated:

 

     High      Low  

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015

     

First Quarter (September 1, 2014 – November 30, 2014)

   $ 21.87       $ 18.03   

Second Quarter (December 1, 2014 – February 28, 2015)

   $ 22.62       $ 19.45   

Third Quarter (March 1, 2015 – May 31, 2015)

   $ 24.95       $ 21.12   

Fourth Quarter (June 1, 2015 – August 31, 2015)

   $ 24.76       $ 16.90   

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014

     

First Quarter (September 1, 2013 – November 30, 2013)

   $ 24.32       $ 19.16   

Second Quarter (December 1, 2013 – February 28, 2014)

   $ 20.85       $ 15.30   

Third Quarter (March 1, 2014 – May 31, 2014)

   $ 19.05       $ 17.06   

Fourth Quarter (June 1, 2014 – August 31, 2014)

   $ 21.74       $ 18.54   

On October 6, 2015, the closing sales price for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $22.18. As of October 6, 2015, there were 1,652 holders of record of our common stock.

Information regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in Item 12 of Part III of this report.

Dividends

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our cash dividends declared to common stockholders during fiscal years 2015 and 2014:

Dividend Information

 

                Total of Cash            
    Dividend    Dividend      Dividends      Date of Record for    Dividend Cash
    Declaration Date    per Share      Declared      Dividend Payment    Payment Date
    (in thousands, except for per share data)

Fiscal year 2015:

  October 16, 2014    $ 0.08       $ 15,973       November 14, 2014    December 1, 2014
  January 21, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 16,020       February 13, 2015    March 2, 2015
  April 15, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 15,988       May 15, 2015    June 1, 2015
  July 16, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 15,980       August 14, 2015    September 1, 2015

Fiscal year 2014:

  October 17, 2013    $ 0.08       $ 17,221       November 15, 2013    December 2, 2013
  January 22, 2014    $ 0.08       $ 16,976       February 14, 2014    March 3, 2014
  April 17, 2014    $ 0.08       $ 16,686       May 15, 2014    June 2, 2014
  July 23, 2014    $ 0.08       $ 16,289       August 15, 2014    September 2, 2014

We currently expect to continue to declare and pay quarterly dividends of an amount similar to our past declarations. However, the declaration and payment of future dividends are discretionary and will be subject to determination by our Board of Directors each quarter following its review of our financial performance.

 

34


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information relating to our repurchase of common stock during the three months ended August 31, 2015:

 

Period

   Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (1)
     Average Price
Paid per Share
     Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Program  (2)
     Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Program
(in thousands)
 

June 1, 2015 – June 30, 2015

     49       $ 24.53         —         $ —     

July 1, 2015 – July 31, 2015

     3,396       $ 19.87         —         $ 100,000,000   

August 1, 2015 – August 31, 2015

     2,370,041       $ 19.19         2,370,000       $ 54,511,404   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total

     2,373,486       $ 19.19         2,370,000       $ 54,511,404   

 

(1)   The purchases include amounts that are attributable to shares surrendered to us by employees to satisfy, in connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards and the exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights, their tax withholding obligations.
(2)   In July 2015, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0 million of our common shares during the twelve month period following their authorization. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, 2.4 million shares were repurchased in the open market, utilizing approximately $45.5 million of the $100.0 million authorized by our Board of Directors. In addition, following the end of fiscal year 2015, we repurchased 2.8 million shares for approximately $54.5 million, which utilized the remaining amount outstanding of the $100.0 million authorized by our Board of Directors.

 

35


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected data are derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements. This data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto incorporated into Item 8, and with Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  
     (in thousands, except for per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Net revenue

   $ 17,899,196      $ 15,762,146      $ 17,249,493      $ 16,140,705      $ 15,620,258   

Cost of revenue

     16,395,978        14,736,543        16,037,303        14,979,754        14,506,578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,503,218        1,025,603        1,212,190        1,160,951        1,113,680   

Operating expenses:

          

Selling, general and administrative

     862,647        675,730        614,295        572,645        539,592   

Research and development

     27,645        28,611        28,412        25,837        25,002   

Amortization of intangibles

     24,449        23,857        10,954        12,899        21,764   

Restructuring and related charges

     33,066        85,369        80,513        —          676   

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —          7,962        —          —          23,944   

Impairment of notes receivable and related charges

     —          —          25,597        —          —     

Settlement of receivables and related charges

     —          —          —          —          13,607   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     555,411        204,074        452,419        549,570        489,095   

Other expense

     5,627        7,637        6,095        8,935        2,749   

Interest income

     (9,953     (3,741     (1,813     (2,002     (3,115

Interest expense

     128,091        128,055        121,023        106,088        97,671   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

     431,646        72,123        327,114        436,549        391,790   

Income tax expense

     137,461        73,711        7,631        102,866        95,097   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

     294,185        (1,588     319,483        333,683        296,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

          

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (7,698     20,554        50,608        62,406        86,265   

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     (875     223,299        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (8,573     243,853        50,608        62,406        86,265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     285,612        242,265        370,091        396,089        382,958   

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     1,593        952        (1,391     1,402        1,895   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

   $ 284,019      $ 241,313      $ 371,482      $ 394,687      $ 381,063   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Circuit, Inc.:

          

Basic:

          

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1.51      $ (0.01   $ 1.58      $ 1.61      $ 1.37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (0.04   $ 1.20      $ 0.25      $ 0.30      $ 0.40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.47      $ 1.19      $ 1.83      $ 1.91      $ 1.78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

          

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1.49      $ (0.01   $ 1.54      $ 1.57      $ 1.34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (0.04   $ 1.20      $ 0.24      $ 0.30      $ 0.39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.45      $ 1.19      $ 1.79      $ 1.87      $ 1.73   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

     193,689        202,497        203,096        206,160        214,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     196,005        202,497        207,815        211,181        220,719   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents
     August 31,  
     2015      2014      2013      2012      2011  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:

              

Working capital

   $ 191,168       $ 1,037,920       $ 955,811       $ 1,780,332       $ 1,225,899   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 9,603,207       $ 8,479,746       $ 9,153,781       $ 7,803,141       $ 7,057,940   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 323,833       $ 12,960       $ 215,448       $ 17,944       $ 74,160   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current installments

   $ 1,346,558       $ 1,669,585       $ 1,690,418       $ 1,658,247       $ 1,112,593   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Jabil Circuit, Inc. stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,314,856       $ 2,241,828       $ 2,335,287       $ 2,105,057       $ 1,867,120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared, per share

   $ 0.32       $ 0.32       $ 0.32       $ 0.32       $ 0.28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We are one of the leading providers of worldwide electronic manufacturing services and solutions. We provide comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in the automotive, consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace, digital home, emerging growth, healthcare, industrial and energy, mobility, networking and telecommunications, packaging, point of sale, printing and storage industries.

The industry in which we operate is composed of companies that provide a range of design and manufacturing services to companies that utilize electronics components. The industry experienced rapid change and growth through the 1990s as an increasing number of companies chose to outsource an increasing portion, and, in some cases, all of their manufacturing requirements. In mid-2001, the industry’s revenue declined as a result of significant cut-backs in customer production requirements, which was consistent with the overall downturn in the technology sector at the time. In response to this downturn in the technology sector, we implemented restructuring programs to reduce our cost structure and further align our manufacturing capacity with the geographic production demands of our customers. Industry revenues generally began to stabilize in 2003 and companies began to turn more to outsourcing versus internal manufacturing. In addition, the number of industries serviced, as well as the market penetration in certain industries, by electronic manufacturing service providers has increased over the past several years. In mid-2008, the industry’s revenue declined when a deteriorating macro-economic environment resulted in illiquidity in global credit markets and a significant economic downturn in the North American, European and Asian markets. In response to this downturn, and the termination of our business relationship with BlackBerry Limited, we implemented additional restructuring programs, including the restructuring plans that were approved by our Board of Directors in fiscal year 2014 (the “2014 Restructuring Plan”) and in fiscal year 2013 (the “2013 Restructuring Plan”), to reduce our cost structure and further align our manufacturing capacity with the geographic production demands of our customers.

We continue to try to monitor the current economic environment and its potential impact on both the customers that we serve as well as our end-markets and closely manage our costs and capital resources so that we can try to respond appropriately as circumstances continue to change.

At August 31, 2015, our reportable operating segments consisted of two segments: Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”). Our EMS segment is focused around leveraging IT, supply chain design and engineering, technologies largely centered on core electronics, sharing of our large scale manufacturing infrastructure and the ability to serve a broad range of end markets. Our EMS segment includes customers primarily in the automotive, digital home, industrial and energy, networking and telecommunications, point of sale, printing and storage industries. Our DMS segment is focused on providing engineering solutions and a focus on material sciences and technologies. Our DMS segment includes customers primarily in the consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace, emerging growth, healthcare, mobility and packaging industries.

We derive revenue principally from manufacturing services related to electronic equipment built to customer specifications. We also derive revenue to a lesser extent from design services and excess inventory sales. Revenue from manufacturing services and excess inventory sales is generally recognized, net of estimated product return costs, when goods are shipped; title and risk of ownership have passed; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. Design service related revenue is generally recognized upon completion and acceptance by the respective customer. We generally assume no significant obligations after product shipment.

Our cost of revenue includes the cost of electronic components and other materials that comprise the products we manufacture; the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead; and adjustments for excess and obsolete inventory. As a provider of turnkey manufacturing services, we are responsible for procuring components and other materials. This requires us to commit significant

 

37


Table of Contents

working capital to our operations and to manage the purchasing, receiving, inspecting and stocking of materials. Although we bear the risk of fluctuations in the cost of materials and excess scrap, we periodically negotiate cost of materials adjustments with our customers. Net revenue from each product that we manufacture consists of an element based on the costs of materials in that product and an element based on the labor and manufacturing overhead costs allocated to that product. We refer to the portion of the sales price of a product that is based on materials costs as “material-based revenue,” and to the portion of the sales price of a product that is based on labor and manufacturing overhead costs as “manufacturing-based revenue.” Our gross margin for any product depends on the mix between the cost of materials in the product and the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead allocated to the product. We typically realize higher gross margins on manufacturing-based revenue than we do on materials-based revenue. As we gain experience in manufacturing a product, we usually achieve increased efficiencies, which may result in lower labor and manufacturing overhead costs for that product.

Our operating results are impacted by the level of capacity utilization of manufacturing facilities; indirect labor costs; and selling, general and administrative expenses. Operating income margins have generally improved during periods of high production volume and high capacity utilization. During periods of low production volume, we generally have idle capacity and reduced operating income margins.

We have consistently utilized advanced circuit design, production design and manufacturing technologies to meet the needs of our customers. To support this effort, our engineering staff focuses on developing and refining design and manufacturing technologies to meet specific needs of specific customers. Most of the expenses associated with these customer-specific efforts are reflected in our cost of revenue. In addition, our engineers engage in research and development (“R&D”) of new technologies that apply generally to our operations. The expenses of these R&D activities are reflected in the research and development line item within our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

An important element of our strategy is the expansion of our global production facilities. The majority of our revenue and materials costs worldwide are denominated in U.S. dollars, while our labor and utility costs in operations outside the U.S. are denominated in local currencies. We largely economically hedge certain of these local currency costs, based on our evaluation of the potential exposure as compared to the cost of the hedge, through the purchase of foreign currency exchange contracts. Changes in the fair market value of such hedging instruments are reflected within the Consolidated Statement of Operations and the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. See “Risk Factors – We are subject to risks of currency fluctuations and related hedging operations.”

We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue and upon their growth, viability and financial stability. A significant reduction in sales to any of our customers, a customer exerting significant pricing and margin pressures on us or the termination or substantial winding down of our business relationship with one of our customers has previously had, and could in the future have, a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In the past, some of our customers have terminated their manufacturing arrangements with us or have significantly reduced or delayed the volume of design, production or product management services ordered from us, including moving a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity. There can be no assurance that present or future customers will not terminate their manufacturing arrangements with us or significantly reduce or delay the volume of design, production or product management services ordered from us, or move a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity. We could in the future terminate, or substantially wind down, significant customer relationships. Any such termination or substantial winding down of a customer or manufacturing relationship or change, reduction or delay in orders could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. See “Risk Factors – Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of those customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue,” “Risk Factors – Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and capital expenditures, and to maximize the efficiency of our manufacturing capacity,” “Risk Factors – Our customers may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategy” and Note 12 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Summary of Results

Net revenues for fiscal year 2015 increased approximately 13.6% to $17.9 billion compared to $15.8 billion for fiscal year 2014 primarily due to increased revenues from customers within our mobility business due to strengthened end user product demand as well as increased revenues from customers within our telecommunications and automotive businesses.

 

38


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, certain key operating results and other financial information (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Net revenue

   $ 17,899,196       $ 15,762,146       $ 17,249,493   

Gross profit

   $ 1,503,218       $ 1,025,603       $ 1,212,190   

Operating income

   $ 555,411       $ 204,074       $ 452,419   

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

   $ 284,019       $ 241,313       $ 371,482   

Net earnings per share - basic

   $ 1.47       $ 1.19       $ 1.83   

Net earnings per share - diluted

   $ 1.45       $ 1.19       $ 1.79   

Key Performance Indicators

Management regularly reviews financial and non-financial performance indicators to assess the Company’s operating results. The following table sets forth, for the quarterly periods indicated, certain of management’s key financial performance indicators:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     August 31,      May 31,      February 28,      November 30,  
     2015      2015      2015      2014  

Sales cycle

     4 days         1 day         4 days         4 days   

Inventory turns (annualized)

     7 turns         7 turns         7 turns         8 turns   

Days in accounts receivable

     28 days         25 days         27 days         31 days   

Days in inventory

     52 days         51 days         48 days         45 days   

Days in accounts payable

     76 days         75 days         71 days         72 days   

 

     Three Months Ended  
     August 31,      May 31,      February 28,      November 30,  
     2014      2014      2014      2013  

Sales cycle

     2 days         3 days         7 days         3 days   

Inventory turns (annualized)

     8 turns         8 turns         7 turns         8 turns   

Days in accounts receivable

     27 days         24 days         24 days         27 days   

Days in inventory

     48 days         47 days         49 days         45 days   

Days in accounts payable

     73 days         68 days         66 days         69 days   

The sales cycle is calculated as the sum of days in accounts receivable and days in inventory, less the days in accounts payable; accordingly, the variance in the sales cycle quarter over quarter is a direct result of changes in these indicators. During the three months ended August 31, 2015, May 31, 2015, February 28, 2015 and November 30, 2014, the days in accounts receivable increased 3 days to 28 days, decreased 2 days to 25 days, decreased 4 days to 27 days and increased 4 days to 31 days, respectively, from the prior sequential quarter primarily due to the timing of sales and collections activity.

During the three months ended August 31, 2015, days in inventory increased 1 day to 52 days as compared to the prior sequential quarter largely due to increased demand and to support expected revenue levels in the first quarter of fiscal year 2016. During the three months ended May 31, 2015, days in inventory increased 3 days to 51 days as compared to the prior sequential quarter largely to support expected revenue levels in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015. During the three months ended February 28, 2015, days in inventory increased 3 days to 48 days as compared to the prior sequential quarter largely to support expected EMS sales levels in the third quarter of fiscal year 2015. During the three months ended November 30, 2014, days in inventory decreased 3 days to 45 days as compared to the prior sequential quarter primarily due to increased sales activity as well as a focus on inventory management. During the three months ended August 31, 2015, May 31, 2015 and February 28, 2015, inventory turns, on an annualized basis, remained relatively consistent at 7 turns as compared to the prior sequential quarter, respectively. During the three months ended November 30, 2014, inventory turns, on an annualized basis, remained consistent at 8 turns as compared to the prior sequential quarter.

During the three months ended August 31, 2015, May 31, 2015, February 28, 2015 and November 30, 2014, days in accounts payable increased 1 day to 76 days, increased 4 days to 75 days, decreased 1 day to 71 days and decreased 1 day to 72 days, respectively, from the prior sequential quarter primarily due to the timing of purchases and cash payments for purchases during the respective quarters.

 

39


Table of Contents

The sales cycle was 4 days during the three months ended August 31, 2015, 1 day during the three months ended May 31, 2015, 4 days during the three months ended February 28, 2015 and 4 days during the three months ended November 30, 2014. The changes in the sales cycle are due to the changes in accounts receivable, accounts payable and inventory that are discussed above.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. Management believes that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances; however, actual results may vary from these estimates and assumptions under different future circumstances. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. For further discussion of our significant accounting policies, refer to Note 1 — “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue principally from manufacturing services related to electronic equipment built to customer specifications. We also derive revenue to a lesser extent from design services and excess inventory sales. Revenue from manufacturing services and excess inventory sales is generally recognized, net of estimated product return costs, when goods are shipped; title and risk of ownership have passed; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. Design service related revenue is generally recognized upon completion and acceptance by the respective customer. We generally assume no significant obligations after product shipment.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts related to receivables not expected to be collected from our customers. This allowance is based on management’s assessment of specific customer balances, considering the age of receivables and financial stability of the customer. If there is an adverse change in the financial condition and circumstances of our customers, or if actual defaults are higher than provided for, an addition to the allowance may be necessary.

Inventory Valuation

We purchase inventory based on forecasted demand and record inventory at the lower of cost or market. Management regularly assesses inventory valuation based on current and forecasted usage, customer inventory-related contractual obligations and other lower of cost or market considerations. If actual market conditions or our customers’ product demands are less favorable than those projected, additional valuation adjustments may be necessary.

Long-Lived Assets

We review property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of property, plant and equipment is measured by comparing its carrying value to the undiscounted projected cash flows that the asset(s) or asset group(s) are expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group over its respective fair value, which is generally determined as either the present value of estimated future cash flows or the appraised value. The impairment analysis is based on significant assumptions of future results made by management, including revenue and cash flow projections. Circumstances that may lead to impairment of property, plant and equipment include unforeseen decreases in future performance or industry demand and the restructuring of our operations resulting from a change in our business strategy or adverse economic conditions. For further discussion of our current restructuring program, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Restructuring and Related Charges.”

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, in connection with business acquisitions. Estimated useful lives of amortizable intangible assets are determined by management based on an assessment of the period over which the asset is expected to contribute to future cash flows. The fair value of acquired amortizable intangible assets impacts the amounts recorded as goodwill.

We perform a goodwill impairment analysis using the two-step method on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on an average weighting of both projected discounted future results and the use of comparative market multiples. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired and a second test is performed to measure the amount of loss, if any.

 

40


Table of Contents

We perform an indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment analysis on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount to the fair value. We determine the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets principally based on a variation of the income approach, known as the relief from royalty method. If the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is considered impaired.

We completed our annual impairment test for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015 and determined that the fair values of our reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets are substantially in excess of the carrying values and that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test.

Retirement Benefits

We have pension and postretirement benefit costs and liabilities in certain foreign locations that are developed from actuarial valuations. Actuarial valuations require management to make certain judgments and estimates of discount rates, compensation rate increases and return on plan assets. We evaluate these assumptions on a regular basis taking into consideration current market conditions and historical market data. The discount rate is used to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. This rate represents the market rate for high-quality fixed income investments. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. When considering the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, we take into account current and expected asset allocations, as well as historical and expected returns on plan assets. Other assumptions include demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover. For further discussion of our pension and postretirement benefits, refer to Note 9 – “Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes

We estimate our income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, a process that includes estimating exposures related to examinations by taxing authorities. We must also make judgments regarding the ability to realize the deferred tax assets. The carrying value of our net deferred tax assets is based on our belief that it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions to realize these deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance has been established for deferred tax assets that we do not believe meet the “more likely than not” criteria. We assess whether an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return meets the threshold for recognition and measurement in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our judgments regarding future taxable income as well as tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return may change due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax laws or other factors. If our assumptions and consequently our estimates change in the future, the valuation allowances and/or tax reserves established may be increased or decreased, resulting in a respective increase or decrease in income tax expense.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its field examination of our tax returns for fiscal years 2009 through 2011 and issued a Revenue Agent’s Report on May 27, 2015 proposing adjustments primarily related to U.S. taxation of certain intercompany transactions. If the IRS ultimately prevails in its positions, our income tax payment due for the fiscal years 2009 through 2011 would be approximately $34.6 million after utilization of tax loss carry forwards available through fiscal year 2011. Also, the IRS has proposed interest and penalties with respect to fiscal years 2009 through 2011. The IRS may make similar claims in future audits with respect to these types of transactions. At this time, anticipating the amount of any future IRS proposed adjustments, interest, and penalties is not practicable.

We disagree with the proposed adjustments and intend to vigorously contest these matters through the applicable IRS administrative and judicial procedures, as appropriate. As the final resolution of the proposed adjustments remains uncertain, we continue to provide for the uncertain tax positions based on the more likely than not standard. While the resolution of the issues may result in tax liabilities, interest and penalties, which are significantly higher than the amounts provided for these matters, management currently believes that the resolution will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Despite this belief, an unfavorable resolution, particularly if the IRS successfully asserts similar claims for later years, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. For further discussion related to our income taxes, refer to Note 5 — “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements and “Risk Factors — We are subject to the risk of increased taxes.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 17 – “New Accounting Guidance” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of recent accounting guidance.

 

41


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, certain statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of net revenue:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Net revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue

     91.6        93.5        93.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     8.4        6.5        7.0   

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     4.8        4.3        3.6   

Research and development

     0.2        0.2        0.2   

Amortization of intangibles

     0.1        0.2        0.1   

Restructuring and related charges

     0.2        0.5        0.4   

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —          0.1        —     

Impairment of notes receivable and related charges

     —          —          0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     3.1        1.2        2.6   

Other expense

     0.0        0.0        0.1   

Interest income

     (0.1     (0.0     (0.0

Interest expense

     0.7        0.8        0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

     2.5        0.4        1.7   

Income tax expense

     0.8        0.5        0.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

     1.7        (0.1     1.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

      

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.0     0.1        0.3   

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.0     1.4          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.0     1.5        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1.7        1.4        2.0   

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     0.0        0.0        (0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

     1.7     1.4     2.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014

Net Revenue. Net revenue increased 13.6% to $17.9 billion during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, compared to $15.8 billion during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. Specifically, the DMS segment revenues increased 39% primarily as a result of increased revenues from customers within our mobility business due to strengthened end user product demand. EMS segment revenues increased 1%, which was primarily attributable to increased revenues from customers within our telecommunications and automotive businesses, which was partially offset by reductions in the sale of mobility handsets as a result of our disengagement from BlackBerry Limited.

Generally, we assess revenue on a global customer basis regardless of whether the growth is associated with organic growth or as a result of an acquisition. Accordingly, we do not differentiate or report separately revenue increases generated by acquisitions as opposed to existing business. In addition, the added cost structures associated with our acquisitions have historically been relatively insignificant when compared to our overall cost structure.

The distribution of revenue across our segments has fluctuated, and will continue to fluctuate, as a result of numerous factors, including but not limited to the following: fluctuations in customer demand as a result of recessionary conditions; efforts to de-emphasize the economic performance of certain portions of our business; seasonality in our business; business growth from new and existing customers; specific product performance; and any potential termination, or substantial winding down, of significant customer relationships. As of September 1, 2014, we are reporting our business in the following two segments – EMS and DMS. Prior to the first quarter of fiscal year 2015, we were reporting our business in three segments. In conjunction with this reorganization, there have been certain reclassifications made within the reported segments.

On April 1, 2014, we completed the sale of our Aftermarket Services (“AMS”) business except for the Malaysian operations, for which the sale was completed on December 31, 2014. The AMS business was included in the DMS segment, and the results of operations of this business are classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 2 – “Discontinued Operations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

 

42


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, revenue by segment expressed as a percentage of net revenue:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

EMS

     60     67     70

DMS

     40     33     30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign source revenue represented 88.0% of our net revenue for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 and 84.5% of net revenue for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. We currently expect our foreign source revenue to increase as compared to current levels over the course of the next 12 months.

Gross Profit . Gross profit increased to $1.5 billion (8.4% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, compared to $1.0 billion (6.5% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. The increase in gross profit on an absolute basis and as a percentage of net revenue is primarily due to increased revenue from certain of our existing customers within the DMS segment, as well as an increased focus on controlling costs and improving productivity.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $862.6 million (4.8% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, compared to $675.7 million (4.3% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. The increase on an absolute basis and as a percentage of net revenue during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 as compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014 was the result of an increase in salary and salary related expenses and other costs due to increased headcount to support the continued growth of our business, as well as a $45.8 million reversal to stock-based compensation expense during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014 due to decreased expectations for the vesting of certain restricted stock awards.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses remained relatively consistent at $27.6 million (0.2% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, compared to $28.6 million (0.2% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.

Amortization of Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles remained relatively consistent at $24.4 million of during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 as compared to $23.9 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.

Restructuring and Related Charges.

 

  a. 2014 Restructuring Plan

We recorded $49.9 million of restructuring and related charges during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. We have completed our restructuring activities under this plan and do not expect to incur any additional costs under the 2014 Restructuring Plan.

 

  b. 2013 Restructuring Plan

In conjunction with the 2013 Restructuring Plan, we charged $34.6 million of restructuring and related charges to the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 compared to $35.4 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. The 2013 Restructuring Plan is intended to better align our manufacturing capacity in certain geographies and to reduce our worldwide workforce in order to reduce operating expenses. These restructuring activities are intended to address current market conditions and customer requirements. The restructuring and related charges during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015 and 2014 include cash costs of $24.3 million and $25.0 million related to employee severance and benefit costs, respectively, $2.8 million and $0.5 million related to lease costs, respectively, and $1.9 million and $1.3 million of other related costs, respectively, as well as non-cash costs of $5.6 million and $8.6 million related to asset write-off costs, respectively.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, $39.3 million was paid related to the 2013 Restructuring Plan. At August 31, 2015, accrued liabilities of approximately $30.3 million related to the 2013 Restructuring Plan are expected to be paid over the next twelve months.

We currently expect to recognize approximately $179.0 million, excluding the restructuring and related charges previously incurred for the AMS discontinued operations, in pre-tax restructuring and other related costs over the course of fiscal years 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016 under the 2013 Restructuring Plan. The restructuring and related charges are expected to include $149.4 million of employee severance and benefit costs; $21.6 million of asset write-off costs; $3.5 million of contract termination costs and $4.5 million of other related costs. Since the inception of the 2013 Restructuring Plan, a total of $150.5 million of restructuring and related costs have been recognized as of August 31, 2015. The charges related to the 2013 Restructuring Plan, excluding asset write-off costs, are currently expected to result in cash expenditures of approximately $157.4 million that have been or will be payable over the course

 

43


Table of Contents

of our fiscal years 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017. Much of the 2013 Restructuring Plan as discussed reflects our intention only and restructuring decisions, and the timing of such decisions, at certain plants are still subject to the finalization of timetables for the transition of functions and consultation with our employees and their representatives.

Upon its completion, the 2013 Restructuring Plan is expected to yield annualized cost savings of approximately $76.8 million. The expected avoided annual costs consist of a reduction in employee related expenses of $72.5 million, a reduction in depreciation expense associated with asset disposals of $3.1 million, and a reduction in rent expense associated with leased buildings that have been vacated of approximately $1.2 million. The majority of these annual cost savings are expected to be reflected as a reduction in cost of revenue as well as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expense. These annual costs savings are expected to be partially offset by decreased revenues and incremental costs expected to be incurred by those plants to which certain production will be shifted. After considering these partial cost savings offsets, we expect to realize annual cost savings of approximately $65.0 million.

Other Expense. Other expense decreased to $5.6 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 compared to $7.6 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to a step acquisition gain of $6.2 million on a previously held equity interest investment offset by a loss associated with a cost method investment.

Interest Income. We recorded interest income of $10.0 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, compared to $3.7 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to dividends (which are treated as interest income) on the Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock received in connection with the sale of the AMS business on April 1, 2014.

Interest Expense. Interest expense remained consistent at $128.1 million for each of fiscal years 2015 and 2014.

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense reflects an effective tax rate of 31.8% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, compared to an effective tax rate of 102.2% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.

The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 decreased from the effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014 primarily due to the increase in income from continuing operations in low tax-rate jurisdictions during fiscal year 2015. This effective tax rate decrease was partially offset by the tax benefit from revaluing deferred tax assets related to the enactment of the Mexico 2014 tax reform during fiscal year 2014, the reversal of stock-based compensation expense with minimal related tax expense during fiscal year 2014, and a partial valuation allowance release related to the U.S. deferred tax assets during fiscal year 2014.

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2013

Net Revenue.  Our net revenue decreased 8.6% to $15.8 billion for fiscal year 2014, compared to $17.2 billion for fiscal year 2013. Specific decreases include a 12% decrease in the sale of EMS products due principally to reductions in the sale of mobility handsets as a result of our disengagement with BlackBerry Limited and the continued decline in enterprise and infrastructure spending and a 2% decrease in the sale of DMS products as a result of reduced production levels due to weakened end user product demand within our mobility business, which was partially offset by increased revenue from new customers as a result of the Nypro acquisition.

Foreign source revenue represented 84.5% of our net revenue for fiscal year 2014 and 86.8% of net revenue for fiscal year 2013.

For further discussion of our net revenues, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of Operations — Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014 — Net Revenue.”

Gross Profit .  Gross profit decreased to $1.0 billion (6.5% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2014 compared to $1.2 billion (7.0% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2013. The decrease in gross profit is due to our revenues from existing customers decreasing at a higher rate than certain of our fixed costs, which is partially offset by increased revenue from new customers.

Selling, General and Administrative.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $675.7 million (4.3% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2014 compared to $614.3 million (3.6% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2013. Selling, general and administrative expense increased as compared to fiscal year 2013 primarily as a result of an increase to incremental selling, general and administrative expense resulting from the acquisition of Nypro during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, which tends to generate a higher amount of selling, general and administrative expenses on a relative basis than our other operations, and an increase due to the increased investment in our strategic development sector. The increase was partially offset by a decrease to selling, general and administrative expense resulting from a $45.8 million reversal to stock-based compensation expense during fiscal year 2014 due to decreased expectations for the vesting of certain restricted stock awards.

 

44


Table of Contents

Research and Development.  R&D expenses remained relatively consistent over the prior period at $28.6 million (0.2% of net revenue) for fiscal year ended 2014 compared to $28.4 million (0.2% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2013.

Amortization of Intangibles.  We recorded $23.9 million of amortization of intangibles in fiscal year 2014 as compared to $11.0 million in fiscal year 2013. The increase is primarily attributable to amortization expense associated with the finite-lived intangible assets acquired in connection with the acquisition of Nypro, partially offset by a decrease to certain intangible assets that became fully amortized since August 31, 2013. For additional information regarding purchased intangibles, see “Acquisitions and Expansion” below, Note 1(f) – “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, Note 7 – “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” and Note 16 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Restructuring and Related Charges.

a. 2014 Restructuring Plan

During fiscal year 2014, we recorded $49.9 million of restructuring and related charges related to the 2014 Restructuring Plan.

For further discussion of restructuring and related charges related to the 2014 Restructuring Plan, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of Operations — Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014 — Restructuring and Related Charges.”

b. 2013 Restructuring Plan

In conjunction with the 2013 Restructuring Plan, we charged $35.4 million of restructuring and related charges to the Consolidated Statement of Operations during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014 compared to $80.5 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013. The 2013 Restructuring Plan is intended to better align our manufacturing capacity in certain geographies and to reduce our worldwide workforce in order to reduce operating expenses. These restructuring activities are intended to address current market conditions and customer requirements. The restructuring and related charges for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2014 and 2013 include cash costs of $25.0 million and $74.3 million related to employee severance and benefit costs, respectively, $0.5 million and $0.2 million related to lease costs, respectively, and $1.3 million and $0.0 million related to other related costs, respectively, as well as non-cash costs of $8.6 million and $6.0 million related to asset write-off costs, respectively.

For further discussion of restructuring and related charges related to the 2013 Restructuring Plan, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of Operations — Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014 — Restructuring and Related Charges.”

Loss on Disposal of Subsidiaries.  During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, we recorded a loss of approximately $8.0 million related to the sale of our controlling financial interests in two Nypro subsidiaries.

Impairment of Notes Receivable and Related Charges.  During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013, we recorded a loss of approximately $25.6 million related to notes receivable and related charges. Such a charge was recorded following the determination that it was probable that we would be unable to collect the amounts due from a former customer.

Other Expense.  Other expense did not change significantly for fiscal year 2014 at $7.6 million compared to $6.1 million for fiscal year 2013.

Interest Income.  We recorded interest income of $3.7 million for fiscal year 2014 compared to $1.8 million for fiscal year 2013. The increase was primarily due to dividends (which are treated as interest income) on the Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock received in connection with the sale of the AMS business on April 1, 2014.

Interest Expense.  We recorded $128.1 million of interest expense in fiscal year 2014 as compared to $121.0 million in fiscal year 2013. The increase was primarily due to incremental interest associated with increased borrowings from our credit facility then in existence.

Income Tax Expense.  Income tax expense reflects an effective tax rate of 102.2% for fiscal year 2014, as compared to an effective tax rate of 2.3% for fiscal year 2013.

The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014 increased from the effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 primarily due to the decrease in income from continuing operations during fiscal year 2014 in low tax-rate jurisdictions that had minimal related tax benefit and the release of existing valuation allowances during fiscal year 2013. This effective tax rate increase was partially offset by a tax benefit from revaluing deferred tax assets related to the enactment of the Mexico 2014 tax reform and the decrease in stock-based compensation expense with minimal related tax benefit.

 

45


Table of Contents

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, we recorded out-of-period adjustments that increased net income from continuing operations by approximately $17.1 million, which related to fiscal year 2013 income tax benefit adjustments that were recorded in fiscal year 2014. We assessed and concluded that these adjustments are not material to either the consolidated quarterly or annual financial statements for all impacted periods.

Non-U.S. GAAP Core Financial Measures

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations include certain non-U.S. GAAP financial measures as identified in the reconciliation below. The non-U.S. GAAP financial measures disclosed herein do not have standard meaning and may vary from the non-U.S. GAAP financial measures used by other companies or how we may calculate those measures in other instances from time to time. Non-U.S. GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Also, our “core” financial measures should not be construed as an inference by us that our future results will be unaffected by those items which are excluded from our “core” financial measures.

Management believes that the non-U.S. GAAP “core” financial measures set forth below are useful to facilitate evaluating the past and future performance of our ongoing manufacturing operations over multiple periods on a comparable basis by excluding the effects of the amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and related charges, restructuring and related charges, distressed customer charges, acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments, loss on disposal of subsidiaries, settlement of receivables and related charges, impairment of notes receivable and related charges, goodwill impairment charges, income (loss) from discontinued operations, gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations and certain other expenses, net of tax and certain deferred tax valuation allowance charges. Among other uses, management uses non-U.S. GAAP “core” financial measures as a factor in determining certain employee performance when determining incentive compensation.

We are reporting “core” operating income and “core” earnings to provide investors with an additional method for assessing operating income and earnings, by presenting what we believe are our “core” manufacturing operations. A significant portion (based on the respective values) of the items that are excluded for purposes of calculating “core” operating income and “core” earnings also impacted certain balance sheet assets, resulting in a portion of an asset being written off without a corresponding recovery of cash we may have previously spent with respect to the asset. In the case of restructuring and related charges, we may be making associated cash payments in the future. In addition, although, for purposes of calculating “core” operating income and “core” earnings, we exclude stock-based compensation expense (which we anticipate continuing to incur in the future) because it is a non-cash expense, the associated stock issued may result in an increase in our outstanding shares of stock, which may result in the dilution of our stockholders’ ownership interest. We encourage you to evaluate these items and the limitations for purposes of analysis in excluding them.

 

46


Table of Contents

Included in the table below is a reconciliation of the non-U.S. GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures as provided in our Consolidated Financial Statements (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Operating income (U.S. GAAP)

   $ 555,411      $ 204,074      $ 452,419   

Amortization of intangibles

     24,449        23,857        10,954   

Stock-based compensation expense and related charges

     62,563        8,994        62,574   

Restructuring and related charges

     33,066        85,369        80,513   

Distressed customer charges

     —          15,113        —     

Acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments

     (5,480 )(a)      —          10,037   

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —          7,962        —     

Impairment of notes receivable and related charges

     —          —          25,597   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core operating income (Non-U.S. GAAP)

   $ 670,009      $ 345,369      $ 642,094   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc. (U.S. GAAP)

   $ 284,019      $ 241,313      $ 371,482   

Amortization of intangibles, net of tax

     23,925        20,728        (13,286

Stock-based compensation expense and related charges, net of tax

     62,914        7,903        62,737   

Restructuring and related charges, net of tax

     32,219        72,892        78,138   

Distressed customer charges, net of tax

     —          10,243        —     

Acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments, net of tax

     (5,480 )(a)      (9,064 )(b)      (70,358 )(b) 

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries, net of tax

     —          7,962        —     

Impairment of notes receivable and related charges, net of tax

     —          —          19,742   

Loss (income) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     7,698        (20,554     (50,608

Loss (gain) on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     875        (223,299     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core earnings (Non-U.S. GAAP)

   $ 406,170      $ 108,124      $ 397,847   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (U.S. GAAP):

      

Basic

   $ 1.47      $ 1.19      $ 1.83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 1.45      $ 1.19      $ 1.79   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core earnings per share (Non-U.S. GAAP):

      

Basic

   $ 2.10      $ 0.53      $ 1.96   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 2.07      $ 0.53      $ 1.91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculations of earnings per share (U.S. GAAP):

      

Basic

     193,689        202,497        203,096   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     196,005        202,497        207,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculations of earnings per share (Non-U.S. GAAP):

      

Basic

     193,689        202,497        203,096   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     196,005        204,269        207,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) This relates to the recognition of a final purchase price adjustment for an acquisition which was settled during fiscal year 2015.
(b)   This tax benefit relates to the partial release of the U.S. valuation allowance due to the U.S. deferred tax liabilities from the Nypro acquisition, which represent future sources of taxable income to support the realization of the deferred tax assets.

Core operating income increased 94.0% to $670.0 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, compared to $345.4 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. Core earnings increased 275.7% to $406.2 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, compared to $108.1 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. These variances were the result of the same factors described above in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – The Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014.”

 

47


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly financial information for the 2015 and 2014 fiscal years. In the opinion of management, this information has been presented on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere, and all necessary adjustments (consisting primarily of normal recurring accruals and adjustments related to discontinued operations) have been included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

 

     Fiscal Year 2015     Fiscal Year 2014  
     Aug. 31,
2015
    May 31,
2015
    Feb. 28,
2015
    Nov. 30,
2014
    Aug. 31,
2014
    May 31,
2014
    Feb. 28,
2014
    Nov. 30,
2013
 
     (in thousands, except for per share data)  

Net revenue

   $ 4,680,813      $ 4,358,641      $ 4,309,323      $ 4,550,418      $ 4,056,245      $ 3,785,875      $ 3,577,315      $ 4,342,711   

Cost of revenue

     4,304,239        3,982,804        3,941,504        4,167,431        3,793,993        3,569,925        3,364,165        4,008,460   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     376,574        375,837        367,819        382,987        262,252        215,950        213,150        334,251   

Operating expenses:

                

Selling, general and administrative

     209,465        228,476        210,326        214,380        177,934        190,804        164,522        142,470   

Research and development

     8,142        6,997        6,501        6,005        7,224        5,729        6,604        9,054   

Amortization of intangibles

     7,352        5,724        5,783        5,590        5,677        5,679        6,180        6,321   

Restructuring and related charges

     1,232        (782     20,358        12,257        19,717        12,446        32,203        21,003   

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —          —          —          —          5,057        2,905        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     150,383        135,422        124,851        144,755        46,643        (1,613     3,641        155,403   

Other expense

     389        1,880        1,665        1,694        3,090        1,520        1,850        1,177   

Interest income

     (3,501     (2,836     (1,916     (1,700     (1,632     (1,060     (341     (708

Interest expense

     32,207        31,997        32,048        31,839        30,785        32,107        31,858        33,305   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax

     121,288        104,381        93,054        112,922        14,400        (34,180     (29,726     121,629   

Income tax expense

     30,276        32,124        35,272        39,788        32,788        18,708        2,539        19,676   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

     91,012        72,257        57,782        73,134        (18,388     (52,888     (32,265     101,953   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

                

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (2,473     (1,514     (4,562     853        (961     2,699        2,704 (1)       16,112   

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          1,681        (947     (1,611     (6,243     238,497        (8,955 ) (1)       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (2,473     167        (5,509     (758     (7,204     241,196        (6,251     16,112   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     88,539        72,424        52,273        72,376        (25,592     188,308        (38,516     118,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     837        221        321        214        605        53        151        143   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

   $ 87,702      $ 72,203      $ 51,952      $ 72,162      $ (26,197   $ 188,255      $ (38,667   $ 117,922   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Circuit, Inc.:

                

Basic:

                

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 0.47      $ 0.37      $ 0.30      $ 0.38      $ (0.10   $ (0.26   $ (0.16   $ 0.50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (0.01   $ 0.00      $ (0.03   $ 0.00      $ (0.04   $ 1.19      $ (0.03   $ 0.08   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 0.45      $ 0.37      $ 0.27      $ 0.37      $ (0.13   $ 0.93      $ (0.19   $ 0.58   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

                

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 0.46      $ 0.37      $ 0.29      $ 0.37      $ (0.10   $ (0.26   $ (0.16   $ 0.49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (0.01   $ 0.00      $ (0.03   $ 0.00      $ (0.04   $ 1.19      $ (0.03   $ 0.08   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 0.45      $ 0.37      $ 0.27      $ 0.37      $ (0.13   $ 0.93      $ (0.19   $ 0.57   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                

Basic

     193,904        193,785        193,561        193,502        198,053        202,008        205,251        204,762   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     196,351        196,304        195,473        195,314        198,053        202,008        205,251        206,813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Reflects the reclassification of direct transaction costs from income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax, to gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax, during the third quarter of fiscal year 2014.

 

48


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain financial information stated as a percentage of net revenue:

 

     Fiscal Year 2015     Fiscal Year 2014  
     Aug. 31,
2015
    May 31,
2015
    Feb. 28,
2015
    Nov. 30,
2014
    Aug. 31,
2014
    May 31,
2014
    Feb. 28,
2014
    Nov. 30,
2013
 

Net revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue

     92.0        91.4        91.5        91.6        93.5        94.3        94.0        92.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     8.0        8.6        8.5        8.4        6.5        5.7        6.0        7.7   

Operating expenses:

                

Selling, general and administrative

     4.5        5.2        4.8        4.7        4.4        5.0        4.6        3.3   

Research and development

     0.2        0.2        0.2        0.1        0.2        0.2        0.2        0.2   

Amortization of intangibles

     0.2        0.1        0.1        0.1        0.1        0.2        0.2        0.1   

Restructuring and related charges

     0.0        —          0.5        0.3        0.5        0.3        0.9        0.5   

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —          —          —          —          0.1        0.1        —          —     

Impairment of notes receivable and related charges

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     3.1        3.1        2.9        3.2        1.2        (0.1     0.1        3.6   

Other expense

     0.0        —          0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0   

Interest income

     (0.1     (0.1     (0.0     (0.0     (0.0     (0.0     (0.0     (0.0

Interest expense

     0.7        0.8        0.7        0.7        0.8        0.8        0.9        0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before tax

     2.5        2.4        2.2        2.5        0.4        (0.9     (0.8     2.8   

Income tax expense

     0.6        0.7        0.9        1.0        0.8        0.5        0.1        0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

     1.9        1.7        1.3        1.5        (0.4     (1.4     (0.9     2.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

                

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.1     —          (0.1     0.0        (0.0     0.1        0.1        0.4   

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —          —          (0.0     (0.0     (0.2     6.3        (0.3     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (0.1     —          (0.1     (0.0     (0.2     6.4        (0.2     0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     1.8        1.7        1.2        1.5        (0.6     5.0        (1.1     2.7   

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     0.0        —          0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0        —          0.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

     1.8     1.7     1.2     1.5     (0.6 )%      5.0     (1.1 )%      2.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisitions and Expansion

As discussed in Note 16 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, we completed six acquisitions during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. Acquisitions are accounted for as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Our Consolidated Financial Statements include the operating results of each business from the date of acquisition. See “Risk Factors – We have on occasion not achieved, and may not in the future achieve, expected profitability from our acquisitions; and some divestitures may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.”

Seasonality

Production levels for a portion of the DMS segment are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater net revenue during our first fiscal quarter due to higher demand for consumer related products manufactured in the DMS segment during the holiday selling season.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At August 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalent balances totaling $914.0 million, total notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations of $1.7 billion, $1.8 billion in available liquidity under our revolving credit facilities, $500.0 million in available liquidity under our Term Loan facility and up to $235.2 million in available liquidity under our trade accounts receivable securitization and uncommitted sale programs. We can offer no assurance under the uncommitted sales programs that if we attempt to draw on such programs in the future that we will receive funding from the associated banks which would require us to utilize other available sources of liquidity, including our revolving credit facilities.

 

49


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years ended August 31 selected consolidated cash flow information (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 1,240,282       $ 498,857       $ 1,213,889   

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (1,121,447      60,667         (1,374,462

Net cash used in financing activities

     (162,549      (576,819      (22,993

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (42,572      6,171         (22,317
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (86,286    $ (11,124    $ (205,883
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 was approximately $1.2 billion. This resulted primarily from net income of $285.6 million, a $984.7 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, $529.2 million in non-cash depreciation and amortization expense, a $113.0 million decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets and $62.6 million of recognized stock-based compensation expense and related charges; which were partially offset by a $483.1 million increase in inventories and a $292.7 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses was primarily driven by the timing of purchases and cash payments as well as advanced deposits made from customers. The decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets was primarily due to decreases in advance deposits and decreases in the deferred purchase price receivable under our asset-backed securitization programs due to an increase in funding provided by the unaffiliated conduits and financial institutions. The increase in inventories was primarily due to increased demand and to support expected revenue levels in the first quarter of fiscal year 2016. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily driven by the timing of sales and collections activity coupled with higher sales levels.

Net cash used in investing activities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 was $1.1 billion. This consisted primarily of capital expenditures of $963.1 million principally for machinery and equipment for new business particularly within our DMS segment, maintenance levels of machinery and equipment and information technology infrastructure upgrades. In addition, $177.6 million of cash was paid for business acquisitions, net of cash received.

Net cash used in financing activities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 was $162.5 million. This resulted from our receipt of approximately $6.0 billion of proceeds from borrowings under existing debt agreements, which primarily included an aggregate of $5.7 billion of borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. This was offset by repayments in an aggregate amount of approximately $6.0 billion, which primarily included an aggregate of $5.7 billion of repayments under the Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 we paid $85.6 million, including commissions, to repurchase 4,392,664 of our common shares, we paid $63.1 million in dividends to stockholders and we paid $7.6 million (the equivalent of 402,143 of our common shares) to the IRS on behalf of certain employees to satisfy minimum tax obligations related to the vesting of certain restricted stock awards (as consideration for these payments to the IRS, we withheld $7.6 million of employee-owned common stock related to this vesting).

Sources

We may need to finance day-to-day working capital needs, as well as future growth and any corresponding working capital needs, with additional borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and our other revolving credit facilities described below, as well as additional public and private offerings of our debt and equity. Currently, we have a shelf registration statement with the SEC registering the potential sale of an indeterminate amount of debt and equity securities in the future, from time-to-time over the three years following the registration, to augment our liquidity and capital resources. The current shelf registration statement will expire in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 at which time we currently anticipate filing a new shelf registration statement. Any future sale or issuance of equity or convertible debt securities could result in dilution to current or future shareholders. Further, we may issue debt securities that have rights and privileges senior to those of holders of ordinary shares, and the terms of this debt could impose restrictions on operations, increase debt service obligations, limit our flexibility as a result of debt service requirements and restrictive covenants, potentially negatively affect our credit ratings, and limit our ability to access additional capital or execute our business strategy. We continue to assess our capital structure and evaluate the merits of redeploying available cash to reduce existing debt or repurchase common shares.

We regularly sell designated pools of trade accounts receivable under two asset-backed securitization programs and three uncommitted trade accounts receivable sale programs (collectively referred to herein as the “programs”). Transfers of the receivables under the programs are accounted for as sales and, accordingly, net receivables sold under the programs are excluded from accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Discussion of each of the programs is included in the following paragraphs. In addition, refer to Note 3 – “Trade Accounts Receivable Securitization and Sale Programs” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on the programs.

 

50


Table of Contents

Also, as described in Note 2 – “Discontinued Operations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements, on April 1, 2014, we completed the sale of our AMS business except for the Malaysian operations, for which the sale was completed on December 31, 2014. We completed these sales for consideration of $725.0 million, which consisted of $675.0 million in cash and an aggregate liquidation preference value of $50.0 million in Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock of iQor that accretes dividends at an annual rate of 8 percent and is redeemable in nine years or upon a change in control. As a result of the sale, we have additional funds to finance certain of our needs.

a. Asset-Backed Securitization Programs

We continuously sell designated pools of trade accounts receivable under our asset-backed securitization programs to special purpose entities, which in turn sell 100% of the receivables to conduits administered by unaffiliated financial institutions (for the North American asset-backed securitization program) and to an unaffiliated financial institution and a conduit administered by an unaffiliated financial institution (for the foreign asset-backed securitization program). Any portion of the purchase price for the receivables which is not paid in cash upon the sale taking place is recorded as a deferred purchase price receivable, which is paid from available cash as payments on the receivables are collected. Net cash proceeds up to a maximum of $200.0 million for the North American asset-backed securitization program, currently scheduled to expire on October 20, 2017 (as the program was renewed on October 21, 2014), are available at any one time. Net cash proceeds up to a maximum of $175.0 million for the foreign asset-backed securitization program, currently scheduled to expire on May 1, 2018 (as the program was renewed on May 8, 2015), are available at any one time. We increased our facility limit for the foreign asset-backed securitization program from $75.0 million to $175.0 million during the second quarter of fiscal year 2015.

In connection with our asset-backed securitization programs, at August 31, 2015, we sold $801.7 million of eligible trade accounts receivable, which represents the face amount of total sold outstanding receivables at that date. In exchange, we received cash proceeds of $372.4 million and a deferred purchase price receivable. At August 31, 2015, the deferred purchase price receivable in connection with the asset-backed securitization programs totaled $429.3 million. The deferred purchase price receivable was recorded initially at fair value as prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

b. Trade Accounts Receivable Sale Programs

In connection with three separate trade accounts receivable sale programs with unaffiliated financial institutions, we may elect to sell, at a discount, on an ongoing basis, up to a maximum of $450.0 million, $150.0 million and $100.0 million, respectively, of specific trade accounts receivable at any one time. The $450.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program is an uncommitted facility that was amended during the first quarter of fiscal year 2015 to increase the uncommitted capacity from $350.0 million to $450.0 million and is scheduled to expire on November 1, 2015, although any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice. The $450.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program will be automatically extended each year until August 31, 2017, unless any party gives no less than 30 days prior notice that the agreement should not be extended. The $150.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program is an uncommitted facility that is subject to expiration on August 31, 2016 (as the agreement was extended on August 31, 2015). The $100.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program is an uncommitted facility that is scheduled to expire on November 1, 2015, although any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice. The $100.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program will be automatically extended each year until November 1, 2018, unless any party gives no less than 30 days prior notice that the agreement should not be extended.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, we sold $2.1 billion of trade accounts receivable under these programs and we received cash proceeds of $2.1 billion.

 

51


Table of Contents

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations outstanding at August 31, 2015 and August 31, 2014 are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     August 31,      August 31,  
     2015      2014  

7.750% Senior Notes due 2016 (a)

   $ 310,378       $ 308,659   

8.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (b)

     399,047         398,665   

5.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (c)

     400,000         400,000   

4.700% Senior Notes due 2022 (d)

     500,000         500,000   

Borrowings under credit facilities (e)

     323         1,685   

Borrowings under loans (f)

     30,410         38,207   

Capital lease obligations (g)

     28,156         30,879   

Fair value adjustment related to terminated interest rate swaps on the 7.750% Senior Notes (h)

     2,077         4,450   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     1,670,391         1,682,545   

Less current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     323,833         12,960   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current installments

   $ 1,346,558       $ 1,669,585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)   During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, we issued $312.0 million of seven-year, publicly-registered 7.750% notes (the “7.750% Senior Notes”) at 96.1% of par, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $300.0 million. The 7.750% Senior Notes mature on July 15, 2016 and pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15. Also, the 7.750% Senior Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

 

(b)   During the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2008, we issued $250.0 million and $150.0 million, respectively, of ten-year, unregistered 8.250% notes at 99.965% of par and 97.5% of par, respectively, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $245.7 million and $148.5 million, respectively. On July 18, 2008, we completed an exchange whereby all of the outstanding unregistered 8.250% notes were exchanged for registered 8.250% notes (collectively the “8.250% Senior Notes”) that are substantially identical to the unregistered notes except that the 8.250% Senior Notes are registered under the Securities Act and do not have any transfer restrictions, registration rights or rights to additional special interest.

The 8.250% Senior Notes mature on March 15, 2018 and pay interest semiannually on March 15 and September 15. The interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes is subject to adjustment from time to time if the credit ratings assigned to the 8.250% Senior Notes increase or decrease, as provided in the 8.250% Senior Notes. The 8.250% Senior Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

 

(c)   During the first quarter of fiscal year 2011, we issued $400.0 million of ten-year publicly registered 5.625% notes (the “5.625% Senior Notes”) at par. The net proceeds from the offering of $400.0 million were used to fully repay the term portion of the credit facility dated as of July 19, 2007 (the “Old Credit Facility”) and partially repay amounts outstanding under our foreign asset-backed securitization program. The 5.625% Senior Notes mature on December 15, 2020. Interest on the 5.625% Senior Notes is payable semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2011. The 5.625% Senior Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

 

(d)   During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, we issued $500.0 million of ten-year publicly registered 4.700% notes (the “4.700% Senior Notes”) at 99.992% of par. The net proceeds from the offering of $500.0 million were used to repay outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facility and for general corporate purposes. The 4.700% Senior Notes mature on September 15, 2022 and pay interest semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on March 15, 2013. The 4.700% Senior Notes are our senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

 

(e)   As of August 31, 2015, nine of our foreign subsidiaries have credit facilities that finance their future growth and any corresponding working capital needs. Five of the credit facilities are denominated in U.S. dollars, one is denominated in Brazilian reais, one is denominated in Euros, one is denominated in Russian rubles and one is denominated in Taiwan new dollar. The credit facilities incur interest at fixed and variable rates ranging from 0.8% to 28.0%.

On July 6, 2015, we entered into an amended and restated senior unsecured five year credit agreement. The credit agreement provides for the Revolving Credit Facility in the initial amount of $1.5 billion, which may, subject to the lenders’ discretion, potentially be increased up to $2.0 billion and a $500.0 million five year delayed draw Term Loan Facility. The Term Loan Facility may be drawn in whole or in part (but on no more than two occasions) until September 30, 2015. Both the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility expire on July 6, 2020, but in the case of the Revolving Credit Facility, subject to two

 

52


Table of Contents

whole or partial one-year extensions, at the lender’s discretion. Interest and fees on Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan Facility advances are based on our non-credit enhanced long-term senior unsecured debt rating as determined by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings. Interest is charged at a rate equal to (a) for the Revolving Credit Facility, either 0.000% to 0.650% above the base rate or 1.000% to 1.650% above the Eurocurrency rate and (b) for the Term Loan Facility, either 0.125% to 1.000% above the base rate or 1.125% to 2.000% above the Eurocurrency rate, in each case where the base rate represents the greatest of Citibank, N.A.’s base rate, 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and 1.0% above one-month LIBOR, but not less than zero, and the Eurocurrency rate represents adjusted LIBOR or adjusted CDOR, as applicable, for the applicable interest period, but not less than zero, each as more fully described in the Credit Facility agreement. Fees include a facility fee based on the revolving credit commitments of the lenders, a letter of credit fee based on the amount of outstanding letters of credit and a ticking fee based on the undrawn term loan commitments until the earlier of September 30, 2015 and the date of the second term loan draw. We, along with our subsidiaries, are subject to the following financial covenants: (1) a maximum Debt to EBITDA Ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility agreement) and (2) a minimum ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, all Debt (as defined in the Credit Facility agreement) and loss on sale of accounts receivable. In addition, we are subject to other covenants, such as: limitation upon liens; limitation upon mergers, etc.; limitation upon accounting changes; limitation upon subsidiary debt; limitation upon sales, etc. of assets; limitation upon changes in nature of business; payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries; limitation upon use of proceeds; compliance with laws, etc.; payment of taxes, etc.; maintenance of insurance; preservation of corporate existence, etc.; visitation rights; keeping of books; maintenance of properties, etc.; transactions with affiliates; and reporting requirements.

During fiscal year 2015, we borrowed $5.7 billion against the Revolving Credit Facility under multiple draws and repaid $5.7 billion under multiple payments. On September 22, 2015, we borrowed $500.0 million against the Term Loan Facility.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2014, a foreign subsidiary of the Company entered into an uncommitted credit facility to finance its growth and any corresponding working capital needs. The credit facility provides for a revolving credit facility in the amount of up to $100.0 million with interest charged at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.7%.

 

(f)   During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we entered into a master lease agreement with a variable interest entity (the “VIE”) whereby we sell to and subsequently lease back from the VIE up to $60.0 million in certain machinery and equipment for a period of up to five years. In connection with this transaction, we hold a variable interest in the VIE, which was designed to hold debt obligations payable to third-party creditors. The proceeds from such debt obligations are utilized to finance the purchase of the machinery and equipment that is then leased by us. We are the primary beneficiary of the VIE as we have both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Therefore, we consolidate the financial statements of the VIE and eliminate all intercompany transactions. At August 31,2015, the VIE had approximately $28.5 million of total assets, of which approximately $28.0 million was comprised of a note receivable due from us, and approximately $27.8 million of total liabilities, of which approximately $27.8 million were debt obligations to the third-party creditors (as the VIE has utilized approximately $27.8 million of the $60.0 million debt obligation capacity). The third-party creditors have recourse to our general credit only in the event that we default on our obligations under the terms of the master lease agreement. In addition, the assets held by the VIE can be used only to settle the obligations of the VIE.

In addition to the loans described above, at August 31, 2015, we have borrowings outstanding to fund working capital needs. These additional loans total approximately $2.6 million, of which $1.8 million are denominated in Euros, $0.5 million are denominated in Russian rubles and $0.3 million are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

(g)   During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, we acquired various capital lease obligations in connection with the acquisition of Nypro.

 

(h)   This amount represents the fair value hedge accounting adjustment related to the 7.750% Senior Notes. For further discussion of our fair value hedges, see Note 13 – “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Under our 7.750%, 8.250%, 5.625% and 4.700% Senior Notes, we are subject to covenants such as limitations on our and/or our subsidiaries’ ability to: consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of our assets to, another person; create certain liens; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee funded debt (which only applies to our “restricted subsidiaries”); and guarantee any of our indebtedness (which only applies to our subsidiaries). We are also subject to a covenant requiring our repurchase of our 7.750%, 8.250%, 5.625% or 4.700% Senior Notes upon a “change of control repurchase event.”

The asset-backed securitization programs require compliance with several covenants. The North American asset-backed securitization program covenants include compliance with the interest coverage ratio and debt to EBITDA ratio of the Credit Facility. The foreign asset-backed securitization program covenants include limitations on certain corporate actions such as mergers and consolidations. At August 31, 2015 and 2014, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Credit Facility and our securitization programs.

 

53


Table of Contents

Uses

At August 31, 2015, we had approximately $914.0 million in cash and cash equivalents. As our growth remains predominantly outside of the United States, a significant portion of such cash and cash equivalents are held by our foreign subsidiaries. We estimate that approximately $773.4 million of the cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries could not be repatriated to the United States without potential income tax consequences.

As of August 31, 2015, however, we intend to repatriate the Nypro pre-acquisition undistributed foreign earnings of approximately $178.4 million to our U.S. operations. Therefore, we continue to record a deferred tax liability of approximately $80.1 million based on the anticipated U.S. income taxes of the repatriation. We repatriated $100.0 million of current year foreign earnings to our U.S. operations during fiscal year 2015, which had no income statement impact due to the U.S. current year operating loss and the U.S. valuation allowance. We intend to indefinitely reinvest the remaining earnings from our foreign subsidiaries.

For discussion of our cash management and risk management policies see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

We have increased our capital expenditures in an effort to accelerate growth and currently anticipate that during the next 12 months, our capital expenditures, which do not include any amounts spent on acquisitions, will be in the range of $800.0 million to $1.0 billion, principally for capacity and infrastructure; investments in our DMS operations, specifically our mobility, healthcare, packaging and consumer lifestyles businesses; and to support ongoing business in the EMS segment. Additionally, our capital expenditures will be used to expand our capabilities and invest in new non-traditional end markets. The amounts used to fund such capital expenditures will not be available to be deployed elsewhere by us. We believe that our level of resources, which include cash on hand, available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, additional proceeds available under our trade accounts receivable securitization programs and potentially available under our uncommitted trade accounts receivable sale programs and funds provided by operations, will be adequate to fund these capital expenditures, the payment of any declared quarterly dividends, any potential acquisitions and our working capital requirements for the next 12 months.

Our 7.750% Senior Notes of $312.0 million will mature within the next twelve months. We believe that our cash on hand and available borrowing under our credit facilities will be adequate to fund the payment of the 7.750% Senior Notes. However, we may seek to access public or private debt markets to fund the payment of the 7.750% Senior Notes.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $100.0 million of our common shares during the twelve month period following their authorization. We repurchased 2.0 million shares for approximately $40.0 million during the first quarter of fiscal year 2015, which utilized the remaining amount outstanding of the $100.0 million authorized by our Board of Directors.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to an additional $100.0 million of our common shares during the twelve month period following their authorization. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, 2.4 million shares were repurchased in the open market, utilizing approximately $45.5 million of the $100.0 million authorized by our Board of Directors. In addition, following the end of fiscal year 2015, we repurchased 2.8 million shares for approximately $54.5 million, which utilized the remaining amount outstanding of the $100.0 million authorized by our Board of Directors.

On October 16, 2014, January 21, 2015, April 15, 2015 and July 16, 2015, our Board of Directors approved payment of a quarterly dividend of $0.08 per share to shareholders of record as of November 14, 2014, February 13, 2015, May 15, 2015 and August 14, 2015, respectively. Of the total cash dividend declared on October 16, 2014 of $16.0 million, $15.5 million was paid on December 1, 2014. The remaining $0.5 million is related to dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock units that will be payable at the time the awards vest. Of the total cash dividend declared on January 21, 2015 of $16.0 million, $15.5 million was paid on March 2, 2015. The remaining $0.5 million is related to dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock units that will be payable at the time the awards vest. Of the total cash dividend declared on April 15, 2015 of $16.0 million, $15.5 million was paid on June 1, 2015. The remaining $0.5 million is related to dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock units that will be payable at the time the awards vest. Of the total cash dividend declared on July 16, 2015 of $16.0 million, $15.5 million was paid on September 1, 2015. The remaining $0.5 million is related to dividend equivalents on unvested restricted stock units that will be payable at the time the awards vest. We currently expect to continue to declare and pay regular quarterly dividends of an amount similar to our past declarations. However, the declaration and payment of future dividends are discretionary and will be subject to determination by our Board of Directors each quarter following its review of our financial performance.

Our $200.0 million North American asset-backed securitization program is scheduled to expire on October 20, 2017, and our $175.0 million foreign asset-backed securitization program is scheduled to expire on May 1, 2018. We may be unable to renew either of these programs. The $450.0 million trade accounts receivable sale agreement is an uncommitted facility that was amended during

 

54


Table of Contents

the first quarter of fiscal year 2015 and is scheduled to expire on November 1, 2015, although any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice. The $450.0 million trade accounts receivable sale agreement will be automatically extended each year until August 31, 2017, unless any party gives no less than 30 days prior notice that the agreement should not be extended. The $150.0 million trade accounts receivable sale agreement is an uncommitted facility that is subject to expiration on August 31, 2016 (as the agreement was extended on August 31, 2015). The $100.0 million trade accounts receivable sale agreement is an uncommitted facility that is scheduled to expire on November 1, 2015, although any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice. The $100.0 million trade accounts receivable sale agreement will be automatically extended each year until November 1, 2018, unless any party gives no less than 30 days prior notice that the agreement should not be extended. We can offer no assurance under the uncommitted sales programs that if we attempt to sell receivables under such programs in the future that we will receive funding from the associated banks which would require us to utilize other available sources of liquidity, including our revolving credit facilities.

Our working capital requirements and capital expenditures could continue to increase in order to support future expansions of our operations through construction of greenfield operations or acquisitions. It is possible that future expansions may be significant and may require the payment of cash. Future liquidity needs will also depend on fluctuations in levels of inventory and shipments, changes in customer order volumes and timing of expenditures for new equipment.

Should we desire to consummate significant additional acquisition opportunities or undertake significant additional expansion activities, our capital needs would increase and could possibly result in our need to increase available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities or access public or private debt and equity markets. There can be no assurance, however, that we would be successful in raising additional debt or equity on terms that we would consider acceptable. See “Risk Factors – Our amount of debt could significantly increase in the future.”

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations for short and long-term debt arrangements and capital lease obligations; future interest on notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations; future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements; non-cancelable purchase order obligations for property, plant and equipment; pension and postretirement contributions and payments and capital commitments as of August 31, 2015 are summarized below. While, as disclosed below, we have certain non-cancelable purchase order obligations for property, plant and equipment, we generally do not enter into non-cancelable purchase orders for materials until we receive a corresponding purchase commitment from our customer. Non-cancelable purchase orders do not typically extend beyond the normal lead time of several weeks at most. Purchase orders beyond this time frame are typically cancelable.

 

     Payments due by period (in thousands)  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      4-5 years      After 5 years  

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations (a)

   $ 1,668,314       $ 321,756       $ 420,378       $ 2,835       $ 923,345   

Future interest on notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations (b)

     412,254         103,040         147,122         95,454         66,638   

Operating lease obligations

     473,186         99,226         142,206         96,177         135,577   

Non-cancelable purchase order obligations (c)

     189,428         181,866         7,504         58         —     

Pension and postretirement contributions and payments (d)

     10,760         3,977         1,125         1,363         4,295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations (e)

   $ 2,753,942       $ 709,865       $ 718,335       $ 195,887       $ 1,129,855   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)   The above table excludes a $2.1 million fair value adjustment related to the former interest rate swap on the 7.750% Senior Notes.
(b)   At August 31, 2015, our notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations pay interest at predominantly fixed rates.
(c)   Consists of purchase commitments entered into as of August 31, 2015 for property, plant and equipment pursuant to legally enforceable and binding agreements.
(d)   Includes the estimated company contributions to funded pension plans during fiscal year 2016 and the expected benefit payments for unfunded pension and postretirement plans from fiscal years 2016 through 2025. These future payments are not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets but will be recorded as incurred.
(e)   At August 31, 2015, we have $2.2 million and $96.4 million recorded as a current and a long-term liability, respectively, for uncertain tax positions. We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of payments, or the amount by which our liability for these uncertain tax positions will increase or decrease over time, and accordingly, this liability has been excluded from the above table.

 

55


Table of Contents
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risks

We transact business in various foreign countries and are, therefore, subject to risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We enter into forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, intercompany transactions and fixed purchase obligations denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the respective operating entity. We do not, and do not intend to use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. All derivative instruments are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at their respective fair values. At August 31, 2015, except for certain foreign currency contracts with a notional amount outstanding of $615.1 million and a fair value of $0.3 million recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and $16.5 million recorded in other accrued expenses and deferred income, the forward contracts have not been designated as accounting hedges and, therefore, changes in fair value are recorded within our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The aggregate notional amount of outstanding contracts at August 31, 2015 that are not designated as accounting hedges was $1.8 billion. The fair values of these contracts amounted to a $5.5 million asset recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets and a $29.5 million liability recorded to other accrued expenses and deferred income on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The forward contracts (both those that are designated as accounting hedging instruments and those that are not) will generally expire in less than three months, with ten months being the maximum term of the contracts outstanding at August 31, 2015. The change in fair value related to contracts designated as accounting hedging instruments will be reflected in the revenue or expense line in which the underlying transaction occurs within our Consolidated Statements of Operations. The change in fair value related to contracts not designated as accounting hedging instruments will be reflected in cost of revenue within our Consolidated Statements of Operations. The forward contracts are denominated in Brazilian reais, British pounds, Chinese yuan renminbi, Euros, Hungarian forints, Indian rupees, Japanese yen, Malaysian ringgits, Mexican pesos, Polish zlotys, Russian rubles, Swiss francs, Taiwan dollars and U.S. dollars.

Based on our overall currency rate exposures as of August 31, 2015, including the derivative financial instruments intended to hedge the nonfunctional currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities, an immediate 10% hypothetical change of foreign currency exchange rates would not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Rate Risk

A portion of our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates to our domestic investment portfolio. We do not, and do not intend to, use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. We place cash and cash equivalents with various major financial institutions. We protect our invested principal funds by limiting default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk. We mitigate these risks by generally investing in investment grade securities and by frequently positioning the portfolio to try to respond appropriately to a reduction in credit rating of any investment issuer, guarantor or depository to levels below the credit ratings dictated by our investment policy. The portfolio typically includes only marketable securities with active secondary or resale markets to ensure portfolio liquidity. At August 31, 2015, there were no significant outstanding investments.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2011, we entered into a series of interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million designated as fair value hedges of a portion of our 7.750% Senior Notes. Under these interest rate swaps, we received fixed rate interest payments and paid interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR plus a spread. The effect of these swaps was to convert fixed rate interest expense on a portion of the 7.750% Senior Notes to floating rate interest expense. Gains and losses related to changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps were recorded to interest expense and offset changes in the fair value of the hedged portion of the underlying 7.750% Senior Notes.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011, we terminated the interest rate swaps entered into in connection with the 7.750% Senior Notes with a fair value of $12.2 million, including accrued interest of $0.6 million at August 31, 2011. The portion of the fair value that is not accrued interest is recorded as a hedge accounting adjustment to the carrying amount of the 7.750% Senior Notes and is being amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the remaining term of the 7.750% Senior Notes. At August 31, 2015, the hedge accounting adjustment recorded is $2.1 million in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We pay interest on several of our outstanding borrowings at interest rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. There were $0.1 million in borrowings outstanding under these facilities at August 31, 2015. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 8 — “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our outstanding debt obligations. The effect of an immediate hypothetical 10% change in variable interest rates would not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

56


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Certain information required by this item is included in Item 7 of Part II of this Report under the heading “Quarterly Results” and is incorporated into this item by reference. All other information required by this item is included in Item 15 of Part IV of this Report and is incorporated into this item by reference.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There have been no changes in or disagreements with our accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We carried out an evaluation required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act (the “Evaluation”), under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act (“Disclosure Controls”) as of August 31, 2015. Based on the Evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that the design and operation of our Disclosure Controls were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our senior management, including our CEO and CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2015. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2015 is incorporated herein at Item 15. Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered certified public accounting firm, issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2015, which is incorporated herein at Item 15.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

For our fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2015, we did not identify any modifications to our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Many of the components of our internal controls over financial reporting are evaluated on an ongoing basis by our finance organization to ensure continued compliance with the Exchange Act. The overall goals of these various evaluation activities are to monitor our internal controls over financial reporting and to modify them as necessary. We intend to maintain our internal controls over financial reporting as dynamic processes and procedures that we adjust as circumstances merit, and we have reached our conclusions set forth above, notwithstanding certain improvements and modifications.

(d) Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls and Other Matters

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls may be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.

The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on the effectiveness of controls, we have nonetheless reached the conclusions set forth above on our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting.

The SEC’s general guidance permits the exclusion of an assessment of the effectiveness of a registrant’s controls and procedures as they relate to its internal control over financial reporting for an acquired business during the first year following such acquisition if, among other circumstances and factors, there is not an adequate amount of time between the acquisition date and the date of assessment. On July 1, 2015, we acquired J.Y.E. Castella Llorca, S.L. and each of its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as

 

57


Table of Contents

“Plasticos”) and throughout fiscal year 2015 we completed five other immaterial acquisitions. In accordance with the SEC guidance, the scope of our evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting as of August 31, 2015 did not include the internal control over financial reporting of these acquired operations. Assets acquired from Plasticos and the five other acquired entities represent 3.9% of our total consolidated assets at August 31, 2015. Net revenue generated by Plasticos and the five other acquired entities subsequent to the date of acquisition represent 0.6% of our consolidated net revenue for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. We continue to evaluate internal controls over financial reporting for each acquired entity. From the acquisition date to August 31, 2015, the processes and systems of the acquired operations did not significantly impact our internal control over financial reporting.

(e) CEO and CFO Certifications

Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 are the Certifications of the CEO and the CFO, respectively. The Certifications are required in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Section 302 Certifications”). This Item of this report, which you are currently reading contains the information concerning the Evaluation referred to in the Section 302 Certifications and this information should be read in conjunction with the Section 302 Certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors, Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert

Information regarding our directors, audit committee and audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Proposal No. 1 - Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors Matters” in our Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.

Executive Officers

Information regarding our executive officers is included in Item 1 of Part I of this Report under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” and is incorporated into this item by reference.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Information regarding compliance with Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act is hereby incorporated herein by reference from the section entitled “Beneficial Ownership – Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.

Codes of Ethics

We have adopted a senior code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller and other persons performing similar functions. We have also adopted a general code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees. These codes are posted on our website in the investor relations section at http://www.jabil.com . Stockholders may request a free copy of either of such items in print form from:

Jabil Circuit, Inc.

Attention: Investor Relations

10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North

St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

Telephone: (727) 577-9749

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address specified above. Similarly, we expect to disclose to stockholders any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for executive officers or directors by posting such information on our website, at the address specified above. Information contained in our website, whether currently posted or posted in the future, is not part of this document or the documents incorporated by reference in this document.

 

58


Table of Contents

Corporate Governance Guidelines

We have adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines, which are available on our website at http://www.jabil.com . Stockholders may request a copy of the Corporate Governance Guidelines from the address and phone number set forth above under “ – Codes of Ethics.”

Committee Charters

The charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee are available on our website at http://www.jabil.com . Stockholders may request a copy of each of these charters from the address and phone number set forth under “– Codes of Ethics.”

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information regarding executive compensation is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Compensation Discussion & Analysis” in our Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Beneficial Ownership – Share Ownership by Principal Stockholders and Management” in our Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our equity compensation plans as of August 31, 2015.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

     Number of Securities to
be Issued Upon Exercise

of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding - Options,

Warrants and Rights  (3)
     Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans  (4)
 

Plans approved by security holders:

       

2002 Stock Incentive Plan

     3,394,878 (1)     $ 27.49         NA   

2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan

     340,000      $ 18.49         8,376,072   

2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

     NA        NA         2,259,724   

Restricted Stock Awards

     11,931,585 (2)       NA         NA   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Subtotal

     15,666,463           10,635,796   

Plans not approved by security holders:

     —          —           —     
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Subtotal

     —             —     
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     15,666,463           10,635,796   
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(1)   Amount reflects the number of shares of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights.
(2)   Amount reflects the number of shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock awards granted under the 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, which represents the maximum number of shares that can vest based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.
(3)   The weighted-average exercise price does not take into account the shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards, which are not options, warrants or rights and have no exercise price.
(4)   All of the shares available for future issuance under the 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan may be issued in connection with options, warrants, rights, restricted stock or other stock-based awards.

See Note 11 – “Stockholders’ Equity” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

59


Table of Contents
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Related Party Transactions – Certain Related Party Transactions” in our Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information regarding principal accounting fees and services is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm – Principal Accounting Fees and Services” and “– Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit, Audit Related and Permissible Non-Audit Services” in our Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

 

  1. Financial Statements. Our consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, with the independent registered certified public accounting firm reports thereon are included in Part IV of this report on the pages indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule as presented on page 61 of this report.

 

  2. Financial Statement Schedule. Our financial statement schedule is included in Part IV of this report on the page indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule as presented on page 61 of this report. This financial statement schedule should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto.

Schedules not listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

  3. Exhibits. See Item 15(b) below.

 

(b) Exhibits . The exhibits listed on the Exhibits Index are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Report.

 

(c) Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15(a) above.

 

60


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

     62   

Reports of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm (Ernst & Young LLP)

     63   

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets – August 31, 2015 and 2014

     65   

Consolidated Statements of Operations – Years ended August 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013

     66   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Years ended August 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013

     67   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – Years ended August 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013

     68   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Years ended August 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013

     70   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     71   

Financial Statement Schedule:

  

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     108   

 

61


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Jabil Circuit, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision of and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, the Company’s management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2015. Management based this assessment on the framework as established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting.

The SEC’s general guidance permits the exclusion of an assessment of the effectiveness of a registrant’s controls and procedures as they relate to its internal control over financial reporting for an acquired business during the first year following such acquisition if, among other circumstances and factors, there is not an adequate amount of time between the acquisition date and the date of assessment. On July 1, 2015, the Company acquired J.Y.E. Castella Llorca, S.L. and each of its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Plasticos”) and throughout fiscal year 2015 the Company completed five other immaterial acquisitions. In accordance with the SEC guidance, the scope of the Company’s evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting as of August 31, 2015 did not include the internal control over financial reporting of these acquired operations. Assets acquired from Plasticos and the five other acquired entities represent 3.9% of the Company’s total consolidated assets at August 31, 2015. Net revenue generated by Plasticos and the five other acquired entities subsequent to the date of acquisition represent 0.6% of the Company’s consolidated net revenue for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The Company continues to evaluate internal controls over financial reporting for each acquired entity. From the acquisition date to August 31, 2015, the processes and systems of the acquired operations did not significantly impact the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of August 31, 2015, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s independent registered certified public accounting firm, issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting which follows this report.

October 16, 2015

 

62


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Jabil Circuit, Inc.

We have audited Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of J.Y.E. Castella Llorca, S.L. and each of its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Plasticos”) and five other acquired entities, which are included in the fiscal 2015 consolidated financial statements of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries and collectively constituted 3.9% of total assets as of August 31, 2015 and 0.6% of net revenues for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Plasticos and the five other acquired entities.

In our opinion, Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2015, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2015 of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries and our report dated October 16, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Tampa, Florida

October 16, 2015

 

63


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Jabil Circuit, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2015. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries at August 31, 2015 and 2014 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated October 16, 2015, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Tampa, Florida

October 16, 2015

 

64


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except for share data)

 

     August 31,  
     2015     2014  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 913,963      $ 1,000,249   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

     1,467,247        1,208,516   

Inventories

     2,507,264        2,008,077   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     898,790        1,057,562   

Deferred income taxes

     79,045        64,944   

Assets of discontinued operations

     —          19,669   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     5,866,309        5,359,017   

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

     2,804,333        2,271,705   

Goodwill

     462,382        383,644   

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

     283,536        244,056   

Deferred income taxes

     85,169        92,702   

Other assets

     101,478        128,622   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 9,603,207      $ 8,479,746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

   $ 323,833      $ 12,960   

Accounts payable

     3,663,264        3,060,814   

Accrued compensation and employee benefits

     504,226        421,884   

Other accrued expenses and deferred income

     1,181,363        813,222   

Deferred income taxes

     2,455        5,094   

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     —          7,123   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     5,675,141        4,321,097   

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current installments

     1,346,558        1,669,585   

Other liabilities

     67,951        79,471   

Income tax liabilities

     96,379        87,555   

Deferred income taxes

     82,167        61,670   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,268,196        6,219,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Equity:

    

Jabil Circuit, Inc. stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 500,000,000 shares; 246,680,008 and 243,930,983 shares issued and 192,068,068 and 194,113,850 shares outstanding at August 31, 2015 and August 31, 2014, respectively

     247        244   

Additional paid-in capital

     1,955,104        1,874,219   

Retained earnings

     1,468,910        1,245,772   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (50,854     86,962   

Treasury stock at cost, 54,611,940 and 49,817,133 shares at August 31, 2015 and August 31, 2014, respectively

     (1,058,551     (965,369
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Jabil Circuit, Inc. stockholders’ equity

     2,314,856        2,241,828   

Noncontrolling interests

     20,155        18,540   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     2,335,011        2,260,368   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 9,603,207      $ 8,479,746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

65


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except for per share data)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Net revenue

   $ 17,899,196      $ 15,762,146      $ 17,249,493   

Cost of revenue

     16,395,978        14,736,543        16,037,303   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,503,218        1,025,603        1,212,190   

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     862,647        675,730        614,295   

Research and development

     27,645        28,611        28,412   

Amortization of intangibles

     24,449        23,857        10,954   

Restructuring and related charges

     33,066        85,369        80,513   

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —          7,962        —     

Impairment of notes receivable and related charges

     —          —          25,597   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     555,411        204,074        452,419   

Other expense

     5,627        7,637        6,095   

Interest income

     (9,953     (3,741     (1,813

Interest expense

     128,091        128,055        121,023   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

     431,646        72,123        327,114   

Income tax expense

     137,461        73,711        7,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

     294,185        (1,588     319,483   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

      

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (7,698     20,554        50,608   

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

     (875     223,299        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

     (8,573     243,853        50,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     285,612        242,265        370,091   

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     1,593        952        (1,391
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

   $ 284,019      $ 241,313      $ 371,482   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Circuit, Inc.:

      

Basic:

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1.51      $ (0.01   $ 1.58   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (0.04   $ 1.20      $ 0.25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.47      $ 1.19      $ 1.83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted:

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1.49      $ (0.01   $ 1.54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (0.04   $ 1.20      $ 0.24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.45      $ 1.19      $ 1.79   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     193,689        202,497        203,096   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     196,005        202,497        207,815   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared per share

   $ 0.32      $ 0.32      $ 0.32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Net income

   $ 285,612      $ 242,265      $ 370,091   

Other comprehensive income:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     (116,745     (2,183     (23,522

Changes in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax

     (29,107     2,469        (182

Reclassification of net losses realized and included in net income related to derivative instruments, net of tax

     12,502        7,153        2,285   

Unrealized loss on available for sale securities, net of tax

     (14,404     (1,513       

Actuarial gain (loss), net of tax

     10,080        (446     (4,475

Prior service cost, net of tax

     (142     234        867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

     (137,816     5,714        (25,027
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 147,796      $ 247,979      $ 345,064   

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     1,593        952        (1,391
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

   $ 146,203      $ 247,027      $ 346,455   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except for share data)

 

    Jabil Circuit, Inc. Stockholders’ Equity              
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings/
(Accumulated
Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Treasury
Stock
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 
    Shares
Outstanding
    Par
Value
             

Balance at August 31, 2012

    206,028,577      $ 232      $ 1,752,847      $ 766,934      $ 106,275      $ (521,231   $ 2,278      $ 2,107,335   

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options

    256,419        5        3,361        —          —          —          —          3,366   

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan

    902,691        1        14,918        —          —          —          —          14,919   

Vesting of restricted stock awards

    4,504,249        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans

    (1,184,162     —          —          —          —          (20,290     —          (20,290

Treasury shares purchased

    (7,342,904     —          —          —          —          (129,262     —          (129,262

Recognition of stock-based compensation

    —          —          67,824        —          —          —          —          67,824   

Excess tax benefit of stock awards

    —          —          14,459        —          —          —          —          14,459   

Declared dividends

    —          —          —          (67,241     —          —          —          (67,241

Comprehensive income

    —          —          —          371,482        (25,027     —          (1,391     345,064   

Acquisition of noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          36,548        36,548   

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (17,500     (17,500

Capital contribution of noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          316        316   

Foreign currency adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          29        29   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at August 31, 2013

    203,164,870      $ 238      $ 1,853,409      $ 1,071,175      $ 81,248      $ (670,783   $ 20,280      $ 2,355,567   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options

    1,251        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan

    1,077,071        6        15,767        —          —          —          —          15,773   

Vesting of restricted stock awards

    5,120,099        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans

    (1,569,059     —          —          —          —          (34,312     —          (34,312

Treasury shares purchased

    (13,680,382     —          —          —          —          (260,274     —          (260,274

Recognition of stock-based compensation

    —          —          8,186        —          —          —          —          8,186   

Excess tax benefit of stock awards

    —          —          (2,396     —          —          —          —          (2,396

 

68


Table of Contents

Declared dividends

    —          —          —          (66,716     —          —          —          (66,716

Comprehensive income

    —          —          —          241,313        5,714        —          952        247,979   

Adjustment of noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          5,174        5,174   

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

    —          —          (747     —          —          —          (973     (1,720

Sale of noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (6,898     (6,898

Foreign currency adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          5        5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at August 31, 2014

    194,113,850      $ 244      $ 1,874,219      $ 1,245,772      $ 86,962      $ (965,369   $ 18,540      $ 2,260,368   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options

    36,165        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan

    1,005,916        2        18,058        —          —          —          —          18,060   

Vesting of restricted stock awards

    1,706,944        1        (1     —          —          —          —          —     

Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans

    (402,143     —          —          —          —          (7,606     —          (7,606

Treasury shares purchased

    (4,392,664     —          —          —          —          (85,576     —          (85,576

Recognition of stock-based compensation

    —          —          62,826        —          —          —          —          62,826   

Excess tax benefit of stock awards

    —          —          2        —          —          —          —          2   

Declared dividends

    —          —          —          (60,881     —          —          —          (60,881

Comprehensive income

    —          —          —          284,019        (137,816     —          1,593        147,796   

Acquisition of noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          329        329   

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (345     (345

Foreign currency adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          38        38   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at August 31, 2015

    192,068,068      $ 247      $ 1,955,104      $ 1,468,910      $ (50,854   $ (1,058,551   $ 20,155      $ 2,335,011   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 285,612      $ 242,265      $ 370,091   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     529,176        487,278        418,117   

Gain on sale of discontinued operations

     —          (230,878     —     

Restructuring and related charges

     4,445        42,534        2,058   

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts

     9,752        16,268        —     

Recognition of stock-based compensation expense and related charges

     62,560        10,624        68,383   

Deferred income taxes

     (10,912     (38,971     (123,165

Impairment of notes receivable and related charges

     —          —          25,597   

Excess tax benefit related to stock awards

     (246     (782     (14,605

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —          7,962        —     

Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment

     12,316        (1,773     1,679   

Other, net

     659        8,689        8,879   

Change in operating assets and liabilities, exclusive of net assets acquired:

      

Accounts receivable

     (292,706     (116,458     750   

Inventories

     (483,071     160,790        50,229   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     113,012        73,492        (75,962

Other assets

     25,034        6,552        (7,052

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

     984,651        (168,735     488,890   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,240,282        498,857        1,213,889   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Cash paid for business and intangible asset acquisitions, net of cash

     (177,632     —          (650,054

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations and subsidiaries, net of cash

     10,191        531,189        —     

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

     (963,145     (624,060     (736,858

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     15,784        161,138        15,792   

Investments in non-marketable equity securities

     (11,939     (3,600     (3,342

Other, net

     5,294        (4,000     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (1,121,447     60,667        (1,374,462
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Borrowings under debt agreements

     5,966,937        6,175,953        5,764,400   

Payments toward debt agreements

     (5,988,232     (6,400,089     (5,586,738

Payments to acquire treasury stock

     (85,576     (260,274     (129,262

Dividends paid to stockholders

     (63,138     (68,211     (67,181

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

     18,062        15,771        18,285   

Treasury stock minimum tax withholding related to vesting of restricted stock

     (7,606     (34,312     (20,290

Cash paid to purchase noncontrolling interest

     (345     (1,720     (17,500

Excess tax benefit related to stock awards

     246        782        14,605   

Other, net

     (2,897     (4,719     688   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (162,549     (576,819     (22,993
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (42,572     6,171        (22,317
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (86,286     (11,124     (205,883

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     1,000,249        1,011,373        1,217,256   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 913,963      $ 1,000,249      $ 1,011,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure information:

      

Interest paid, net of capitalized interest

   $ 118,891      $ 118,689      $ 102,614   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes paid, net of refunds received

   $ 143,580      $ 118,271      $ 128,780   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

70


Table of Contents

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Jabil Circuit, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, herein referred to as the “Company”) is an independent provider of electronic manufacturing services and solutions. The Company provides comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in the automotive, consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace, digital home, emerging growth, healthcare, industrial and energy, mobility, networking and telecommunications, packaging, point of sale, printing and storage industries. The Company’s services combine a highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing approach with advanced electronic design and design for manufacturability technologies. The Company is headquartered in St. Petersburg, Florida and has manufacturing operations in the Americas, Europe and Asia.

Significant accounting policies followed by the Company are as follows:

a. Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of the Company, and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting primarily of normal recurring accruals) necessary to present fairly the information have been included. The Company has made certain reclassification adjustments to conform prior periods’ Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements to the current presentation, including adjustments related to the change in reportable segments. Refer to Note 12 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” for further details.

b. Use of Accounting Estimates

Management is required to make estimates and assumptions during the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements. They also affect the reported amounts of net income. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates and assumptions.

c. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents for consolidated financial statement purposes. Cash equivalents consist of investments in money market funds with original maturities of 90 days or less. At August 31, 2015 and 2014 there were $23.3 million and $9.6 million of cash equivalents, respectively. Management considers the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents to be a reasonable approximation of fair value given the short-term nature of these financial instruments.

d. Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market and use a first in, first out (FIFO) method.

e. Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment is capitalized at cost and depreciated using the straight-line depreciation method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Estimated useful lives for major classes of depreciable assets are as follows:

 

Asset Class

  

Estimated Useful Life

Buildings    Up to 35 years
Leasehold improvements    Shorter of lease term or useful life of the improvement
Machinery and equipment    2 to 10 years
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment    5 years
Computer hardware and software    3 to 7 years
Transportation equipment    3 years

Certain equipment held under capital leases is classified as property, plant and equipment and the related obligation is recorded as notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of assets held under capital leases is included in depreciation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as they are incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or retired are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of operating income.

 

71


Table of Contents

f. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for goodwill in a business combination as the excess of the cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. Business combinations can also result in other intangible assets being recognized. Amortization of intangible assets, if applicable, occurs over the estimated useful life of the asset. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently under certain circumstances, using a two-step method. The Company conducts this review during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year absent any triggering events. Furthermore, identifiable intangible assets that are determined to have indefinite useful economic lives are not amortized, but are separately tested for impairment at least annually, using a one-step fair value based approach or when certain indicators of impairment are present.

g. Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the asset or asset group is measured by comparison of its carrying amount to undiscounted future net cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset or asset group is not recoverable, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group over its respective fair value which is generally determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows or as the appraised value.

h. Revenue Recognition

The Company’s net revenue is principally from the manufacturing services of electronic equipment built to customer specifications. The Company also derives revenue to a lesser extent from design services and excess inventory sales. Revenue from manufacturing services and excess inventory sales is generally recognized, net of estimated product return costs, when goods are shipped; title and risk of ownership have passed; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured. Design service related revenue is generally recognized upon completion and acceptance by the respective customer. The Company generally assumes no significant obligations after product shipment. Taxes that are collected from the Company’s customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented within the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations on a net basis. The Company records shipping and handling costs reimbursed by the customer in revenue.

i. Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables and other miscellaneous receivables. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Bad debts are charged to this allowance after all attempts to collect the balance are exhausted. Allowances of $11.7 million and $2.0 million were recorded at August 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As the financial condition and circumstances of the Company’s customers change, adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts are made as necessary.

j. Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the tax rate is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of the rate change. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The Company has considered future taxable income and ongoing feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance.

 

72


Table of Contents

k. Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Numerator:

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 294,185       $ (1,588    $ 319,483   

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     1,593         952         (1,391
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc., net of tax

   $ 292,592       $ (2,540    $ 320,874   

Discontinued operations attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc., net of tax

     (8,573      243,853         50,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Circuit, Inc.

   $ 284,019       $ 241,313       $ 371,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for basic and diluted earnings per share:

        

Denominator for basic earnings per share

     193,689         202,497         203,096   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilutive common shares issuable under the employee stock purchase plan and upon exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights

     159         —           33   

Dilutive unvested restricted stock awards

     2,157         —           4,686   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for diluted earnings per share

     196,005         202,497         207,815   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Circuit, Inc.:

        

Basic:

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1.51       $ (0.01    $ 1.58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (0.04    $ 1.20       $ 0.25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.47       $ 1.19       $ 1.83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted:

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1.49       $ (0.01    $ 1.54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (0.04    $ 1.20       $ 0.24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1.45       $ 1.19       $ 1.79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For fiscal year 2015, options to purchase 217,563 shares of common stock and 3,584,831 stock appreciation rights were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

No potential common shares relating to outstanding stock awards have been included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as a result of the Company’s loss from continuing operations for fiscal year 2014. The Company accordingly excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share 3,373,275 restricted stock awards, options to purchase 1,870,150 shares of common stock and 3,864,131 stock appreciation rights for fiscal year 2014.

For fiscal year 2013, options to purchase 3,664,364 shares of common stock and 4,485,266 stock appreciation rights were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

l. Foreign Currency Transactions

For the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that use a currency other than the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, the assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The effects of these translation adjustments are reported in other comprehensive income. Gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved and remeasurement adjustments for foreign operations where the U.S. dollar is the functional currency are included in operating income.

m. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The three levels of the fair-value hierarchy include: Level 1 – quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; Level 2 – inputs other than quoted market prices included in Level 1 above that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, income taxes receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and income taxes payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. Refer to Note 3 – “Trade Accounts Receivable Securitization and Sale Programs”, Note 8 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations”, Note 9 – “Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits” and Note 13 –“Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” for disclosure surrounding the fair value of the Company’s deferred purchase price receivables, debt obligations, pension plan assets and derivative financial instruments, respectively.

 

73


Table of Contents

Refer to Note 2 – “Discontinued Operations” for discussion of the Company’s Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock. The Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock is valued each reporting period using unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs) based on an interest rate lattice model and is classified as an available for sale security with an unrealized gain (loss) recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). The unobservable inputs have an immaterial impact on the fair value calculation of the Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock. At August 31, 2015, the fair value was $29.9 million, and is included within other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

n. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense, reduced for estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting period for outstanding stock awards. The Company recorded $62.6 million, $9.0 million and $62.6 million of stock-based compensation expense gross of tax effects, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses within the Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded a $5.2 million and a $45.8 million reversal, respectively, to stock-based compensation expense due to decreased expectations for the vesting of certain restricted stock awards. The Company recorded an additional tax benefit (expense) related to the stock-based compensation expense of $(0.4) million, $1.1 million and $(0.2) million, which is included in income tax expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Included in the compensation expense recognized by the Company is $4.7 million, $4.7 million and $4.0 million related to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) during fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company capitalizes stock-based compensation costs related to awards granted to employees whose compensation costs are directly attributable to the cost of inventory. At August 31, 2015 and 2014, $0.4 million and $0.3 million of stock-based compensation costs were classified as inventories on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, respectively.

Cash received from exercises under all share-based payment arrangements, including the Company’s ESPP, for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $18.1 million, $15.8 million and $18.3 million, respectively. The proceeds for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 were offset by $7.6 million, $34.3 million and $20.3 million, respectively, of restricted shares withheld by the Company to satisfy the minimum amount of its income tax withholding requirements. The fair value of the restricted shares withheld was determined on the date that the restricted shares vested and resulted in the withholding of 402,143 shares, 1,569,059 shares and 1,184,162 shares of the Company’s common stock during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The shares have been classified as treasury stock on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company currently expects to satisfy share-based awards with registered shares available to be issued.

See Note 11 – “Stockholders’ Equity” for further discussion of stock-based compensation expense.

o. Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is the changes in equity of an enterprise except those resulting from stockholder transactions.

The following table sets forth the changes in AOCI, net of tax, by component during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
    Derivative
Instruments
    Actuarial
Loss
    Prior
Service Cost
    Unrealized
Loss on
Available for
Sale Securities
    Total  

Balance at August 31, 2014

   $ 123,411      $ 4,572      $ (40,704   $ 1,196      $ (1,513   $ 86,962   

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (116,745     (29,107     8,357        5        (14,404     (151,894

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

     —          12,502        1,723        (147     —          14,078   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (116,745     (16,605     10,080        (142     (14,404     (137,816
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at August 31, 2015

   $ 6,666      $ (12,033   $ (30,624   $ 1,054      $ (15,917   $ (50,854
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The unrealized losses on derivative instruments recorded to AOCI during fiscal years 2015 and 2014 are net of tax benefits of $19.3 million and $13.6 million, respectively. The actuarial loss and prior service cost recorded to AOCI at August 31, 2015 are net of a tax benefit (expense) of $2.4 million and $(0.4) million, respectively. The actuarial loss and prior service cost recorded to AOCI at August 31, 2014 are net of a tax benefit (expense) of $8.1 million and $(0.4) million, respectively.

 

74


Table of Contents

The portions of AOCI reclassified into earnings during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were not material, and were classified as components of net revenue, cost of revenue, selling, general and administrative expense, income from discontinued operation, net of tax, and interest expense.

p. Derivative Instruments

All derivative instruments are recorded gross on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their respective fair values. The Company does not intend to use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Generally, if a derivative instrument is designated as a cash flow hedge, the change in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in other comprehensive income to the extent the derivative is effective, and recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations when the hedged item affects earnings. If a derivative instrument is designated as a fair value hedge, the change in fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the current period. Changes in fair value of derivatives that are not designated as hedges are recorded in earnings. Cash receipts and cash payments related to derivative instruments are recorded in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Refer to Note 13 – “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” for further discussion surrounding the Company’s derivative instruments.

2. Discontinued Operations

On December 17, 2013, the Company announced that it entered into a stock purchase agreement with iQor Holdings, Inc. (“iQor”) for the sale of Jabil’s Aftermarket Services (“AMS”) business for consideration of $725.0 million, which consists of $675.0 million in cash and an aggregate liquidation preference value of $50.0 million in Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock of iQor that accretes dividends at an annual rate of 8 percent and is redeemable in nine years or upon a change in control. The purchase price was finalized during fiscal year 2015 and was reduced by $100.2 million for cash, indebtedness, taxes, interest and certain working capital accounts of the Company’s AMS business. Also, as part of this transaction, the Company is subject to a limited covenant not to compete. On April 1, 2014, the Company completed the sale of the AMS business except for the Malaysian operations, for which the sale was completed on December 31, 2014. In connection with the AMS transaction, the Company entered into a transition services agreement effective April 1, 2014 to provide certain administrative services to facilitate the orderly transfer of the business operations to iQor. This agreement is not material and the continuing cash flows are not significant. As of August 31, 2015, AMS continues to meet the criteria for discontinued operations reporting because the Company does not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of AMS after the disposal transaction and the operations and cash flows of AMS have been eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company as a result of the disposal transaction.

The Company recognized a gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax, of approximately $223.3 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. The Company incurred direct transaction costs in connection with the sale of approximately $16.5 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, which is included in gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax. The income tax expense recognized on the gain on sale of discontinued operations during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014 was significantly reduced to $7.6 million primarily due to the utilization of net operating loss related deferred tax assets with corresponding valuation allowances. At April 1, 2014, the fair value of the Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock was approximately $33.2 million, which is included in gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax.

For all periods presented, the operating results associated with this business have been reclassified into (loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The following table provides a summary of AMS amounts included in discontinued operations (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Net revenue

   $ 14,624       $ 586,652       $ 1,087,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, before tax

   $ (7,689      26,694         58,950   

Income tax expense

     9         6,140         8,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (7,698    $ 20,554       $ 50,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, before tax

   $ (300    $ 230,878       $ —     

Income tax expense

     575         7,579         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (875    $ 223,299       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (8,573    $ 243,853       $ 50,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

3. Trade Accounts Receivable Securitization and Sale Programs

The Company regularly sells designated pools of trade accounts receivable under two asset-backed securitization programs and three uncommitted trade accounts receivable sale programs (collectively referred to herein as the “programs”). The Company continues servicing the receivables sold and in exchange receives a servicing fee under each of the programs. Servicing fees related to each of the programs recognized during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were not material. The Company does not record a servicing asset or liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as the Company estimates that the fee it receives to service these receivables approximates the fair market compensation to provide the servicing activities.

Transfers of the receivables under the programs are accounted for as sales and, accordingly, net receivables sold under the programs are excluded from accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

a. Asset-Backed Securitization Programs

The Company continuously sells designated pools of trade accounts receivable under its North American asset-backed securitization program, currently scheduled to expire on October 20, 2017 (as the program was renewed on October 21, 2014), and its foreign asset-backed securitization program, currently scheduled to expire on May 1, 2018 (as the program was renewed on May 8, 2015), (collectively referred to herein as the “asset-backed securitization programs”) to special purpose entities, which in turn sell 100% of the receivables to conduits administered by unaffiliated financial institutions (for the North American asset-backed securitization program) and to an unaffiliated financial institution and a conduit administered by an unaffiliated financial institution (for the foreign asset-backed securitization program). The special purpose entity in the North American asset-backed securitization program is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The special purpose entity in the foreign asset-backed securitization program is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity whose assets would be first available to satisfy the creditor claims of the unaffiliated financial institution. The Company is deemed the primary beneficiary of this special purpose entity as the Company has both the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive the benefits that could potentially be significant to the entity from the transfer of the trade accounts receivable into the special purpose entity. Accordingly, the special purpose entities associated with these asset-backed securitization programs are included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Any portion of the purchase price for the receivables which is not paid in cash upon the sale taking place is recorded as a deferred purchase price receivable, which is paid as payments on the receivables are collected. Net cash proceeds of up to a maximum of $200.0 million and $175.0 million for the North American and foreign asset-backed securitization programs, respectively, are available at any one time. The Company increased its facility limit for the foreign asset-backed securitization program from $75.0 million to $175.0 million during the second quarter of fiscal year 2015.

In connection with the asset-backed securitization programs, the Company sold $7.6 billion, $8.0 billion and $9.0 billion of eligible trade accounts receivable during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. In exchange, the Company received cash proceeds of $7.2 billion, $7.4 billion and $8.5 billion during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively (of which approximately $5.9 million, $4.0 million and $54.2 million, respectively, represented new transfers and the remainder represented proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving-period transfers) and a deferred purchase price receivable. At August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the deferred purchase price receivables recorded in connection with the asset-backed securitization programs totaled approximately $429.3 million, $513.0 million and $541.2 million, respectively. The asset-backed securitization programs require compliance with several covenants. The North American asset-backed securitization program covenants include compliance with the interest coverage ratio and debt to EBITDA ratio of the five year unsecured credit facility amended as of July 6, 2015 (the “Credit Facility”). The foreign asset-backed securitization program covenants include limitations on certain corporate actions such as mergers and consolidations.

The Company recognized pretax losses on the sales of receivables under the asset-backed securitization programs of approximately $3.8 million, $3.6 million and $4.3 million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, which are recorded to other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The deferred purchase price receivables recorded under the asset-backed securitization programs are recorded initially at fair value as prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs), primarily discounted cash flows, and due to their credit quality and short-term maturity the fair values approximated book values. The unobservable inputs consist of estimated credit losses and estimated discount rates, which both have an immaterial impact on the fair value calculations of the deferred purchase price receivables.

b. Trade Accounts Receivable Sale Programs

In connection with three separate trade accounts receivable sale programs with unaffiliated financial institutions, the Company may elect to sell, at a discount, on an ongoing basis, up to a maximum of $450.0 million, $150.0 million and $100.0 million, respectively, of specific trade accounts receivable at any one time. The $450.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program is an uncommitted facility that was amended during the first quarter of fiscal year 2015 to increase the uncommitted capacity from $350.0

 

76


Table of Contents

million to $450.0 million and is scheduled to expire on November 1, 2015, although any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice. The $450.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program will be automatically extended each year until August 31, 2017, unless any party gives no less than 30 days prior notice that the agreement should not be extended. The $150.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program is an uncommitted facility that is subject to expiration on August 31, 2016 (as the agreement was extended on August 31, 2015). The $100.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program is an uncommitted facility that is scheduled to expire on November 1, 2015, although any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice. The $100.0 million trade accounts receivable sale program will be automatically extended each year until November 1, 2018, unless any party gives no less than 30 days prior notice that the agreement should not be extended.

During fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company sold $2.1 billion, $1.9 billion and $2.4 billion of trade accounts receivable under these programs, respectively. In exchange, the Company received cash proceeds of $2.1 billion, $1.9 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively. The resulting losses on the sales of trade accounts receivable during fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 were not material and were recorded to other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

77


Table of Contents

4. Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     August 31, 2015      August 31, 2014  

Raw materials

   $ 1,300,559       $ 1,096,299   

Work in process

     714,237         537,033   

Finished goods

     492,468         374,745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 2,507,264       $ 2,008,077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. Income Taxes

a. Provision for Income Taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense and noncontrolling interests is summarized below (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

U.S.

   $ (295,521    $ (129,764    $ (157,454

Non-U.S.

     727,167         201,887         484,568   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 431,646       $ 72,123       $ 327,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The U.S. and non-U.S. components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense and noncontrolling interests include the elimination of intercompany foreign dividends paid to the U.S.

Income tax expense (benefit) is summarized below (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

   Current      Deferred      Total  

2015: U.S. – Federal

   $ 1,169       $ (1,653    $ (484

  U.S. – State

     164         (300      (136

  Non-U.S.

     147,199         (9,118      138,081   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 148,532       $ (11,071    $ 137,461   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014: U.S. – Federal

   $ 3,047       $ (9,108    $ (6,061

  U.S. – State

     319         (3,606      (3,287

  Non-U.S.

     107,819         (24,760      83,059   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 111,185       $ (37,474    $ 73,711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013: U.S. – Federal

   $ 4,762       $ (109,304    $ (104,542

  U.S. – State

     226         3,044         3,270   

  Non-U.S.

     129,908         (21,005      108,903   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 134,896       $ (127,265    $ 7,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reconciliations of the income tax expense at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate compared to the actual income tax expense are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Tax at U.S. federal statutory income tax rate (35%)

   $ 151,076       $ 25,243       $ 114,490   

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     (4,474      (3,740      (6,285

Impact of foreign tax rates

     (157,827      (19,621      (130,732

Permanent impact of non-deductible cost

     8,951         10,995         12,815   

Income tax credits

     (12,773      (5,632      (7,170

Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities

     (1,206      (23,432      7,416   

Valuation allowance

     72,604         47,697         (45,502

Non-deductible equity compensation

     11,600         31,236         21,477   

Impact of intercompany charges and dividends

     49,843         9,376         30,360   

Other, net

     19,667         1,589         10,762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 137,461       $ 73,711       $ 7,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, the impact of intercompany charges and dividends increased due to the intercompany foreign dividend paid to the U.S. which was offset by a decrease in the U.S. valuation allowance. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, the impact of foreign tax rates change was due to the decrease of income in low tax-rate jurisdictions. The changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities decreased due to the enactment of the Mexico 2014 tax reform. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013, the valuation allowance decrease was from the partial release of the U.S. valuation allowance due to the Nypro acquisition.

The Company has been granted tax incentives for its Brazilian, Chinese, Malaysian, Polish, Singaporean and Vietnamese subsidiaries. The majority of the tax incentive benefits expire through 2020 and are subject to certain conditions with which the Company expects to comply. These subsidiaries generated income from continuing operations during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, resulting in a tax benefit of approximately $74.7 million ($0.39 per basic share), $14.6 million ($0.07 per basic share) and $51.5 million ($0.25 per basic share), respectively. The benefits of these incentives are recorded as the impact of foreign tax rates and income tax credits.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, the Company recorded out-of-period adjustments that increased net income from continuing operations by approximately $17.1 million, which related to fiscal year 2013 income tax benefit adjustments that were recorded in fiscal year 2014. The Company assessed and concluded that these adjustments are not material to either the consolidated quarterly or annual financial statements for all impacted periods.

 

79


Table of Contents

b. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

The current and noncurrent net deferred tax assets are summarized below (in thousands):

 

         Fiscal Year Ended August 31,      
             2015                      2014          

Current deferred tax assets

   $ 79,045       $ 64,944   

Current deferred tax liabilities

     (2,455      (5,094

Noncurrent deferred tax assets

     85,169         92,702   

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities

     (82,167      (61,670
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ 79,592       $ 90,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
             2015                      2014          

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carry forward

   $ 261,495       $ 236,169   

Receivables

     11,343         7,847   

Inventories

     7,876         10,139   

Compensated absences

     9,342         8,396   

Accrued expenses

     75,580         71,007   

Property, plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation and amortization

     31,888         23,830   

U.S. federal and state tax credits

     63,927         63,655   

Foreign jurisdiction tax credits

     13,524         17,715   

Equity compensation – U.S.

     21,447         23,101   

Equity compensation – Non-U.S.

     4,507         4,307   

Cash flow hedges

     3,809         5,294   

Other

     25,403         11,432   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowances

     530,141         482,892   

Less valuation allowances

     (304,820      (261,285
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 225,321       $ 221,607   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Unremitted earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries

     85,765         81,514   

Intangible assets

     55,208         44,637   

Other

     4,756         4,574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ 145,729       $ 130,725   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 79,592       $ 90,882   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of August 31, 2015, the Company had federal, state (tax-effected) and foreign income tax net operating loss carry forwards (net of unrecognized tax benefits) of approximately $326.9 million, $40.4 million, and $565.4 million, respectively, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any. The net operating loss carry forwards in the Company’s major tax jurisdictions expire in fiscal years 2016 through 2035 or have an indefinite carry forward period. The Company has U.S. federal and state tax credit carry forwards of $59.7 million and $6.5 million, respectively, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any. Of the U.S. federal tax credits, $53.8 million expire through 2024, $2.3 million have an indefinite carry forward period and the years of expiration for the remaining $3.6 million cannot yet be determined. Most of the U.S. state tax credits expire through the year 2027. As of August 31, 2015, the foreign jurisdiction tax credits include foreign investment tax credits of $9.6 million that expire in 2017 and are based on the deferral method.

Based on the Company’s historical operating income, projection of future taxable income, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, and tax planning strategies, management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of its deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances recorded. The net increases (decreases) in the total valuation allowance for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015 and 2014 were $43.5 million and $(19.5) million, respectively. The fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 increase is primarily related to losses in jurisdictions with existing valuation allowances.

As of August 31, 2015, the Company intends to repatriate the Nypro pre-acquisition undistributed foreign earnings of approximately $178.4 million to the U.S. Therefore, the Company continues to record a deferred tax liability of approximately $80.1 million based on the anticipated U.S. income taxes of the repatriation. The Company repatriated $100.0 million of current year foreign earnings to our U.S. operations during fiscal year 2015, which had no income statement impact due to the U.S. current year operating

 

80


Table of Contents

loss and the U.S. valuation allowance. The Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the remaining earnings from its foreign subsidiaries. The accumulated earnings are the most significant component of the basis difference which is indefinitely reinvested. The aggregate undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries for which no deferred tax liability has been recorded is approximately $2.8 billion as of August 31, 2015. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable.

c. Unrecognized Tax Benefits

Reconciliations of the unrecognized tax benefits are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Beginning balance

   $ 229,684       $ 219,132       $ 113,414   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     4,189         16,533         82,965   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (7,919      (3,843      (7,713

Additions for tax positions related to current year

     21,541         18,219         30,886   

Adjustments for tax positions related to disposed entities

             (1,917        

Adjustments for tax positions related to acquired entities

     1,687         (3,195      21,000   

Cash settlements

     (11,806      (9,406      (1,096

Reductions from lapses in statutes of limitations

     (1,843      (1,909      (784

Reductions from settlements with taxing authorities

     (72,812      (4,344      (19,930

Foreign exchange rate adjustment

     (8,073      414         390   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 154,648       $ 229,684       $ 219,132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate (if recognized)

   $ 80,094       $ 72,586       $ 72,618   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, the reductions from settlements with taxing authorities is primarily related to the closure of a non-U.S. audit which partially disallowed a net operating loss carry forward and future tax amortization.

It is reasonably possible that the August 31, 2015 unrecognized tax benefits could decrease during the next 12 months by $1.3 million from cash payments and by $11.6 million related to the settlement of audits or expiration of applicable statutes of limitations. These amounts primarily relate to possible adjustments for transfer pricing and disallowance of tax amortization.

The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company’s accrued interest and penalties were approximately $20.1 million and $18.0 million at August 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company recognized interest and penalties of approximately $2.1 million, $1.0 million and $8.9 million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for fiscal years before August 31, 2009. In major state and major non-U.S. jurisdictions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for fiscal years before August 31, 2003 and August 31, 2005, respectively.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its field examination of the Company’s tax returns for fiscal years 2009 through 2011 and issued a Revenue Agent’s Report on May 27, 2015 proposing adjustments primarily related to U.S. taxation of certain intercompany transactions. If the IRS ultimately prevails in its positions, the Company’s income tax payment due for the fiscal years 2009 through 2011 would be approximately $34.6 million after utilization of tax loss carry forwards available through fiscal year 2011. Also, the IRS has proposed interest and penalties with respect to fiscal years 2009 through 2011. The IRS may make similar claims in future audits with respect to these types of transactions. At this time, anticipating the amount of any future IRS proposed adjustments, interest, and penalties is not practicable.

The Company disagrees with the proposed adjustments and intends to vigorously contest these matters through the applicable IRS administrative and judicial procedures, as appropriate. As the final resolution of the proposed adjustments remains uncertain, the Company continues to provide for the uncertain tax positions based on the more likely than not standard. While the resolution of the issues may result in tax liabilities, interest and penalties, which are significantly higher than the amounts provided for these matters, management currently believes that the resolution will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Despite this belief, an unfavorable resolution, particularly if the IRS successfully asserts similar claims for later years, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

 

81


Table of Contents

6. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     August 31,  
     2015      2014  

Land and improvements

   $ 112,416       $ 101,754   

Buildings

     756,314         736,853   

Leasehold improvements

     630,595         410,212   

Machinery and equipment

     2,787,641         2,152,828   

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

     147,502         124,297   

Computer hardware and software

     498,348         461,239   

Transportation equipment

     21,333         20,598   

Construction in progress

     89,606         187,674   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,043,755         4,195,455   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     2,239,422         1,923,750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,804,333       $ 2,271,705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense of approximately $504.7 million, $461.3 million and $382.6 million was recorded for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Maintenance and repair expense was approximately $205.5 million, $158.7 million and $153.8 million for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

As of August 31, 2015, the Company had $72.5 million for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment included in accounts payable for which cash payment has not been made and is considered a non-cash investing activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company performs a goodwill impairment analysis using the two-step method on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired and a second step is performed to measure the amount of loss, if any.

The Company completed its annual impairment test for goodwill during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015 and determined the fair values of the reporting units were substantially in excess of the carrying values and that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test. For each annual impairment test the Company consistently determines the fair value of its reporting units based on an average weighting of both projected discounted future results and the use of comparative market multiples.

 

82


Table of Contents

The following tables present the changes in goodwill allocated to the Company’s reportable segments, Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”), during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     August 31, 2014                  August 31, 2015  

Reportable Segment

   Gross
Balance
     Accumulated
Impairment
Balance
    Acquisitions
&
Adjustments
     Foreign
Currency
Impact
    Gross
Balance
     Accumulated
Impairment
Balance
    Net Balance  

EMS

   $ 474,305       $ (464,053   $ 18,586       $ (965   $ 491,926       $ (464,053   $ 27,873   

DMS

     929,161         (555,769     64,262         (3,145     990,278         (555,769     434,509   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,403,466       $ (1,019,822   $ 82,848       $ (4,110   $ 1,482,204       $ (1,019,822   $ 462,382   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     August 31, 2013                  August 31, 2014  

Reportable Segment

   Gross
Balance
     Accumulated
Impairment
Balance
    Acquisitions
&
Adjustments
     Foreign
Currency
Impact
    Gross
Balance
     Accumulated
Impairment
Balance
    Net Balance  

EMS

   $ 474,400       $ (464,053   $ —         $ (95   $ 474,305       $ (464,053   $ 10,252   

DMS

     894,433         (555,769     34,696         32        929,161         (555,769     373,392   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,368,833       $ (1,019,822   $ 34,696       $ (63   $ 1,403,466       $ (1,019,822   $ 383,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis and consist primarily of contractual agreements and customer relationships, which are being amortized over periods of up to 15 years, intellectual property which is being amortized over periods of up to 8 years and finite-lived trade names which are being amortized over periods up to 10 years. Indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of trade names. The Company completed its annual impairment test for its indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015 and determined that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis included assumptions regarding appropriate revenue growth rates, discount rates and royalty rates. No significant residual values are estimated for the amortizable intangible assets. The value of the Company’s intangible assets purchased through business acquisitions is principally determined based on valuations of the net assets acquired. The following tables present the Company’s total purchased intangible assets at August 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

August 31, 2015

   Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Contractual agreements and customer relationships

   $ 201,423       $ (96,013    $ 105,410   

Intellectual property

     150,453         (99,295      51,158   

Finite-lived trade name

     4,434         (556      3,878   

Indefinite-lived trade name

     123,090         —           123,090   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 479,400       $ (195,864    $ 283,536   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

August 31, 2014

   Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Contractual agreements and customer relationships

   $ 165,651       $ (83,695    $ 81,956   

Intellectual property

     126,805         (87,795      39,010   

Indefinite-lived trade name

     123,090         —           123,090   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 415,546       $ (171,490    $ 244,056   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average amortization period for aggregate net intangible assets at August 31, 2015 is 9.7 years, which includes a weighted-average amortization period of 12.3 years for net contractual agreements and customer relationships, a weighted-average amortization period of 5.1 years for net intellectual property and a weighted-average amortization period of 4.5 years for finite-lived trade names.

 

83


Table of Contents

Intangible asset amortization for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately $24.4 million, $23.9 million and $11.0 million, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

   Amount  

2016

   $ 28,350   

2017

     25,964   

2018

     23,995   

2019

     14,772   

2020

     12,587   

Thereafter

     54,778   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 160,446   
  

 

 

 

8. Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations outstanding at August 31, 2015 and August 31, 2014 are summarized below (in thousands):

 

     August 31,      August 31,  
     2015      2014  

7.750% Senior Notes due 2016 (a)

   $ 310,378       $ 308,659   

8.250% Senior Notes due 2018 (b)

     399,047         398,665   

5.625% Senior Notes due 2020 (c)

     400,000         400,000   

4.700% Senior Notes due 2022 (d)

     500,000         500,000   

Borrowings under credit facilities (e)

     323         1,685   

Borrowings under loans (f)

     30,410         38,207   

Capital lease obligations (g)

     28,156         30,879   

Fair value adjustment related to terminated interest rate swaps on the 7.750% Senior Notes (h)

     2,077         4,450   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     1,670,391         1,682,545   

Less current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     323,833         12,960   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current installments

   $ 1,346,558       $ 1,669,585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The $312.0 million of 7.750% senior unsecured notes, $400.0 million of 8.250% senior unsecured notes, $400.0 million of 5.625% senior unsecured notes and $500.0 million of 4.700% senior unsecured notes outstanding are carried at the principal amount of each note, less any unamortized discount. The estimated fair values of these senior notes were approximately $328.7 million, $450.1 million, $418.8 million and $495.6 million, respectively, at August 31, 2015. The fair value estimates are based upon observable market data (Level 2 criteria).

 

 

(a)   During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company issued $312.0 million of seven-year, publicly-registered 7.750% notes (the “7.750% Senior Notes”) at 96.1% of par, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $300.0 million. The 7.750% Senior Notes mature on July 15, 2016 and pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15. Also, the 7.750% Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

 

(b)   During the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2008, the Company issued $250.0 million and $150.0 million, respectively, of ten-year, unregistered 8.250% notes at 99.965% of par and 97.5% of par, respectively, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $245.7 million and $148.5 million, respectively. On July 18, 2008, the Company completed an exchange whereby all of the outstanding unregistered 8.250% notes were exchanged for registered 8.250% notes (collectively the “8.250% Senior Notes”) that are substantially identical to the unregistered notes except that the 8.250% Senior Notes are registered under the Securities Act and do not have any transfer restrictions, registration rights or rights to additional special interest.

The 8.250% Senior Notes mature on March 15, 2018 and pay interest semiannually on March 15 and September 15. The interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes is subject to adjustment from time to time if the credit ratings assigned to the 8.250% Senior Notes increase or decrease, as provided in the 8.250% Senior Notes. The 8.250% Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

 

84


Table of Contents
(c)   During the first quarter of fiscal year 2011, the Company issued $400.0 million of ten-year publicly registered 5.625% notes (the “5.625% Senior Notes”) at par. The net proceeds from the offering of $400.0 million were used to fully repay the term portion of the credit facility dated as of July 19, 2007 (the “Old Credit Facility”) and partially repay amounts outstanding under the Company’s foreign asset-backed securitization program. The 5.625% Senior Notes mature on December 15, 2020. Interest on the 5.625% Senior Notes is payable semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2011. The 5.625% Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

 

(d)   During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, the Company issued $500.0 million of ten-year publicly registered 4.700% notes (the “4.700% Senior Notes”) at 99.992% of par. The net proceeds from the offering of $500.0 million were used to repay outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility and for general corporate purposes. The 4.700% Senior Notes mature on September 15, 2022 and pay interest semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, beginning on March 15, 2013. The 4.700% Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

 

(e)   As of August 31, 2015, nine of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries have credit facilities that finance their future growth and any corresponding working capital needs. Five of the credit facilities are denominated in U.S. dollars, one is denominated in Brazilian reais, one is denominated in Euros, one is denominated in Russian rubles and one is denominated in Taiwan new dollar. The credit facilities incur interest at fixed and variable rates ranging from 0.8% to 28.0%.

On July 6, 2015, the Company entered into an amended and restated senior unsecured five year credit agreement. The credit agreement provides for the Revolving Credit Facility in the initial amount of $1.5 billion, which may, subject to the lenders’ discretion, potentially be increased up to $2.0 billion and a $500.0 million five year delayed draw Term Loan Facility. The Term Loan Facility may be drawn in whole or in part (but on no more than two occasions) until September 30, 2015. Both the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility expire on July 6, 2020, but in the case of the Revolving Credit Facility, subject to two whole or partial one-year extensions, at the lender’s discretion. Interest and fees on Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan Facility advances are based on the Company’s non-credit enhanced long-term senior unsecured debt rating as determined by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings. Interest is charged at a rate equal to (a) for the Revolving Credit Facility, either 0.000% to 0.650% above the base rate or 1.000% to 1.650% above the Eurocurrency rate and (b) for the Term Loan Facility, either 0.125% to 1.000% above the base rate or 1.125% to 2.000% above the Eurocurrency rate, in each case where the base rate represents the greatest of Citibank, N.A.’s base rate, 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and 1.0% above one-month LIBOR, but not less than zero, and the Eurocurrency rate represents adjusted LIBOR or adjusted CDOR, as applicable, for the applicable interest period, but not less than zero, each as more fully described in the Credit Facility agreement. Fees include a facility fee based on the revolving credit commitments of the lenders, a letter of credit fee based on the amount of outstanding letters of credit and a ticking fee based on the undrawn term loan commitments until the earlier of September 30, 2015 and the date of the second term loan draw. The Company, along with its subsidiaries, is subject to the following financial covenants: (1) a maximum Debt to EBITDA Ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility agreement) and (2) a minimum ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, all Debt (as defined in the Credit Facility agreement) and loss on sale of accounts receivable. In addition, the Company is subject to other covenants, such as: limitation upon liens; limitation upon mergers, etc.; limitation upon accounting changes; limitation upon subsidiary debt; limitation upon sales, etc. of assets; limitation upon changes in nature of business; payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries; limitation upon use of proceeds; compliance with laws, etc.; payment of taxes, etc.; maintenance of insurance; preservation of corporate existence, etc.; visitation rights; keeping of books; maintenance of properties, etc.; transactions with affiliates; and reporting requirements.

During fiscal year 2015, the Company borrowed $5.7 billion against the Revolving Credit Facility under multiple draws and repaid $5.7 billion under multiple payments. On September 22, 2015, the Company borrowed $500.0 million against the Term Loan Facility.

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2014, a foreign subsidiary of the Company entered into an uncommitted credit facility to finance its growth and any corresponding working capital needs. The credit facility provides for a revolving credit facility in the amount of up to $100.0 million with interest charged at a rate of LIBOR plus 1.7%.

 

(f)   During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, the Company entered into a master lease agreement with a variable interest entity (the “VIE”) whereby it sells to and subsequently leases back from the VIE up to $60.0 million in certain machinery and equipment for a period of up to five years. In connection with this transaction, the Company holds a variable interest in the VIE, which was designed to hold debt obligations payable to third-party creditors. The proceeds from such debt obligations are utilized to finance the purchase of the machinery and equipment that is then leased by the Company. The Company is the primary beneficiary of the VIE as it has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. Therefore, the Company consolidates the financial statements of the VIE and eliminates all intercompany transactions. At August 31, 2015, the

 

85


Table of Contents
  VIE had approximately $28.5 million of total assets, of which approximately $28.0 million was comprised of a note receivable due from the Company, and approximately $27.8 million of total liabilities, of which approximately $27.8 million were debt obligations to the third-party creditors (as the VIE has utilized approximately $27.8 million of the $60.0 million debt obligation capacity). The third-party creditors have recourse to the Company’s general credit only in the event that the Company defaults on its obligations under the terms of the master lease agreement. In addition, the assets held by the VIE can be used only to settle the obligations of the VIE.

In addition to the loans described above, at August 31, 2015, the Company has borrowings outstanding to fund working capital needs. These additional loans total approximately $2.6 million, of which $1.8 million are denominated in Euros, $0.5 million are denominated in Russian rubles and $0.3 million are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

(g)   During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company acquired various capital lease obligations in connection with the acquisition of Nypro.

 

(h)   This amount represents the fair value hedge accounting adjustment related to the 7.750% Senior Notes. For further discussion of the Company’s fair value hedges, see Note 13 – “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Under its 7.750%, 8.250%, 5.625% and 4.700% Senior Notes, the Company is subject to covenants such as limitations on its and/or its subsidiaries’ ability to: consolidate or merge with, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, another person; create certain liens; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee funded debt (which only applies to the Company’s “restricted subsidiaries”); and guarantee any of the Company’s indebtedness (which only applies to the Company’s subsidiaries). The Company is also subject to a covenant requiring our repurchase of the 7.750%, 8.250%, 5.625% or 4.700% Senior Notes upon a “change of control repurchase event.”

Debt maturities as of August 31, 2015 for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

   Amount  

2016

   $ 321,756   

2017

     20,049   

2018

     400,329   

2019

     1,367   

2020

     1,468   

Thereafter

     923,345   
  

 

 

 

Total (1)

   $ 1,668,314   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) The above table excludes a $2.1 million fair value adjustment related to the interest rate swap on the 7.750% Senior Notes.

9. Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits

Postretirement Benefits

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2002, the Company established a defined benefit pension plan for all permanent employees of Jabil Circuit UK Limited. This plan was established in accordance with the terms of the business sale agreement with Marconi Communications plc (“Marconi”). The benefit obligations and plan assets from the terminated Marconi plan were transferred to the newly established defined benefit plan (the “UK plan”). The UK plan, which is closed to new participants, provides benefits based on average employee earnings over a three-year service period preceding retirement and length of employee service. The Company’s policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in UK employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts as are deemed appropriate by the Company. Plan assets are held in trust and consist of equity and debt securities as detailed below.

As a result of acquiring various other operations in Austria, France, Germany, The Netherlands, Poland, and Taiwan, the Company assumed both funded and unfunded retirement benefits to be paid based upon years of service and compensation at retirement (the “other plans”). All permanent employees meeting the minimum service requirement are eligible to participate in the other plans.

The UK plan and other plans are collectively referred to herein as the “plans.”

There is no domestic pension or post-retirement benefit plan maintained by the Company.

 

86


Table of Contents

The Company is required to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its Consolidated Balance Sheet, and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income.

a. Benefit Obligations

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in the benefit obligations for the plans for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2015      2014  

Beginning projected benefit obligation

   $ 182,653       $ 164,294   

Service cost

     1,054         1,225   

Interest cost

     5,554         6,819   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (5,252      9,526   

Curtailment gain

     (2,542      (899

Total benefits paid

     (5,238      (5,597

Plan participants’ contributions

     28         56   

Amendments

     (198      (97

Acquisitions

     1,769         —     

Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars

     (16,598      7,326   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending projected benefit obligation

   $ 161,230       $ 182,653   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations for the plans for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2015     2014  

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     4.4     4.6

Rate of compensation increase

     4.3     4.4

Discount rate

     3.2     3.3

The Company evaluates these assumptions on a regular basis taking into consideration current market conditions and historical market data. The discount rate is used to state expected cash flows relating to future benefits at a present value on the measurement date. This rate represents the market rate for high-quality fixed income investments whose timing would match the cash out flow of retirement benefits. A lower discount rate would increase the present value of benefit obligations and vice versa. Other assumptions include demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover.

b. Plan Assets

The Company has adopted an investment policy for a majority of plan assets which was set by plan trustees who have the responsibility for making investment decisions related to the plan assets. The plan trustees oversee the investment allocation, including selecting professional investment managers and setting strategic targets. The investment objectives for the assets are (1) to acquire suitable assets that hold the appropriate liquidity in order to generate income and capital growth that, along with new contributions, will meet the cost of current and future benefits under the plan, (2) to limit the risk of the plan assets from failing to meet the plan liabilities over the long-term and (3) to minimize the long-term costs under the plan by maximizing the return on the plan assets.

Investment policies and strategies governing the assets of the plans are designed to achieve investment objectives with prudent risk parameters. Risk management practices include the use of external investment managers; the maintenance of a portfolio diversified by asset class, investment approach and security holdings; and the maintenance of sufficient liquidity to meet benefit obligations as they come due. Within the equity securities class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly traded securities including both domestic and international stocks. The plans do not hold any of the Company’s stock. Within the debt securities class, the investment policy provides for investments in corporate bonds as well as fixed and variable interest debt instruments. The Company currently expects to achieve the target mix of 35% equity and 65% debt securities in fiscal year 2016.

 

87


Table of Contents

The fair values of the plan assets held by the Company by asset category for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 

                  Fair Value Measurements Using Inputs Considered as:  
     Fair Value at
August 31, 2015
     Asset Allocation     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Asset Category

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,567         3   $ 4,567       $ —         $ —     

Equity Securities:

             

Global equity securities (a)

     24,143         18     —           24,143         —     

U.K equity securities (b)

     24,211         18     —           24,211         —     

Debt Securities:

             

U.K. corporate bonds (c)

     50,817         38     —           50,817         —     

U.K. government bonds (d)

     16,866         12     —           16,866         —     

Other Investments:

             

Insurance contracts (e)

     14,204         11     —           —           14,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 134,808         100   $ 4,567       $ 116,037       $ 14,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                  Fair Value Measurements Using Inputs Considered as:  
     Fair Value at
August 31, 2014
     Asset Allocation     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Asset Category

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,642         3   $ 4,642       $ —         $ —     

Equity Securities:

             

Global equity securities (a)

     23,726         18     —           23,726         —     

U.K. equity securities (b)

     22,759         17     —           22,759         —     

Debt Securities:

             

U.K. corporate bonds (c)

     54,595         40     —           54,595         —     

U.K. government bonds (d)

     18,270         13     —           18,270         —     

Other Investments:

             

Insurance contracts (e)

     12,459         9     —           —           12,459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 136,451         100   $             4,642       $         119,350       $         12,459   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)   Global equity securities are categorized as Level 2 and include investments that aim to capture global equity market returns by tracking the Financial Times (London) Stock Exchange (“FTSE”) AW-World (ex-UK) Index and other similar indexes in Germany.
(b)   U.K. equity securities are categorized as Level 2 and include investments in a diversified portfolio that aims to capture the returns of the U.K. equity market. The portfolio tracks the FTSE All-Share Index and invests only in U.K. securities.
(c)   U.K. corporate bonds are categorized as Level 2 and include U.K. corporate issued fixed income investments which are managed and tracked to the respective benchmark (AAA-AA-A Bonds-Over 15Y Index).
(d)   U.K. government bonds are categorized as Level 2 and include U.K. government-issued fixed income investments which are managed and tracked to the respective benchmark (FTSE U.K. Over 15 Years Gilts Index and FTSE U.K. Over 5 Years Index-Linked).
(e)   The assets related to The Netherlands plan consist of an insurance contract that guarantees the payment of the funded pension entitlements, as well as provides a profit share to the Company. The profit share in this contract is not based on actual investments, but, instead on a notional investment portfolio that is expected to return a pre-defined rate. Insurance contract assets are recorded at fair value, which is determined based on the cash surrender value of the insured benefits which is the present value of the guaranteed funded benefits. Insurance contracts are valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs), primarily by discounting expected future cash flows relating to benefits paid from a notional investment portfolio in order to determine the cash surrender value of the policy. The unobservable inputs consist of estimated future benefits to be paid throughout the duration of the policy and estimated discount rates, which both have an immaterial impact on the fair value estimate of the contract.

 

88


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the pension plan assets for the year between measurement dates for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2015      2014  

Beginning fair value of plan assets

   $ 136,451       $ 117,478   

Actual return on plan assets

     9,810         14,327   

Acquisitions

     1,756         —     

Employer contributions

     3,499         4,008   

Benefits paid from plan assets

     (5,037      (4,421

Plan participants’ contributions

     28         56   

Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars

     (11,699      5,003   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending fair value of plan assets

   $ 134,808       $ 136,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

c. Funded Status

The following table provides a reconciliation of the funded status of the plans to the Consolidated Balance Sheets for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2015      2014  

Funded Status

     

Ending fair value of plan assets

   $ 134,808       $ 136,451   

Ending projected benefit obligation

     (161,230      (182,653
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Under or unfunded status

   $ (26,422    $ (46,202
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Information

     

Accrued benefit liability, current

   $ (140    $ (146

Accrued benefit liability, noncurrent

     (26,282      (46,056
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net liability recorded at August 31

   $ (26,422    $ (46,202
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

     

Net actuarial loss

   $ 32,986       $ 48,858   

Prior service cost

     (1,405      (1,594
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, before taxes

   $ 31,581       $ 47,264   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table provides the estimated amount that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in fiscal year 2016 (in thousands):

 

     Pension Benefits  

Recognized net actuarial loss

   $ 1,075   

Amortization of prior service cost

     (141
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 934   
  

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the plans was $152.8 million and $171.9 million at August 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The following table provides information for the plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets for fiscal years 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

     August 31,  
     2015      2014  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 161,230       $ 182,653   

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 152,818       $ 171,865   

Fair value of plan assets

   $ 134,808       $ 136,451   

 

89


Table of Contents

d. Net Periodic Benefit Cost

The following table provides information about net periodic benefit cost for the plans for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2015      2014      2013  

Service cost

   $ 1,054       $ 1,225       $ 1,596   

Interest cost

     5,554         6,819         5,977   

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     (5,778      (6,167      (5,308

Recognized actuarial loss

     1,723         2,817         2,474   

Net curtailment gain

     (2,542      (107      (3,401

Amortization of prior service cost

     (147      (198      (184
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ (136    $ 4,389       $ 1,154   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the plans for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits  
     2015     2014     2013  

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     4.4     5.1     4.9

Rate of compensation increase

     3.2     4.0     4.5

Discount rate

     1.8     3.0     4.0

The expected return on plan assets assumption used in calculating net periodic pension cost is based on historical actual return experience and estimates of future long-term performance with consideration to the expected investment mix of the plan assets.

e. Cash Flows

The Company expects to make cash contributions of between $3.4 million and $3.8 million to its funded pension plans during fiscal year 2016. The Company does not anticipate the return of any plan assets during fiscal year 2016.

The estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

   Amount  

2016

   $ 5,215   

2017

     5,632   

2018

     5,548   

2019

     6,490   

2020

     7,059   

Years 2021 through 2025

     38,987   

 

90


Table of Contents

Profit Sharing, 401(k) Plan and Defined Contribution Plans

The Company provides retirement benefits to its domestic employees who have completed a 90-day period of service through a 401(k) plan that provides a matching contribution by the Company. Company contributions are at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company also has defined contribution benefit plans for certain of its international employees primarily dictated by the custom of the regions in which it operates. In relation to these plans, the Company contributed approximately $36.8 million, $34.8 million and $26.7 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

a. Lease Agreements

The Company leases certain facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. Lease agreements may contain lease escalation clauses and purchase or renewal options. The Company recognizes scheduled lease escalation clauses over the course of the applicable lease term on a straight-line basis in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at August 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

   Amount  

2016

   $ 99,226   

2017

     81,949   

2018

     60,257   

2019

     51,553   

2020

     44,624   

Thereafter

     135,577   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 473,186   
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease expense was approximately $105.3 million, $96.5 million and $66.3 million for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

b. Legal Proceedings

The Company is party to certain lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

11. Stockholders’ Equity

The 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) was adopted by the Board of Directors during the first quarter of fiscal year 2011 and approved by the stockholders during the second quarter of fiscal year 2011. The 2011 Plan provides for the granting of restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other stock-based awards. The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be subject to awards under the 2011 Plan is 18,350,000. If any portion of an outstanding award that was granted under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”), which was terminated immediately upon the effectiveness of the 2011 Plan, for any reason expires or is canceled or forfeited on or after the date of termination of the 2002 Plan, the shares allocable to the expired, canceled or forfeited portion of such 2002 Plan award shall be available for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

The 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2011 ESPP”) was adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors during the first quarter of fiscal year 2011 and approved by the shareholders during the second quarter of fiscal year 2011 with 6,000,000 shares authorized for issuance. The offering period beginning July 1, 2011 was the first offering period shares were issued under the 2011 ESPP. The Company also adopted a tax advantaged sub-plan under the 2011 ESPP for its Indian employees. Shares are issued under the Indian sub-plan from the authorized shares under the 2011 ESPP. The offering period ending June 30, 2011 was the final offering period shares were issued under the previous ESPP (the “2002 ESPP”).

 

91


Table of Contents

a. Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

There were no stock options granted and 0.4 million stock appreciation rights granted (collectively known as “Options”), excluding those granted under the ESPP, during fiscal year 2015. There were no Options granted, excluding those granted under the ESPP, during fiscal years 2014 and 2013. The total intrinsic value of Options exercised during fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1.0 million, $0.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively. As of August 31, 2015, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options. The total fair value of Options vested during fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $2.8 million, $0.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes Options activity from August 31, 2014 through August 31, 2015:

 

     Shares
Available

for Grant
    Options
Outstanding
    Average
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
 

Balance at August 31, 2014

     10,823,646        5,432,002      $ 400       $ 26.32         1.52   

Options granted

     (435,000     435,000         $ 18.49      

Options canceled

     1,825,014        (1,825,014      $ 24.83      

Restricted stock awards granted (a)

     (3,837,588     —             

Options exercised

     —          (281,117      $ 20.18      
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Balance at August 31, 2015

     8,376,072        3,760,871      $ 492,060       $ 26.60         1.53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

Exercisable at August 31, 2015

       3,760,871      $ 492,060       $ 26.60         1.53   

 

(a)   Represents the maximum number of shares that can be issued based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.

b. Restricted Stock Awards

Certain key employees have been granted time-based and performance-based restricted stock awards. The time-based restricted awards granted generally vest on a graded vesting schedule over three years. The performance-based restricted awards generally vest on a cliff vesting schedule over three to five years and provide a range of vesting possibilities of up to a maximum of 100% or 150%, depending on the specified performance condition and the level of achievement obtained. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, the Company awarded approximately 2.8 million time-based restricted stock units and 1.7 million performance-based restricted stock units.

The stock-based compensation expense for these restricted stock awards (including restricted stock and restricted stock units) is measured at fair value on the date of grant based on the number of shares expected to vest and the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock. For restricted stock awards with performance conditions, stock-based compensation expense is originally based on the number of shares that would vest if the Company achieved 100% of the performance goal, which was the probable outcome at the grant date. Throughout the requisite service period, management monitors the probability of achievement of the performance condition. If it becomes probable, based on the Company’s performance, that more or less than the current estimate of the awarded shares will vest, an adjustment to stock-based compensation expense will be recognized as a change in accounting estimate in the period the probability changes.

During fiscal years 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded a $5.2 million and a $45.8 million reversal, respectively, to stock-based compensation expense due to decreased expectations for the vesting of certain restricted stock awards.

In connection with the sale of the AMS business, the vesting for certain outstanding time-based restricted stock awards previously granted to AMS employees was accelerated. As a result, 0.2 million awards were vested during the third quarter of fiscal year 2014, which accelerated approximately $2.4 million of stock-based compensation expense. Such expense is included in income from discontinued operations, net of tax, within the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.

At August 31, 2015, there was $57.4 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock awards granted under the 2011 Plan. This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.

 

92


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity from August 31, 2014 through August 31, 2015:

 

            Weighted-  
            Average  
            Grant-Date  
     Shares      Fair Value  

Unvested balance at August 31, 2014

     9,800,942       $ 19.89   

Changes during the period

     

Shares granted (a)

     5,308,937       $ 18.64   

Shares vested

     (1,706,944    $ 19.57   

Shares forfeited

     (1,471,350    $ 19.42   
  

 

 

    

Unvested balance at August 31, 2015

     11,931,585       $ 19.44   
  

 

 

    

 

(a)   For those shares granted that are based on the achievement of certain performance criteria, represents the maximum number of shares that can vest.

c. Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP after 90 days of employment with the Company. The ESPP permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 10% of an employee’s compensation, as defined in the ESPP, at a price equal to 85% of the fair value of the common stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. There were 1,005,916, 1,077,071 and 902,691 shares purchased under the ESPP during fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. At August 31, 2015, a total of 10,356,908 shares had been issued under the ESPP.

 

93


Table of Contents

The fair value of shares issued under the ESPP was estimated on the commencement date of each offering period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the model for each respective period:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015     2014     2013  

Expected dividend yield

     0.8     0.9     0.8

Risk-free interest rate

     0.1     0.1     0.1

Expected volatility

     24.5     33.8     34.7

Expected life

     0.5 years        0.5 years        0.5 years   

d. Dividends

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s cash dividends declared to common stockholders of the Company during fiscal years 2015 and 2014:

 

    

Dividend
Declaration Date

   Dividend
per Share
     Total of Cash
Dividends
Declared
     Date of Record for
Dividend Payment
   Dividend Cash
Payment Date
     (in thousands, except for per share data)

Fiscal year 2015:

   October 16, 2014    $ 0.08       $ 15,973       November 14, 2014    December 1, 2014
   January 21, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 16,020       February 13, 2015    March 2, 2015
   April 15, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 15,988       May 15, 2015    June 1, 2015
   July 16, 2015    $ 0.08       $ 15,980       August 14, 2015    September 1, 2015

Fiscal year 2014:

   October 17, 2013    $ 0.08       $ 17,221       November 15, 2013    December 2, 2013
   January 22, 2014    $ 0.08       $ 16,976       February 14, 2014    March 3, 2014
   April 17, 2014    $ 0.08       $ 16,686       May 15, 2014    June 2, 2014
   July 23, 2014    $ 0.08       $ 16,289       August 15, 2014    September 2, 2014

12. Concentration of Risk and Segment Data

a. Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various domestic and foreign financial institutions. Deposits held with the financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits, but may generally be redeemed upon demand. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions and attempts to limit exposure with any one institution. With respect to trade receivables, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains an allowance for potential credit losses on trade receivables.

Sales of the Company’s products are concentrated among specific customers. For fiscal year 2015, the Company’s five largest customers accounted for approximately 50% of its net revenue and 81 customers accounted for approximately 90% of its net revenue. As the Company is a provider of electronic manufacturing services and solutions and products are built based on customer specifications, it is impracticable to provide revenues from external customers for each product and service. Sales to the following customers who accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s net revenues, expressed as a percentage of consolidated net revenue, and the percentage of accounts receivable for each customer, were as follows:

 

     Percentage of Net Revenue
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
    Percentage of Accounts Receivable
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 
     2015     2014     2013     2015     2014  

Apple, Inc.

     24     18     20     19     12

BlackBerry Limited

     *        *        12     *        *   

 

* Amount was less than 10% of total.

Sales to the above customers were reported in the EMS and DMS operating segments.

The Company procures components from a broad group of suppliers. Almost all of the products manufactured by the Company require one or more components that are available from only a single source.

 

94


Table of Contents

b. Segment Data

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities from which they may earn revenues and incur expenses; for which separate financial information is available; and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to assess the performance of the individual segment and make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment.

The Company derives its revenue from providing comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services. The chief operating decision maker evaluates performance and allocates resources on a segment basis. Prior to the first quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company’s operating segments consisted of three segments – DMS, Enterprise & Infrastructure and High Velocity Systems. On September 1, 2014, the Company changed its reporting structure to align with the chief operating decision maker’s management of resource allocation and performance assessment. Accordingly, the Company’s operating segments now consist of two segments – EMS and DMS, which are also the Company’s reportable segments. All prior period disclosures presented have been restated to reflect this change.

The EMS segment is focused around leveraging IT, supply chain design and engineering, technologies largely centered on core electronics, sharing of the Company’s large scale manufacturing infrastructure and the ability to serve a broad range of end markets. The EMS segment includes customers primarily in the automotive, digital home, industrial and energy, networking and telecommunications, point of sale, printing and storage industries. The DMS segment is focused on providing engineering solutions and a focus on material sciences and technologies. The DMS segment includes customers primarily in the consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace, emerging growth, healthcare, mobility and packaging industries.

On April 1, 2014, the Company completed the sale of the AMS business except for the Malaysian operations, for which the sale was completed on December 31, 2014. The AMS business was included in the DMS segment, and the results of operations of this business are classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 2 – “Discontinued Operations” for further details.

Net revenue for the operating segments is attributed to the segment in which the service is performed. An operating segment’s performance is evaluated based on its pre-tax operating contribution, or segment income. Segment income is defined as net revenue less cost of revenue, segment selling, general and administrative expenses, segment research and development expenses and an allocation of corporate manufacturing expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses, and does not include amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and related charges, restructuring and related charges, distressed customer charges, acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments, loss on disposal of subsidiaries, settlement of receivables and related charges, impairment of notes receivable and related charges, goodwill impairment charges, income (loss) from discontinued operations, gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, other expense, interest income, interest expense, income tax expense or adjustment for net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests. Total segment assets are defined as accounts receivable, inventories, net customer-related property, plant and equipment, intangible assets net of accumulated amortization and goodwill. All other non-segment assets are reviewed on a global basis by management. Transactions between operating segments are generally recorded at amounts that approximate those at which we would transact with third parties.

 

95


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth operating segment information (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Net revenue

        

EMS

   $ 10,777,810       $ 10,638,588       $ 12,023,685   

DMS

     7,121,386         5,123,558         5,225,808   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17,899,196       $ 15,762,146       $ 17,249,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

Segment income and reconciliation of income before tax

        

EMS

   $ 297,097       $ 242,181       $ 304,043   

DMS

     372,912         103,188         338,051   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total segment income

   $ 670,009       $ 345,369       $ 642,094   

Reconciling items:

  

Amortization of intangibles

     (24,449      (23,857      (10,954

Stock-based compensation expense and related charges

     (62,563      (8,994      (62,574

Restructuring and related charges

     (33,066      (85,369      (80,513

Distressed customer charges

     —           (15,113      —     

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

     —           (7,962      —     

Impairment of notes receivable and related charges

     —           —           (25,597

Acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments

     5,480         —           (10,037

Other expense

     (5,627      (7,637      (6,095

Interest income

     9,953         3,741         1,813   

Interest expense

     (128,091      (128,055      (121,023
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

   $ 431,646       $ 72,123       $ 327,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     August 31, 2015      August 31, 2014  

Total assets

     

EMS

   $ 2,865,172       $ 2,300,262   

DMS

     4,241,699         3,460,769   

Other non-allocated assets

     2,496,336         2,699,046   

Assets of discontinued operations

     —           19,669   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 9,603,207       $ 8,479,746   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

The Company operates in 27 countries worldwide. Sales to unaffiliated customers are based on the Company’s location that maintains the customer relationship and transacts the external sale. The following tables set forth external net revenue, net of intercompany eliminations, and long-lived asset information where individual countries represent a material portion of the total (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2015      2014      2013  

External net revenue:

        

Singapore

   $ 5,053,864       $ 2,935,212       $ 3,296,705   

China

     3,941,714         3,614,174         3,263,400   

Mexico

     2,555,502         2,475,393         3,686,540   

U.S.

     2,142,691         2,444,305         2,281,907   

Malaysia

     1,247,897         1,299,543         1,207,010   

Hungary

     912,669         902,058         1,145,433   

Brazil

     372,574         308,515         539,349   

Other

     1,672,285         1,782,946         1,829,149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17,899,196       $ 15,762,146       $ 17,249,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     August, 31  
     2015      2014  

Long-lived assets:

     

China

   $ 1,676,630       $ 1,210,113   

U.S.

     946,238         922,286   

Mexico

     173,188         143,790   

Taiwan

     135,316         137,237   

Hungary

     95,084         58,824   

Spain

     74,354         —     

Malaysia

     68,467         73,129   

Singapore

     62,468         59,335   

Poland

     52,129         70,739   

Other

     266,377         223,952   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,550,251       $ 2,899,405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total foreign source revenue was approximately $15.8 billion, $13.3 billion and $15.0 billion for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Total long-lived assets related to the Company’s foreign operations were approximately $2.6 billion and $2.0 billion at August 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

13. Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company is directly and indirectly affected by changes in certain market conditions. These changes in market conditions may adversely impact the Company’s financial performance and are referred to as market risks. The Company, where deemed appropriate, uses derivatives as risk management tools to mitigate the potential impact of certain market risks. The primary market risks managed by the Company through the use of derivative instruments are foreign currency fluctuation risk and interest rate risk.

All derivative instruments are recorded gross on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their respective fair values. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on the intended use and designation of the derivative instrument. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative and the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is initially reported as a component of AOCI, net of tax, and is subsequently reclassified into the line item within the Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the hedged items are recorded in the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is recognized immediately in current earnings. For derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments, gains and losses from changes in fair values are recognized in earnings. Cash receipts and cash payments related to derivative instruments are recorded in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

For derivatives accounted for as hedging instruments, the Company formally designates and documents, at inception, the financial instruments as a hedge of a specific underlying exposure, the risk management objective and the strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. In addition, the Company formally performs an assessment, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, to determine whether the financial instruments used in hedging transactions are effective at offsetting changes in the cash flows on the related underlying exposures.

 

97


Table of Contents

a. Foreign Currency Risk Management

Forward contracts are put in place to manage the foreign currency risk associated with anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses. A hedging relationship existed with an aggregate notional amount outstanding of $615.1 million and $626.9 million at August 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The related forward foreign exchange contracts have been designated as hedging instruments and are accounted for as cash flow hedges. The forward foreign exchange contract transactions will effectively lock in the value of anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses against foreign currency fluctuations. The anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses being hedged are expected to occur between September 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016.

In addition to derivatives that are designated as hedging instruments and qualify for hedge accounting, the Company also enters into forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, fixed purchase obligations and intercompany transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the respective operating entity. The aggregate notional amount of these outstanding contracts at August 31, 2015 and 2014 was $1.8 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively.

The following table presents the Company’s assets and liabilities related to forward foreign exchange contracts measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of August 31, 2015, aggregated by the level in the fair-value hierarchy in which those measurements are classified (in thousands):

 

         Level 1              Level 2              Level 3              Total      

Assets:

           

Forward foreign exchange contracts

   $ —           5,792         —         $ 5,792   

Liabilities:

           

Forward foreign exchange contracts

     —           (46,038      —           (46,038
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —           (40,246      —         $ (40,246
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s forward foreign exchange contracts are measured on a recurring basis at fair value, based on foreign currency spot rates and forward rates quoted by banks or foreign currency dealers.

The following table presents the fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments located on the Consolidated Balance Sheets utilized for foreign currency risk management purposes at August 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

    

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments

 
    

Asset Derivatives

    

Liability Derivatives

 
    

Balance Sheet
Location

   Fair Value at
August 31, 2015
     Fair Value at
August 31, 2014
    

Balance Sheet
Location

   Fair Value at
August 31, 2015
     Fair Value at
August 31, 2014
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

                 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets    $ 267       $ 6,089       Other accrued expenses and deferred income    $ 16,509       $ 1,460   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

                 

Forward foreign exchange contracts

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets    $ 5,525       $ 7,995       Other accrued expenses and deferred income    $ 29,529       $ 2,186   

As of August 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company also included gains and losses in AOCI related to changes in fair value of its derivatives utilized for foreign currency risk management purposes and designated as hedging instruments. These gains and losses were not material and the portion that is expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next 12 months will be classified as components of net revenue, cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expense. The gains and losses recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness and the amount excluded from effectiveness testing were not material for all periods presented and are included as components of net revenue, cost of revenue, selling, general and administrative expense and income from discontinued operations, net of tax.

 

98


Table of Contents

The Company recognized gains and losses in earnings related to changes in fair value of derivatives utilized for foreign currency risk management purposes and not designated as hedging instruments during fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013. These amounts were not material and were recognized as components of cost of revenue.

b. Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company periodically enters into interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s borrowings.

Fair Value Hedges

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2011, the Company entered into a series of interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million designated as fair value hedges of a portion of the Company’s 7.750% Senior Notes. Under these interest rate swaps, the Company received fixed rate interest payments and paid interest at a variable rate based on LIBOR plus a spread. The effect of these swaps was to convert fixed rate interest expense on a portion of the 7.750% Senior Notes to floating rate interest expense. Gains and losses related to changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps were recorded to interest expense and offset changes in the fair value of the hedged portion of the underlying 7.750% Senior Notes.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011, the Company terminated the interest rate swaps entered into in connection with the 7.750% Senior Notes with a fair value of $12.2 million, including accrued interest of $0.6 million at August 31, 2011. The portion of the fair value that is not accrued interest is recorded as a hedge accounting adjustment to the carrying amount of the 7.750% Senior Notes and is being amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the remaining term of the 7.750% Senior Notes. The Company recorded $2.4 million in amortization as a reduction to interest expense during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. At August 31, 2015 and 2014, the unamortized hedge accounting adjustment recorded is $2.1 million and $4.5 million, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Cash Flow Hedges

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company entered into forward interest rate swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an anticipated debt issuance, which was the issuance of the 8.250% Senior Notes. The swaps were accounted for as a cash flow hedge and had a notional amount of $400.0 million. Concurrently with the pricing of the 8.250% Senior Notes, the Company settled the swaps by its payment of $43.1 million. The ineffective portion of the swaps was immediately recorded to interest expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The effective portion of the swaps is recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of AOCI and is being amortized to interest expense within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations over the life of the 8.250% Senior Notes, which is through March 15, 2018. The effective portions of the swaps amortized to interest expense during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were not material. Existing losses related to interest rate risk management hedging arrangements that are expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next 12 months are not material.

 

99


Table of Contents

14. Restructuring and Related Charges

a. 2014 Restructuring Plan

In conjunction with the restructuring plan that was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors in fiscal year 2014 (the “2014 Restructuring Plan”), the Company charged $49.9 million of restructuring and related charges to the Consolidated Statement of Operations during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014. The 2014 Restructuring Plan was intended to address the termination of the Company’s business relationship with BlackBerry Limited. The restructuring and related charges during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014 include cash costs of $16.2 million related to employee severance and benefit costs, $1.7 million related to lease costs and $1.7 million of other related costs, as well as non-cash costs of $30.3 million related to asset write-off costs. These restructuring and related charges associated with the 2014 Restructuring Plan were assigned fully to the EMS reportable segment. The Company completed the restructuring activities under this plan during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2014 and does not expect to incur any additional costs under the 2014 Restructuring Plan. See Note 12 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” for further details on the change in reportable segments.

 

100


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the significant components and activity in the 2014 Restructuring Plan during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014 (in thousands):

2014 Restructuring Plan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014

 

     Liability Balance at
August 31, 2013
     Restructuring
Related
Charges
     Asset Write-off
Charge and Other
Non-Cash Activity
    Cash
Payments
    Liability Balance at
August 31, 2014
 

Employee severance and benefit costs

   $ —         $ 16,213       $ 13      $ (15,765   $ 461   

Lease costs

     —           1,738         (116     (1,622     —     

Asset write-off costs

     —           30,314         (30,314     —          —     

Other related costs

     —           1,680         —          (1,674     6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 49,945       $ (30,417   $ (19,061   $ 467   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

b. 2013 Restructuring Plan

In conjunction with the restructuring plan that was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors in fiscal year 2013 (the “2013 Restructuring Plan”), the Company charged $34.6 million and $35.4 million of restructuring and related charges to the Consolidated Statement of Operations during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The 2013 Restructuring Plan is intended to better align the Company’s manufacturing capacity in certain geographies and to reduce the Company’s worldwide workforce in order to reduce operating expenses. These restructuring activities are intended to address current market conditions and customer requirements. The restructuring and related charges for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015 and 2014 include cash costs of $24.3 million and $25.0 million related to employee severance and benefit costs, respectively, $2.8 million and $0.5 million related to lease costs, respectively, and $1.9 million and $1.3 million of other related costs, respectively, as well as non-cash costs of $5.6 million and $8.6 million related to asset write-off costs, respectively.

The Company currently expects to recognize approximately $179.0 million, excluding the restructuring and related charges previously incurred for the AMS discontinued operations, in pre-tax restructuring and other related costs primarily over the course of the Company’s fiscal years 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 under the 2013 Restructuring Plan. Since the inception of the 2013 Restructuring Plan, a total of $150.5 million of restructuring and related costs have been recognized as of August 31, 2015. Of the $150.5 million recognized to date, $113.5 million was allocated to the EMS segment, $28.0 million was allocated to the DMS segment and $9.0 million was not allocated to a segment. A majority of the total restructuring costs are expected to be related to employee severance and benefit arrangements. The charges related to the 2013 Restructuring Plan, excluding asset write-off costs, are currently expected to result in cash expenditures of approximately $157.4 million that have been or will be payable over the course of the Company’s fiscal years 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017. Much of the 2013 Restructuring Plan as discussed reflects the Company’s intention only and restructuring decisions and the timing of such decisions at certain plants are still subject to the finalization of timetables for the transition of functions and consultation with the Company’s employees and their representatives.

The tables below set forth the significant components and activity in the 2013 Restructuring Plan during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

2013 Restructuring Plan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015

 

     Liability Balance at
August 31, 2014
     Restructuring
Related
Charges
     Asset Write-off
Charge and Other
Non-Cash Activity
    Cash
Payments
    Liability Balance at
August 31, 2015
 

Employee severance and benefit costs

   $ 45,246       $ 24,327       $ (4,122   $ (35,404   $ 30,047   

Lease costs

     18         2,777         (12     (2,719     64   

Asset write-off costs

     —           5,565         (5,565     —          —     

Other related costs

     257         1,890         (76     (1,225     846   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,521       $ 34,559       $ (9,775   $ (39,348   $ 30,957   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

2013 Restructuring Plan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014

 

     Liability Balance at
August 31, 2013
     Restructuring
Related
Charges
     Asset Write-off
Charge and Other
Non-Cash Activity
    Cash
Payments
    Liability Balance at
August 31, 2014
 

Employee severance and benefit costs

   $ 55,188       $ 25,026       $ 283      $ (35,251   $ 45,246   

Lease costs

     251         499         (110     (622     18   

Asset write-off costs

     —           8,622         (8,622     —          —     

Other related costs

     —           1,277         21        (1,041     257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 55,439       $ 35,424       $ (8,428   $ (36,914   $ 45,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tables below set forth the significant components and activity in the 2013 Restructuring Plan by reportable segment during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

2013 Restructuring Plan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015

 

     Liability Balance at
August 31, 2014
     Restructuring
Related
Charges
     Asset Write-off
Charge and Other
Non-Cash Activity
    Cash
Payments
    Liability Balance at
August 31, 2015
 

EMS

   $ 35,504         32,007         (9,700     (28,977   $ 28,834   

DMS

     8,268         351         (153     (6,506     1,960   

Other

     1,749         2,201         78        (3,865     163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,521       $ 34,559       $ (9,775   $ (39,348   $ 30,957   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2013 Restructuring Plan – Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2014

 

     Liability Balance at
August 31, 2013
     Restructuring
Related
Charges
     Asset Write-off
Charge and Other
Non-Cash Activity
    Cash
Payments
    Liability Balance at
August 31, 2014
 

EMS

   $ 45,999       $ 14,511       $ (4,424   $ (20,582   $ 35,504   

DMS

     9,407         16,683         (4,004     (13,818     8,268   

Other

     33         4,230         —          (2,514     1,749   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 55,439       $ 35,424       $ (8,428   $ (36,914   $ 45,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

15. Impairment of Notes Receivable and Related Charges

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013, the Company recorded a loss of approximately $25.6 million related to notes receivable and related charges. Such a charge was recorded following the determination that it was probable that the Company would be unable to collect the amounts due from a former customer.

16. Business Acquisitions

Fiscal year 2015

On July 1, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of J.Y.E. Castella Llorca, S.L. and each of its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Plasticos”) by acquiring 100% of the issued and outstanding common shares of J.Y.E. Castella Llorca, S.L. The aggregate purchase price totaled approximately $111.0 million in cash, based on the exchange rate on the date of acquisition.

 

102


Table of Contents

The acquisition of Plasticos has been accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired of $168.6 million, including $40.5 million in goodwill and $32.1 million in intangible assets, and liabilities assumed of $49.8 million were recorded at their estimated fair values based on the exchange rate on the date of acquisition. The Company recorded a step acquisition gain of $6.2 million on the previously held Plasticos equity interest of $1.6 million, which is included in other expense within the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The Company is currently evaluating the fair values of the assets and liabilities related to the Plasticos business combination. The preliminary estimates and measurements are, therefore, subject to change during the measurement period for property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and tax adjustments. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of $40.5 million was recorded to goodwill. None of the goodwill is currently expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The Company expensed transaction costs in connection with the acquisition of Plasticos of approximately $1.8 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The results of operations were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on July 1, 2015. Pro forma information has not been provided as the acquisition of Plasticos is not deemed to be significant.

In connection with the acquisition of Plasticos, the Company acquired $32.1 million of intangible assets, including $24.4 million assigned to customer relationships with an assigned useful life of up to 10 years, $6.5 million assigned to intellectual property with an assigned useful life of up to 5 years and $1.2 million assigned to a definite-lived trade name with an assigned useful life of up to 1 year.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, the Company completed five additional acquisitions which were not deemed to be significant individually or in the aggregate. The acquired businesses expanded the Company’s capabilities in consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies and networking and telecommunications. The aggregate purchase price of these acquisitions totaled approximately $117.0 million in cash.

The acquisitions have been accounted for as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired of $167.8 million, including $42.4 million in goodwill and $31.7 million in intangible assets, and liabilities assumed of $50.8 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition dates. The Company is currently evaluating the fair values of the assets and liabilities related to the business combinations completed during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The preliminary estimates and measurements are, therefore, subject to change during the measurement period for intangible assets and tax adjustments. The excess of the purchase prices over the fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of $42.4 million was recorded to goodwill. None of the goodwill is currently expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The Company expensed transaction costs in connection with the acquisitions of approximately $6.1 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The results of operations were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the date of the acquisitions. Pro forma information has not been provided as the acquisitions are not deemed to be significant individually or in the aggregate.

Fiscal year 2013

On July 1, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of Nypro by acquiring 100% of the issued and outstanding common shares of Nypro for net aggregate consideration of $696.0 million, which was funded from available cash. Nypro is a provider of manufactured precision plastic products for customers in the healthcare, packaging and consumer electronics industries. Nypro has advanced capabilities in product design, tooling, injection molding, surface decoration and complete product manufacturing.

The acquisition of Nypro has been accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. The allocation of the purchase price is considered final based on events and circumstances that existed on the acquisition date. The effects of the measurement period adjustments to the Consolidated Statements of Operations were not material.

 

103


Table of Contents

The following table (in thousands) summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.

 

     As reported at               
     August 31, 2013      Adjustments     August 31, 2014  

Cash

   $ 77,384       $ (12 ) (a)     $ 77,372   

Other current assets

     343,446         (648 ) (a)       342,798   

Property, plant and equipment

     282,599         (5,986 ) (b)       276,613   

Intangible assets

     196,800         7,900   (b)       204,700   

Goodwill

     335,871         34,696   (c)       370,567   

Other assets

     28,304         (1,745 ) (a)       26,559   

Current liabilities

     (322,397      (361 ) (a)       (322,758

Long-term deferred tax liability

     (153,030      (15,810 ) (a)       (168,840

Other liabilities

     (72,906      3,628   (a)       (69,278

Noncontrolling interests

     (36,548      (5,162 ) (b)       (41,710
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 679,523       $ 16,500      $ 696,023   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)   Adjustment related to the fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities
(b)   Adjustment based on final valuation results
(c)   Adjustment based on finalization of provisional amounts previously recorded in (a) and (b)

The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of $370.6 million was recorded to goodwill and was assigned fully to the DMS reportable segment. The goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The $204.7 million of acquired intangible assets include $81.0 million assigned to customer relationships with an assigned useful life of up to 15 years, $51.2 million assigned to intellectual property with an assigned useful life of up to eight years and $72.5 million assigned to an indefinite-lived trade name.

Customer relationships were valued using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach. The intellectual property and indefinite-lived trade name were valued using a relief from royalty method under the income approach. The valuations considered expected and historical trends and discount rates were utilized to reflect the risk associated with the intangible assets relative to the overall business operations of the Company.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013, the Company expensed transaction costs of $13.5 million related to the Nypro acquisition within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The results for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013 included results from Nypro between July 1, 2013 and August 31, 2013. During this period, Nypro contributed $183.2 million in net revenue and $8.8 million of net loss to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The following unaudited pro forma financial information for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013 and 2012 represent the combined results of the Company’s operations as if the Nypro acquisition had occurred on September 1, 2011 (in thousands, except earnings per share):

 

     Pro forma  
     Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  
     2013      2012  

Net revenue

   $ 18,150,599       $ 17,263,831   

Net income

   $ 237,119       $ 408,315   

Earnings per share, basic

   $ 1.17       $ 1.98   

Earnings per share, diluted

   $ 1.14       $ 1.93   

Pro forma earnings for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2013 and 2012 were adjusted by $(78.3) million and $86.3 million, respectively, for recurring changes in amortization, interest expense and income taxes related to the acquisition, certain non-recurring acquisition costs and income taxes associated with a repatriation of foreign earnings to the U.S. The pro forma earnings do not include any adjustments for cost savings and other synergy benefits.

On August 28, 2014, the Company sold its controlling financial interests in two Nypro subsidiaries for $5.2 million. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, the Company recorded a loss on disposal of subsidiaries of $8.0 million within the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

17. New Accounting Guidance

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standard which will supersede existing revenue recognition guidance under current U.S. GAAP. The new standard is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an

 

104


Table of Contents

amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, the FASB issued an accounting standard deferring the effective date of this accounting guidance by one year. Therefore, the accounting standard is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. Companies may use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adopt this standard and management is currently evaluating which transition approach to use. The Company is currently in the process of assessing what impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued new accounting guidance intended to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs. The guidance requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability on the balance sheet, consistent with the presentation for debt discounts. This guidance must be applied on a retrospective basis and is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a significant impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, the FASB issued a new accounting standard intended to simplify the subsequent measurement of inventory, excluding inventory accounted for under the last-in, first-out or the retail inventory methods. The new standard replaces the current lower of cost or market test with a lower of cost and net realizable value test. Under the current guidance, market could be replacement cost, net realizable value or net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. This guidance should be applied on a prospective basis and is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of assessing what impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

18. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred through the date of the filing of the Company’s fiscal year 2015 Form 10-K. No significant events occurred subsequent to the balance sheet date and prior to the filing date of this report that would have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

105


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

Registrant

By:   /s/ MARK T. MONDELLO
 

Mark T. Mondello

Chief Executive Officer

Date: October 16, 2015

 

106


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark T. Mondello and Forbes I.J. Alexander and each of them, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said attorneys-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

    

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

By:

  

/s/ T IMOTHY L. M AIN

Timothy L. Main

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

   October 14, 2015

By:

  

/s/ T HOMAS A. S ANSONE

Thomas A. Sansone

  

Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

   October 14, 2015

By:

  

/s/ M ARK T. M ONDELLO

Mark T. Mondello

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

   October 16, 2015

By:

  

/s/ F ORBES I.J. A LEXANDER

Forbes I.J. Alexander

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal

Financial and Accounting Officer)

   October 16, 2015

By:

  

/s/ M EL S. L AVITT

Mel S. Lavitt

  

Director

   October 14, 2015

By:

  

/s/ L AWRENCE J. M URPHY

Lawrence J. Murphy

  

Director

   October 14, 2015

By:

  

/s/ F RANK A. N EWMAN

Frank A. Newman

  

Director

   October 14, 2015

By:

  

/s/ S TEVEN A. R AYMUND

Steven A. Raymund

  

Director

   October 14, 2015

By:

  

/s/ D AVID M. S TOUT

David M. Stout

  

Director

   October 14, 2015

By:

  

/s/ M ARTHA F. B ROOKS

Martha F. Brooks

  

Director

   October 14, 2015

 

107


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE OF VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Period
     Additions and
Adjustments
Charged to Costs
and Expenses
     Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged
to Other Accounts
    Write-offs     Balance at
End of Period
 

Allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable:

            

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2015

   $ 1,994       $ 11,837       $ —        $ (2,168   $ 11,663   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2014

   $ 2,574       $ 17,056       $ —        $ (17,636   $ 1,994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2013

   $ 3,095       $ 1,617       $ —        $ (2,138   $ 2,574   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Balance at
Beginning
of Period
     Additions and
Adjustments
Charged to Costs
and Expenses
     Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged
to Other Accounts
    Write-offs     Balance at
End of Period
 

Reserve for inventory obsolescence:

            

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2015

   $ 49,431       $ 10,826       $ —        $ (16,780   $ 43,477   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2014

   $ 48,168       $ 20,515       $ —        $ (19,252   $ 49,431   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2013

   $ 31,737       $ 27,109       $ —        $ (10,678   $ 48,168   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Balance at
Beginning
of Period
     Additions
Charged to Costs
and Expenses
     Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged
to Other Accounts
    Write-offs     Balance at
End of Period
 

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes:

            

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2015

   $ 261,285       $ 79,933       $ (29,069   $ (7,329   $ 304,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2014

   $ 280,755       $ 60,334       $ (67,167   $ (12,637   $ 261,285   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2013

   $ 447,630       $ 28,221       $ (121,373   $ (73,723   $ 280,755   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, the increases charged to costs and expenses primarily related to losses in sites with existing valuation allowances. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014, the increases charged to costs and expenses primarily related to losses in sites with existing valuation allowances, which were reduced by the partial release of the U.S. valuation allowance due to the Nypro acquisition. The reductions charged to other accounts primarily related to the gain on sale of discontinued operations that utilized net operating loss carry forwards.

See accompanying report of independent registered certified public accounting firm.

 

108


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

      

Description

3.1(19)      Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.
3.2(25)      Registrant’s Bylaws, as amended.
4.1(2)      Form of Certificate for Shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock.
4.2(9)      Indenture, dated January 16, 2008, with respect to Senior Debt Securities of the Registrant, between the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee.
4.3(10)      Form of 8.250% Registered Senior Notes issued on July 18, 2008.
4.4(11)      Form of 7.750% Registered Senior Notes issued on August 11, 2009.
4.5(14)      Form of 5.625% Registered Senior Notes issued on November 2, 2010.
4.6(19)      Form of 4.700% Registered Senior Notes issued on August 3, 2012.
4.7(11)      Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated August 11, 2009.
4.8(14)      Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated November 2, 2010.
4.9(19)      Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated August 3, 2012.
10.1(3)(4)      1992 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement used thereunder, as amended.
10.2(1)(3)      Restated cash or deferred profit sharing plan under section 401(k).
10.3(1)(3)      Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Officers and Directors.
10.4(3)(13)      Jabil 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.
10.4a(7)      Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement (prior form).
10.4b(7)      Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-French Subplan Stock Option Agreement (prior form).
10.4c(7)      Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-UK Subplan CSOP Option Certificate (prior form).
10.4d(7)      Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-UK Subplan Stock Option Agreement (prior form).
10.4e(12)      Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (prior form).
10.4f(13)      Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Time-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement (prior form).
10.4g(13)      Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement (prior form).
10.4h(8)      Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (prior form).
10.4i(3)(6)      Addendum to the Terms and Conditions of the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Grantees Resident in France.
10.4j(3)(5)      Schedule to the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Grantees Resident in the United Kingdom.
10.5(3)(16)      Jabil 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.6(3)(23)      Jabil 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, as amended.
10.6a(17)      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS NON).


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

      

Description

10.6b(17)      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS OEU).
10.6c(17)      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS ONEU).
10.6d(22)      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – EU2).
10.6e(22)      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – NON-EU2).
10.6f(22)      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Non-Officer2).
10.6g(24)      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – EU3).
10.6h(24)      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – Non-EU3).
10.6i(24)      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Non-Officer3).
10.6j      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – EU4).
10.6k      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – Non-EU4).
10.6l      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Non-Officer4).
10.6m      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU TSR Officer – EU).
10.6n      Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU TSR Officer – Non-EU).
10.6o(17)      Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU DIR).
10.6p(17)      Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU NON).
10.6q(17)      Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU OEU).
10.6r(17)      Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU ONEU).
10.6s(25)      Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (ACQ TBRSU).
10.6t(20)      Form of Cash Bonus Award Agreement.
10.6u(21)      Form of Cash Bonus Award Agreement (Officer – EU).
10.6v(21)      Form of Cash Bonus Award Agreement (Officer – Non EU).
10.6w(24)      Form of Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement (SAR Officer – Non EU).
10.7(3)(15)      Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.
10.8      Amended and Restated Senior Five Year Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2015, among the Registrant; the initial lenders named therein; Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A., as co-syndication agents; BNP Paribas, Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agents; and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith Incorporated, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.
21.1      List of Subsidiaries.
23.1      Consent of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm.
24.1      Power of Attorney (See Signature page).
31.1      Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification by the Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant.
31.2      Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant.
32.1      Section 1350 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant.
32.2      Section 1350 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant.
101.INS      XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH      XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL      XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.LAB      XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

       

Description

101.PRE       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF       XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document.

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-58974) filed by the Registrant on March 3, 1993.
(2) Incorporated by reference to exhibit Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-58974) filed by the Registrant on March 17, 1993.
(3) Indicates management compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
(4) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-37701) filed by the Registrant on October 10, 1997.
(5) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-98299) filed by the Registrant on August 16, 2002.
(6) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-106123) filed by the Registrant on June 13, 2003.
(7) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004.
(8) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005.
(9) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on January 17, 2008.
(10) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.
(11) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on August 12, 2009.
(12) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.
(13) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2010.
(14) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on November 2, 2010.
(15) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-172443) filed by the Registrant on February 25, 2011.
(16) Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-172458) filed by the Registrant on February 25, 2011.
(17) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the fiscal quarter ended May 31, 2011.
(18) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011.
(19) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on August 6, 2012.
(20) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2012.
(21) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2013.
(22) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2013.
(23) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2013.
(24) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.
(25) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the fiscal quarter ended May 31, 2015.

Exhibit 10.6j

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

(PBRSU EPS - Officer-EU4)

This RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of                      (the “Grant Date”) between JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and                      (the “Grantee”).

Background Information

A. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) and stockholders of the Company previously adopted the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

B. Section 8 of the Plan provides that the Administrator shall have the discretion and right to grant Stock Awards, including Stock Awards denominated in units representing rights to receive shares, to any Employees or Consultants or Non-Employee Directors, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any additional terms provided by the Administrator. The Administrator has made a Stock Award grant denominated in units to the Grantee as of the Grant Date pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

C. The Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) may determine that it is desirable for compensation delivered pursuant to such Stock Award to be eligible to qualify for an exemption from the limit on tax deductibility of compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Compensation Committee may determine that Section 11 of the Plan is applicable to such Stock Award.

D. The Grantee desires to accept the Stock Award grant and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

E. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

Agreement

1. Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee              restricted stock units (the “Restricted Stock Units”) as of the Grant Date. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share of Common Stock if the Restricted Stock Unit becomes vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement. The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, no dividend rights and no voting rights with respect to the Restricted Stock Units or the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units unless and until the Restricted Stock Units become vested and non-forfeitable and such Shares are delivered to the Grantee in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement. The Grantee is required to pay no cash consideration for the grant of the Restricted Stock Units. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Restricted Stock Units and related rights are nontransferable as provided in


Section 5 of this Agreement, (ii) the Restricted Stock Units are subject to forfeiture in the event the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates in certain circumstances, as specified in Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) sales of Shares of Common Stock delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units will be subject to the Company’s policies regulating trading by Employees and Consultants, including any applicable “blackout” or other designated periods in which sales of Shares are not permitted, (iv) Shares delivered in settlement will be subject to any recoupment or “clawback” policy of the Company, regardless of whether such recoupment or “clawback” policy is applied with prospective or retroactive effect, and (v) any entitlement to dividend equivalents will be in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement. The extent to which the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested and non-forfeitable shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2 and 3 of this Agreement.

2. Vesting .

(a) Except as may be otherwise provided in Section 3 or Section 6 of this Agreement, the vesting of the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units shall be determined in accordance with this Section 2. The extent to which the Grantee’s interest in the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested and non-forfeitable shall be based upon the satisfaction of the performance goal specified in this Section 2 (the “Performance Goal”), subject to Section 3. The Performance Goal shall be based upon the Cumulative EPS (“Cumulative EPS”) of the Company’s adjusted core earnings per share (as defined below) during the              year period beginning              and ending on              (the “Performance Period”). The Cumulative EPS for the Performance Period shall be measured on              (“Measurement Date”) (in each case subject to adjustment under Section 7(b)). For purposes of this Agreement, “adjusted core earnings per share” means the Company’s net income determined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), before amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and related charges, and goodwill impairment charges, and net of tax and deferred tax valuation allowance charges that result from the write-off of goodwill and impairment charges, divided by the weighted average number of outstanding shares determined in accordance with GAAP.

(b) The portion of the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units, if any, that becomes vested and non-forfeitable on the Determination Date (as defined below) following the Performance Period shall be determined at the Measurement Date in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Cumulative EPS for              Fiscal Years

Beginning              and Ending             

  

Percentage of Shares

Vested

Notwithstanding the foregoing schedule, no fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the preceding limitation on the number of Shares available under this Agreement (that is, 150 percent of the related Shares), any fractional Share that would have resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share.

 

2


(c) The applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Units shall become vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with this Section 2, subject to the Committee determining and certifying in writing that the corresponding Performance Goal and all other conditions for the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units have been satisfied; provided the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director has not terminated before the Determination Date, as defined herein. This determination shall be made within ninety (90) days after the last day of the Performance Period (“Determination Date”). The Committee shall make this determination, provided that, for any Grantee who is not an “officer” of the Company for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the determination and written certification may be made by such Grantee’s divisional Executive Vice President or Chief Executive Officer, by the Chief Operating Officer of the Company or by the President of the Company (each, an “Authorized Officer”). This determination shall be based on the actual level of the Performance Goal achieved, and shall not be subject to an exercise of discretion to determine a level of achievement of the Performance Goal other than that actually achieved, provided that the Committee’s or Authorized Officer’s good faith determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons, including, but not limited to, the Company and the Grantee. The Committee or such Authorized Officer may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of compensation otherwise to be paid or earned in connection with this award, notwithstanding the level of achievement of the Performance Goal or any contrary provision of the Plan; provided no such reduction may be made after a Change in Control. The Grantee shall not be entitled to any claim or recourse if any action or inaction by the Company, or any other circumstance or event, including any circumstance or event outside the control of the Grantee, adversely affects the ability of the Grantee to satisfy the Performance Goal or in any way prevents the satisfaction of the Performance Goal.

3. Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, any portion of the Restricted Stock Units that is not yet vested on the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred:

(a) shall become fully vested on the first anniversary of the date of such Change in Control (the “Change in Control Anniversary”) if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director does not terminate prior to the Change in Control Anniversary;

(b) shall become fully vested on the Date of Termination if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates prior to the Change in Control Anniversary as a result of termination by the Company without Cause or resignation by the Grantee for Good Reason; or

(c) shall not become fully vested if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates prior to the Change in Control Anniversary as a result of termination by the Company for Cause or resignation by the Grantee without Good Reason, but only to the extent such Restricted Stock Units have not previously become vested.

 

3


For purposes of this Agreement, the references to “fully vested” refer to vesting of the number of Restricted Stock Units that would vest upon achievement of the maximum level of achievement of the Performance Goal under Section 2 at the Measurement Date. This Section 3 shall supersede the standard vesting provision contained in Section 2 of this Agreement only to the extent that it results in accelerated vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, and it shall not result in a delay of any vesting or non-vesting of any Restricted Stock Units that otherwise would occur at the Measurement Date during the Performance Period under the terms of the standard vesting provision contained in Section 2 of this Agreement.

For purposes of this Section 3, the following definitions shall apply:

(d) “Cause” means:

(i) The Grantee’s conviction of a crime involving fraud or dishonesty; or

(ii) The Grantee’s continued willful or reckless material misconduct in the performance of the Grantee’s duties after receipt of written notice from the Company concerning such misconduct;

provided, however, that for purposes of Section 3(d)(ii), Cause shall not include any one or more of the following: bad judgment, negligence or any act or omission believed by the Grantee in good faith to have been in or not opposed to the interest of the Company (without intent of the Grantee to gain, directly or indirectly, a profit to which the Grantee was not legally entitled).

(e) “Good Reason” means:

(i) The assignment to the Grantee of any duties adverse to the Grantee and materially inconsistent with the Grantee’s position (including status, titles and reporting requirement), authority, duties or responsibilities, or any other action by the Company that results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action that is not taken in bad faith;

(ii) Any material reduction in the Grantee’s compensation; or

(iii) Change in location of the Grantee’s assigned office of more than 35 miles without prior consent of the Grantee.

The Grantee’s resignation will not constitute a resignation for Good Reason unless the Grantee first provides written notice to the Company of the existence of the Good Reason within 90 days following the effective date of the occurrence of the Good Reason, and the Good Reason remains uncorrected by the Company for more than 30 days following receipt of such written notice of the Good Reason from the Grantee to the Company, and the effective date of the Grantee’s resignation is within one year following the effective date of the occurrence of the Good Reason.

 

4


4. Timing and Manner of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Settlement Timing. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units become vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with Section 2, Section 3 or Section 6 of this Agreement, the Grantee will have no right to settlement of any such Restricted Stock Units. Restricted Stock Units will be settled under this Section 4 by the Company delivering to the Grantee (or his beneficiary in the event of death) a number of Shares equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units that have become vested and non-forfeitable and are to be settled at the applicable settlement date. In the case of Restricted Stock Units that become vested and non-forfeitable at the Determination Date in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement (including Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of Section 6(a) or 6(c)), such Restricted Stock Units will be settled at a date that is as prompt as practicable after the Determination Date but in no event later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the Determination Date (settlement that is prompt but in no event later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the applicable vesting date is referred to herein as “Prompt Settlement”). The settlement of Restricted Stock Units that become vested and non-forfeitable in circumstances governed by Section 3 or Section 6(b) will be as follows:

(i) Restricted Stock Units that do not constitute a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A will be settled as follows:

(A) Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Section 6(b) (due to the Grantee’s death) will be settled within the period extending to not later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the later of the end of calendar year or the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which death occurred; and

(B) Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Section 3(a) (on the Change in Control Anniversary) or Section 3(b) (during the year following a Change in Control) will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the applicable vesting date under Section 3(a) or 3(b).

(ii) Restricted Stock Units that constitute a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A (“409A RSUs”) will be settled as follows:

(A) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 6(b) (due to the Grantee’s death) will be settled on the 30 th day after the date of the Grantee’s death;

(B) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 3(a) (on the Change in Control Anniversary), if in connection with the Change in Control there occurred a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)

 

5


(a “409A Change in Control”), will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the first anniversary of the 409A Change in Control, and if there occurred no 409A Change in Control in connection with the Change in Control, such 409A RSUs will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the earliest of the Determination Date, one year after a 409A Change in Control not related to the Change in Control or the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director, subject to Section 9(b) (including the six-month delay rule); and

(C) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 3(b) (during the year following a Change in Control) will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director, subject to Section 9(b) (including the six-month delay rule).

(b) Manner of Settlement . The Company may make delivery of shares of Common Stock in settlement of Restricted Stock Units by either delivering one or more certificates representing such Shares to the Grantee (or his beneficiary in the event of death), registered in the name of the Grantee (and any joint name, if so directed by the Grantee), or by depositing such Shares into a stock brokerage account maintained for the Grantee (or of which the Grantee is a joint owner, with the consent of the Grantee). In no event will the Company issue fractional Shares.

(c) Effect of Settlement . Neither the Grantee nor any of the Grantee’s successors, heirs, assigns or personal representatives shall have any further rights or interests in any Restricted Stock Units that have been paid and settled. Although a settlement date or range of dates for settlement are specified above in order to comply with Code Section 409A, the Company retains discretion to determine the settlement date, and no Grantee or beneficiary of a Grantee shall have any claim for damages or loss by virtue of the fact that the market price of Common Stock was higher on a given date upon which settlement could have been made as compared to the market price on or after the actual settlement date (any claim relating to settlement will be limited to a claim for delivery of Shares and related dividend equivalents).

5. Restrictions on Transfer . The Grantee shall not have the right to make or permit to occur any transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance of all or any portion of the Restricted Stock Units, related rights to dividend equivalents or any other rights relating thereto, whether outright or as security, with or without consideration, voluntary or involuntary, and the Restricted Stock Units, related rights to dividend equivalents and other rights relating thereto, shall not be subject to execution, attachment, lien, or similar process; provided, however, the Grantee will be entitled to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any settlement in respect of the Restricted Stock Units upon the death of the Grantee, in the manner and to the extent permitted by the Administrator. Any purported transfer or other transaction not permitted under this Section 5 shall be deemed null and void.

6. Forfeiture . Except as may be otherwise provided in this Section 6, the Grantee shall forfeit all of his rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents if his Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates for any reason before the Restricted Stock Units become vested in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

6


(a) Retirement . In the event of the Grantee’s Retirement in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6(a), the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be treated as not having terminated for a number of years determined in accordance with this Section 6(a) for purposes of application of the vesting provisions of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 6(a), “Retirement” means termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director after the Grant Date or the end of the Company fiscal year in the Performance Period at which the Grantee has completed twenty (20) Full Years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director.

For purposes of this Section 6(a), “Full Year” means a twelve-month period beginning on the date of the Grantee’s commencement of service for the Company or a Subsidiary and each anniversary thereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6(a), the time period of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director for a Grantee whose service with the Company or a Subsidiary terminates and who subsequently returns to service with the Company or a Subsidiary shall include all time periods of the Grantee’s service for the Company or a Subsidiary for purposes of this Section 6(a). This Section 6(a) will only apply to a Retirement if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director does not terminate due to Cause as defined in this Agreement. In addition, this Section 6(a) will only apply to a Retirement if the Grantee executes the agreement, if any, required under Section 6(d). For a Grantee who became an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director of the Company or a Subsidiary following the acquisition of his or her employer by the Company or a Subsidiary, service with the acquired employer shall not count toward the number of years of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director for purposes of this Section 6(a), and Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be measured from the commencement of the Grantee’s service for the Company or a Subsidiary following such acquisition. For purposes of this Section 6(a), the number of years of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall also include service with Jabil Circuit Co., a Michigan corporation and predecessor to the Company, and any Predecessor Subsidiary. For purposes of this Section 6(a), “Predecessor Subsidiary” means a company of which not less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares were held by Jabil Circuit Co. or a Predecessor Subsidiary. For purposes of this Section 6(a), for a Grantee who subsequent to the Grant Date performs service for the Company or a Subsidiary in a role as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary that no longer includes being a state law officer of the Company or a substantially equivalent position of a Subsidiary (“Subsequent Non-Officer Service”), the time period of such Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall not include the time period of any such Subsequent Non-Officer Service, but shall include any time period during which such Grantee subsequently resumes service for the Company or a Subsidiary in a role as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary that includes being a state law officer of the Company or a substantially equivalent position of a Subsidiary.

If this Section 6(a) applies to the Grantee’s Retirement, the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be treated as not having

 

7


terminated for the number of years beginning on the effective date of the Retirement, or the remaining portion of the vesting period, whichever is applicable, in accordance with the following table based on the Grantee’s age and full years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director at the later of the Grant Date or the Company’s fiscal year-end next preceding the effective date of the Retirement:

 

Full Years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director

20 Years    25 Years    30 or More Years
2 years    3 years    Full vesting period

Accordingly, upon such Retirement, Restricted Stock Units that otherwise would be forfeited because such Restricted Stock Units remain unvested (and not previously forfeited) at the effective date of the Retirement will not be forfeited if the Determination Date would have been reached had the Grantee remained in Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director for the additional period specified in the table above. Vesting of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 2, and settlement of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 4. Any portion of the Restricted Stock Units that could not potentially become vested under Section 2 assuming the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director as set forth in the above table will be forfeited upon Retirement. The death of the Grantee following Retirement or a Change in Control following Retirement shall not affect the application of this Section 6(a), although such events will trigger a settlement of the Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of this Section 6(a) in accordance with Section 4.

(b) Death . In the event that the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates due to death at a time that the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units have not yet vested, a pro rata portion of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units shall vest as follows: First, for purposes of Section 2, the Company shall determine the actual level of the Performance Goal achieved (such determination may be by means of a good faith estimate) as of the Company’s fiscal quarter-end coincident with or next preceding the Grantee’s death (or, if the Grantee’s death occurs in the first fiscal quarter of the Performance Period, then the Company’s fiscal quarter-end coincident with or next following the Grantee’s death) and calculating, on a preliminary basis, the resulting number of Restricted Stock Units that would have become vested (based on such calculation) as of the Determination Date. Second, a pro rata portion of that number of Restricted Stock Units will be calculated by multiplying that number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from the first day of the Performance Period through the date of death (rounding any partial month to the next whole month) and the denominator of which is      No fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the limitation under Section 2(b) on the number of related Shares available under this Agreement (that is, 150 percent of the related Shares), any fractional Share that would have

 

8


resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share. Any Restricted Stock Units that were unvested at the date of death and that exceed the pro rata portion of the Restricted Stock Units that become vested under this Section 6(b) shall be forfeited.

(c) Disability . In the event that the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates due to Disability at a time that the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units have not yet vested, a pro rata portion of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units shall remain outstanding and shall be eligible for future vesting based on the actual level of achievement in the Performance Period, provided, however, that non-forfeiture of such Restricted Stock Units will only apply if the Grantee executes the agreement, if any, required under Section 6(d). The pro rata portion shall be calculated by multiplying the number of Restricted Stock Units originally granted by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from the first day of the Performance Period through the date of termination (rounding any partial month to the next whole month) and the denominator of which is     . No fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the limitation under Section 2(b) on the number of related Shares available under this Agreement (that is, 150 percent of the related Shares), any fractional Share that would have resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share. Vesting of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 2, and settlement of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 4. The death of the Grantee following a termination governed by this Section 6(c), or a Change in Control following such termination, shall not increase or decrease the number of Restricted Stock Units forfeited or not forfeited under this Section 6(c), although such events will trigger a settlement of the Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of this Section 6(c) in accordance with Section 4. Any Restricted Stock Units that at any time after the date of a termination governed by this Section 6(c) exceed the pro rata portion of the Restricted Stock Units that remain outstanding and potentially subject to future vesting under this Section 6(c) shall be forfeited.

(d) Execution of Separation Agreement and Release . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, as a condition to the non-forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units upon Retirement under Section 6(a) or upon a termination due to Disability under Section 6(c), the Grantee shall be required to execute a separation agreement and release, in a form prescribed by the Administrator, setting forth covenants relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisparagement, confidentiality and similar covenants for the protection of the Company’s business, and releasing the Company from liability in connection with the Grantee’s termination. Such agreement shall provide for the forfeiture and/or clawback of the Restricted Stock Units subject to Section 6(a) or 6(c), and the Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, in the event of the Grantee’s failure to comply with the terms of such agreement. The Administrator will provide the form of such agreement to the Grantee at the date of termination, and the Grantee must execute and return such form within the period specified by law or, if no such period is specified, within 21 days after receipt of the form of agreement, and not revoke such agreement within any permitted revocation period (the end of these periods being the “Agreement Effectiveness Deadline”). If any Restricted Stock Units subject to Section 6(a) or 6(c) or related rights would be required to be settled before the Agreement Effectiveness Deadline, the settlement shall not be delayed pending the receipt and effectiveness of the agreement, but any such Restricted Stock Units or related rights settled before such receipt and

 

9


effectiveness shall be subject to a “clawback” (repaying to the Company the Shares and cash paid upon settlement) in the event that the agreement is not received and effective and not revoked by the Agreement Effectiveness Deadline.

7. Dividend Equivalents; Adjustments .

(a) Dividend Equivalents . During the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the date that Shares are issued in settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit, the Grantee will accrue dividend equivalents on Restricted Stock Units equal to the cash dividend or distribution that would have been paid on the Restricted Stock Unit had the Restricted Stock Unit been an issued and outstanding Share of Common Stock on the record date for the dividend or distribution. Such accrued dividend equivalents (i) will vest and become payable upon the same terms and at the same time of settlement as the Restricted Stock Units to which they relate, and (ii) will be denominated and payable solely in cash. Dividend equivalent payments, at settlement, will be net of applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and social insurance withholding taxes (subject to Section 8).

(b) Adjustments . The number of Restricted Stock Units credited to the Grantee, and each adjusted core earnings per share amount and Cumulative EPS amount specified for purposes of the Performance Goal, shall be subject to adjustment by the Company, in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan, in order to preserve without enlarging the Grantee’s rights with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. Any such adjustment shall be made taking into account any crediting of cash dividend equivalents to the Grantee under Section 7(a) in connection with such transaction or event. In the case of an extraordinary cash dividend, the Committee may determine to adjust Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units under this Section 7(b) in lieu of crediting cash dividend equivalents under Section 7(a). Restricted Stock Units credited to the Grantee as a result of an adjustment shall be subject to the same forfeiture and settlement terms as applied to the related Restricted Stock Units prior to the adjustment.

8. Responsibility for Taxes and Withholding . Regardless of any action the Company, any of its Subsidiaries and/or the Grantee’s employer takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Grantee (“Tax-Related Items”), the Grantee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Grantee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or any of its affiliates. The Grantee further acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, the delivery of Shares, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such delivery and the receipt of any dividends and/or dividend equivalents; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of any award to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Grantee becomes subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable event, the Grantee acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

10


Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, the Grantee authorizes the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

(a) withholding from the Grantee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Grantee by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries; or

(b) withholding from proceeds of the Shares acquired following settlement either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Grantee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization); or

(c) withholding in Shares to be delivered upon settlement; or

(d) withholding from dividend equivalent payments (payable in cash) related to the Shares to be delivered at settlement.

To avoid negative accounting treatment, the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Grantee is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares attributable to the awarded Restricted Stock Units, notwithstanding that a number of Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items due as a result of any aspect of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.

Finally, the Grantee shall pay to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan that are not satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if the Grantee fails to comply with the Grantee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

9. Code Section 409A .

(a) General . Payments made pursuant to this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code or to otherwise comply with Section 409A of the Code. Accordingly, other provisions of the Plan or this Agreement notwithstanding, the provisions of this Section 9 will apply in order that the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, will be exempt from or otherwise comply with Code Section 409A. In addition, the Company reserves the right, to the extent the Company deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, to unilaterally amend or modify the Plan and/or this Agreement to ensure that all Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, are exempt from or otherwise comply, and in operation comply, with Code Section 409A (including, without limitation, the avoidance of penalties thereunder). Other provisions of the Plan and this Agreement notwithstanding, the Company makes no representations that the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, will be exempt from or avoid any penalties that may apply under Code Section 409A, makes no undertaking to preclude Code Section 409A from applying to the Restricted

 

11


Stock Units and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, and will not indemnify or provide a gross up payment to a Grantee (or his beneficiary) for any taxes, interest or penalties imposed under Code Section 409A.

(b) Restrictions on 409A RSUs . In the case of any 409A RSUs, the following restrictions will apply:

(i) Separation from Service . Any payment in settlement of the 409A RSUs that is triggered by a termination of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director (or other termination of employment) hereunder will occur only if the Grantee has had a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h), with such separation from service treated as the termination for purposes of determining the timing of any settlement based on such termination.

(ii) Six-Month Delay Rule . The “six-month delay rule” will apply to 409A RSUs if these four conditions are met:

(A) the Grantee has a separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)) for a reason other than death;

(B) a payment in settlement is triggered by such separation from service; and

(C) the Grantee is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A.

If it applies, the six-month delay rule will delay a settlement of 409A RSUs triggered by separation from service where the settlement otherwise would occur within six months after the separation from service, subject to the following:

(D) any delayed payment shall be made on the date six months and one day after separation from service;

(E) during the six-month delay period, accelerated settlement will be permitted in the event of the Grantee’s death and for no other reason (including no acceleration upon a Change in Control) except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A; and

(F) any settlement that is not triggered by a separation from service, or is triggered by a separation from service but would be made more than six months after separation (without applying this six-month delay rule), shall be unaffected by the six-month delay rule.

(c) Other Compliance Provisions . The following provisions apply to Restricted Stock Units:

(i) Each tranche of Restricted Stock Units (including dividend equivalents accrued thereon) that potentially could vest at or following a Determination Date under Section 2 shall be deemed a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

 

12


(ii) The settlement of 409A RSUs may not be accelerated by the Company except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A. The Company may, however, accelerate vesting (i.e., may waive the risk of forfeiture tied to termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director) of 409A RSUs, without changing the settlement terms of such 409A RSUs.

(iii) It is understood that Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement is limited to circumstances that qualify under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(n)(2).

(iv) Any restriction imposed on 409A RSUs hereunder or under the terms of other documents solely to ensure compliance with Code Section 409A shall not be applied to a Restricted Stock Unit that is not a 409A RSU except to the extent necessary to preserve the status of such Restricted Stock Unit as not being a “deferral of compensation” under Code Section 409A.

(v) If any mandatory term required for 409A RSUs or other RSUs, or related dividend equivalents or other related rights, to avoid tax penalties under Code Section 409A is not otherwise explicitly provided under this document or other applicable documents, such term is hereby incorporated by reference and fully applicable as though set forth at length herein.

(vi) In the case of any settlement of Restricted Stock Units during a specified period following the Determination Date or other date triggering a right to settlement, the Grantee shall have no influence on any determination as to the tax year in which the settlement will be made.

(vii) In the case of any Restricted Stock Unit that is not a 409A RSU, if the circumstances arise constituting a Disability but termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director has not in fact resulted immediately without an election by the Grantee, then only the Company or a Subsidiary may elect to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director due to such Disability.

(viii) If the Company has a right of setoff that could apply to a 409A RSU, such right may only be exercised at the time the 409A RSU would have been settled, and may be exercised only as a setoff against an obligation that arose not more than 30 days before and within the same year as the settlement date if application of such setoff right against an earlier obligation would not be permitted under Code Section 409A.

10. No Effect on Employment or Rights under Plan . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee the right to continue in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary or affect any right which the Company or any Subsidiary may have

 

13


to terminate the employment of the Grantee regardless of the effect of such termination of employment on the rights of the Grantee under the Plan or this Agreement. If the Grantee’s employment is terminated for any reason whatsoever (and whether lawful or otherwise), he will not be entitled to claim any compensation for or in respect of any consequent diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or prospective) under this Agreement or any Award or otherwise in connection with the Plan. The rights and obligations of the Grantee under the terms of his employment with the Company or any Subsidiary will not be affected by his participation in the Plan or this Agreement, and neither the Plan nor this Agreement form part of any contract of employment between the Grantee and the Company or any Subsidiary. The granting of Awards under the Plan is entirely at the discretion of the Administrator, and the Grantee shall not in any circumstances have any right to be granted an Award.

11. Governing Laws . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

12. Successors; Severability; Entire Agreement; Headings . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the Grantee and their heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any rules adopted by the Company or the Administrator and applicable to this Agreement, which are incorporated herein by reference, this Agreement expresses the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to such terms, restrictions and limitations. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in construing this Agreement.

13. Grantee Acknowledgements and Consents.

(a) Grantee Consent . By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this Section 13(a). The Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data; however, failure to provide the consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. The Company and its subsidiaries hold, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, certain personal information about the Grantee, including the Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other Grantee identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, and details of all options or any other entitlement to Shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Grantee’s favor (“Data”). The Company and/or its subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located in the European Economic Area, or elsewhere throughout the world, in countries that may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Grantee’s country, such as the United States. By accepting

 

14


this Agreement electronically, the Grantee authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom the Grantee may elect to deposit any Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan. The Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Administrator; however, withdrawing consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.

(b) Voluntary Participation . The Grantee’s participation in the Plan is voluntary. The value of the Restricted Stock Units is an extraordinary item of compensation. Unless otherwise expressly provided in a separate agreement between the Grantee and the Company or a Subsidiary, the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(c) Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE HEREBY CONSENTS TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF THE PLAN, THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE PLAN AND OTHER DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE PLAN (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLAN DOCUMENTS”). THE COMPANY WILL DELIVER THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ELECTRONICALLY TO THE GRANTEE BY E-MAIL, BY POSTING SUCH DOCUMENTS ON ITS INTRANET WEBSITE OR BY ANOTHER MODE OF ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AS DETERMINED BY THE COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT SUCH PROCEDURES AND DELIVERY MAY BE EFFECTED BY A BROKER OR THIRD PARTY ENGAGED BY THE COMPANY TO PROVIDE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES RELATED TO THE PLAN. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE HEREBY CONSENTS TO ANY AND ALL PROCEDURES THE COMPANY HAS ESTABLISHED OR MAY ESTABLISH FOR ANY ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE SYSTEM FOR DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF ANY PLAN DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THIS AGREEMENT, THAT THE COMPANY MAY ELECT TO DELIVER AND AGREES THAT HIS ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE IS THE SAME AS, AND WILL HAVE THE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT AS, HIS MANUAL SIGNATURE. THE COMPANY WILL SEND TO THE GRANTEE AN E-MAIL ANNOUNCEMENT WHEN THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE ELECTRONICALLY FOR THE GRANTEE’S REVIEW, DOWNLOAD OR PRINTING AND WILL PROVIDE INSTRUCTIONS ON WHERE THE PLAN DOCUMENTS CAN BE FOUND. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN WRITING BY THE COMPANY, THE GRANTEE WILL NOT INCUR ANY COSTS FOR RECEIVING THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ELECTRONICALLY THROUGH THE COMPANY’S COMPUTER NETWORK. THE GRANTEE WILL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAPER COPIES OF ANY PLAN DOCUMENT BY SENDING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR A PAPER COPY TO THE ADMINISTRATOR. THE GRANTEE’S CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS WILL BE VALID AND REMAIN EFFECTIVE UNTIL THE EARLIER OF (i) THE TERMINATION OF THE GRANTEE’S PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN AND (ii) THE WITHDRAWAL OF THE

 

15


GRANTEE’S CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS. THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE GRANTEE HAS THE RIGHT AT ANY TIME TO WITHDRAW HIS CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS BY SENDING A WRITTEN NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL TO THE ADMINISTRATOR. IF THE GRANTEE WITHDRAWS HIS CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE, THE COMPANY WILL RESUME SENDING PAPER COPIES OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF ITS RECEIPT OF THE WITHDRAWAL NOTICE. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE IS ABLE TO ACCESS, VIEW AND RETAIN AN E-MAIL ANNOUNCEMENT INFORMING THE GRANTEE THAT THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE IN EITHER HTML, PDF OR SUCH OTHER FORMAT AS THE COMPANY DETERMINES IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION.

(d) Unfunded Plan . The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that any rights of the Grantee relating to the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights shall constitute bookkeeping entries on the books of the Company and shall not create in the Grantee any right to, or claim against, any specific assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for the Grantee. With respect to the Grantee’s entitlement to any payment hereunder, the Grantee shall be a general creditor of the Company.

14. Additional Acknowledgements . By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee and the Company agree that the Restricted Stock Units are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee has reviewed in its entirety the prospectus that summarizes the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, has had an opportunity to request a copy of the Plan in accordance with the procedure described in the prospectus, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to electronically accepting this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Agreement.

15. Country Appendix . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Unit grant and any Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the applicable terms and provisions as set forth in the Country Appendix attached hereto and incorporated herein, if any, for the Grantee’s country of residence (and country of employment or engagement as a Consultant, if different).

 

16


Acceptance by the Grantee

By selecting the “I accept” box on the website of the Company’s administrative agent, the Grantee acknowledges acceptance of, and consents to be bound by, the Plan and this Agreement and any other rules, agreements or other terms and conditions incorporated herein by reference.

 

17

Exhibit 10.6k

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

(PBRSU EPS – Officer – Non-EU4)

This RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of                      (the “Grant Date”) between JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and                      (the “Grantee”).

Background Information

A. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) and stockholders of the Company previously adopted the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

B. Section 8 of the Plan provides that the Administrator shall have the discretion and right to grant Stock Awards, including Stock Awards denominated in units representing rights to receive shares, to any Employees or Consultants or Non-Employee Directors, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any additional terms provided by the Administrator. The Administrator has made a Stock Award grant denominated in units to the Grantee as of the Grant Date pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

C. The Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) may determine that it is desirable for compensation delivered pursuant to such Stock Award to be eligible to qualify for an exemption from the limit on tax deductibility of compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Compensation Committee may determine that Section 11 of the Plan is applicable to such Stock Award.

D. The Grantee desires to accept the Stock Award grant and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

E. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

Agreement

1. Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee              restricted stock units (the “Restricted Stock Units”) as of the Grant Date. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share of Common Stock if the Restricted Stock Unit becomes vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement. The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, no dividend rights and no voting rights with respect to the Restricted Stock Units or the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units unless and until the Restricted Stock Units become vested and non-forfeitable and such Shares are delivered to the Grantee in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement. The Grantee is required to pay no cash consideration for the grant of the Restricted Stock Units. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Restricted Stock Units and related rights are nontransferable as provided in Section 5 of this Agreement, (ii) the Restricted Stock Units are subject to forfeiture in the event


the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates in certain circumstances, as specified in Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) sales of Shares of Common Stock delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units will be subject to the Company’s policies regulating trading by Employees and Consultants, including any applicable “blackout” or other designated periods in which sales of Shares are not permitted, (iv) Shares delivered in settlement will be subject to any recoupment or “clawback” policy of the Company, regardless of whether such recoupment or “clawback” policy is applied with prospective or retroactive effect, and (v) any entitlement to dividend equivalents will be in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement. The extent to which the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested and non-forfeitable shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2 and 3 of this Agreement.

2. Vesting .

(a) Except as may be otherwise provided in Section 3 or Section 6 of this Agreement, the vesting of the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units shall be determined in accordance with this Section 2. The extent to which the Grantee’s interest in the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested and non-forfeitable shall be based upon the satisfaction of the performance goal specified in this Section 2 (the “Performance Goal”), subject to Section 3. The Performance Goal shall be based upon the Cumulative EPS (“Cumulative EPS”) of the Company’s adjusted core earnings per share (as defined below) during the              year period beginning              and ending on              (the “Performance Period”). The Cumulative EPS for the Performance Period shall be measured on              (“Measurement Date”) (subject to adjustment under Section 7(b)). For purposes of this Agreement, “adjusted core earnings per share” means the Company’s net income determined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), before amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and related charges, and goodwill impairment charges, and net of tax and deferred tax valuation allowance charges that result from the write-off of goodwill and impairment charges, divided by the weighted average number of outstanding shares determined in accordance with GAAP.

(b) The portion of the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units, if any, that becomes vested and non-forfeitable on the Determination Date (as defined below) following the Performance Period shall be determined at the Measurement Date in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Cumulative EPS for              Fiscal Years

Beginning              and Ending              .

  

Percentage of Shares

Vested

 

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing schedule, no fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the preceding limitation on the number of related Shares available under this Agreement (that is, 150 percent of the related Shares), any fractional Share that would have resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share.

(c) The applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Units shall become vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with this Section 2, subject to the Committee determining and certifying in writing that the corresponding Performance Goal and all other conditions for the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units have been satisfied; provided the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director has not terminated before the Determination Date, as defined herein. This determination shall be made within ninety (90) days after the last day of the Performance Period (“Determination Date”). The Committee shall make this determination, provided that, for any Grantee who is not an “officer” of the Company for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the determination and written certification may be made by such Grantee’s divisional Executive Vice President or Chief Executive Officer, by the Chief Operating Officer of the Company or by the President of the Company (each, an “Authorized Officer”). This determination shall be based on the actual level of the Performance Goal achieved, and shall not be subject to an exercise of discretion to determine a level of achievement of the Performance Goal other than that actually achieved, provided that the Committee’s or Authorized Officer’s good faith determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons, including, but not limited to, the Company and the Grantee. The Committee or such Authorized Officer may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of compensation otherwise to be paid or earned in connection with this award, notwithstanding the level of achievement of the Performance Goal or any contrary provision of the Plan; provided, no such reduction may be made after a Change in Control. The Grantee shall not be entitled to any claim or recourse if any action or inaction by the Company, or any other circumstance or event, including any circumstance or event outside the control of the Grantee, adversely affects the ability of the Grantee to satisfy the Performance Goal or in any way prevents the satisfaction of the Performance Goal.

3. Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, any portion of the Restricted Stock Units that is not yet vested on the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred:

(a) shall become fully vested on the first anniversary of the date of such Change in Control (the “Change in Control Anniversary”) if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director does not terminate prior to the Change in Control Anniversary;

(b) shall become fully vested on the Date of Termination if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates prior to the Change in Control Anniversary as a result of termination by the Company without Cause or resignation by the Grantee for Good Reason; or

(c) shall not become fully vested if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates prior to the Change in Control Anniversary as a result of termination by the Company for Cause or resignation by the Grantee without Good Reason, but only to the extent such Restricted Stock Units have not previously become vested.

 

3


For purposes of this Agreement, the references to “fully vested” refer to vesting of the number of Restricted Stock Units that would vest upon achievement of the maximum level of achievement of the Performance Goal under Section 2 at the Measurement Date. This Section 3 shall supersede the standard vesting provision contained in Section 2 of this Agreement only to the extent that it results in accelerated vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, and it shall not result in a delay of any vesting or non-vesting of any Restricted Stock Units that otherwise would occur at the Measurement Date during the Performance Period under the terms of the standard vesting provision contained in Section 2 of this Agreement.

For purposes of this Section 3, the following definitions shall apply:

(d) “Cause” means:

(i) The Grantee’s conviction of a crime involving fraud or dishonesty; or

(ii) The Grantee’s continued willful or reckless material misconduct in the performance of the Grantee’s duties after receipt of written notice from the Company concerning such misconduct;

provided, however, that for purposes of Section 3(d)(ii), Cause shall not include any one or more of the following: bad judgment, negligence or any act or omission believed by the Grantee in good faith to have been in or not opposed to the interest of the Company (without intent of the Grantee to gain, directly or indirectly, a profit to which the Grantee was not legally entitled).

(e) “Good Reason” means:

(i) The assignment to the Grantee of any duties adverse to the Grantee and materially inconsistent with the Grantee’s position (including status, titles and reporting requirement), authority, duties or responsibilities, or any other action by the Company that results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action that is not taken in bad faith;

(ii) Any material reduction in the Grantee’s compensation; or

(iii) Change in location of the Grantee’s assigned office of more than 35 miles without prior consent of the Grantee.

 

4


The Grantee’s resignation will not constitute a resignation for Good Reason unless the Grantee first provides written notice to the Company of the existence of the Good Reason within 90 days following the effective date of the occurrence of the Good Reason, and the Good Reason remains uncorrected by the Company for more than 30 days following receipt of such written notice of the Good Reason from the Grantee to the Company, and the effective date of the Grantee’s resignation is within one year following the effective date of the occurrence of the Good Reason.

4. Timing and Manner of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Settlement Timing. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units become vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with Section 2, Section 3 or Section 6 of this Agreement, the Grantee will have no right to settlement of any such Restricted Stock Units. Restricted Stock Units will be settled under this Section 4 by the Company delivering to the Grantee (or his beneficiary in the event of death) a number of Shares equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units that have become vested and non-forfeitable and are to be settled at the applicable settlement date. In the case of Restricted Stock Units that become vested and non-forfeitable at the Determination Date in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement (including Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of Section 6(a) or 6(c)), such Restricted Stock Units will be settled at a date that is as prompt as practicable after the Determination Date but in no event later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the Determination Date (settlement that is prompt but in no event later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the applicable vesting date is referred to herein as “Prompt Settlement”). The settlement of Restricted Stock Units that become vested and non-forfeitable in circumstances governed by Section 3 or Section 6(b) will be as follows:

(i) Restricted Stock Units that do not constitute a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A will be settled as follows:

(A) Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Section 6(b) (due to the Grantee’s death) will be settled within the period extending to not later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the later of the end of calendar year or the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which death occurred; and

(B) Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Section 3(a) (on the Change in Control Anniversary) or Section 3(b) (during the year following a Change in Control) will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the applicable vesting date under Section 3(a) or 3(b).

 

5


(ii) Restricted Stock Units that constitute a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A (“409A RSUs”) will be settled as follows:

(A) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 6(b) (due to the Grantee’s death) will be settled on the 30 th day after the date of the Grantee’s death;

(B) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 3(a) (on the Change in Control Anniversary), if in connection with the Change in Control there occurred a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5) (a “409A Change in Control”), will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the first anniversary of the 409A Change in Control, and if there occurred no 409A Change in Control in connection with the Change in Control, such 409A RSUs will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the earliest of the Determination Date, one year after a 409A Change in Control not related to the Change in Control or the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director, subject to Section 9(b) (including the six-month delay rule); and

(C) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 3(b) (during the year following a Change in Control) will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director, subject to Section 9(b) (including the six-month delay rule).

(b) Manner of Settlement . The Company may make delivery of shares of Common Stock in settlement of Restricted Stock Units by either delivering one or more certificates representing such Shares to the Grantee (or his beneficiary in the event of death), registered in the name of the Grantee (and any joint name, if so directed by the Grantee), or by depositing such Shares into a stock brokerage account maintained for the Grantee (or of which the Grantee is a joint owner, with the consent of the Grantee). In no event will the Company issue fractional Shares.

(c) Effect of Settlement . Neither the Grantee nor any of the Grantee’s successors, heirs, assigns or personal representatives shall have any further rights or interests in any Restricted Stock Units that have been paid and settled. Although a settlement date or range of dates for settlement are specified above in order to comply with Code Section 409A, the Company retains discretion to determine the settlement date, and no Grantee or beneficiary of a Grantee shall have any claim for damages or loss by virtue of the fact that the market price of Common Stock was higher on a given date upon which settlement could have been made as compared to the market price on or after the actual settlement date (any claim relating to settlement will be limited to a claim for delivery of Shares and related dividend equivalents).

5. Restrictions on Transfer . The Grantee shall not have the right to make or permit to occur any transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance of all or any portion of the Restricted Stock Units, related rights to dividend equivalents or any other rights relating

 

6


thereto, whether outright or as security, with or without consideration, voluntary or involuntary, and the Restricted Stock Units, related rights to dividend equivalents and other rights relating thereto, shall not be subject to execution, attachment, lien, or similar process; provided, however, the Grantee will be entitled to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any settlement in respect of the Restricted Stock Units upon the death of the Grantee, in the manner and to the extent permitted by the Administrator. Any purported transfer or other transaction not permitted under this Section 5 shall be deemed null and void.

6. Forfeiture . Except as may be otherwise provided in this Section 6, the Grantee shall forfeit all of his rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents if his Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates for any reason before the Restricted Stock Units become vested in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement.

(a) Retirement . In the event of the Grantee’s Retirement in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6(a), the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be treated as not having terminated for a number of years determined in accordance with this Section 6(a) for purposes of application of the vesting provisions of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 6(a), “Retirement” means termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director after the earliest of:

(i) The Grant Date or the end of the Company fiscal year in the Performance Period at which the Grantee has attained age fifty (50) and completed fifteen (15) Full Years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director;

(ii) The Grant Date or the end of the Company fiscal year in the Performance Period at which the Grantee has attained age fifty-eight (58) and completed ten (10) Full Years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director; or

(iii) The Grant Date or the end of the Company fiscal year in the Performance Period at which the Grantee has attained age sixty-two (62) and completed five (5) Full Years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director.

For purposes of this Section 6(a), “Full Year” means a twelve-month period beginning on the date of the Grantee’s commencement of service for the Company or a Subsidiary and each anniversary thereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6(a), the time period of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director for a Grantee whose service with the Company or a Subsidiary terminates and who subsequently returns to service with the Company or a Subsidiary shall include all time periods of the Grantee’s service for the Company or a Subsidiary for purposes of this Section 6(a). This Section 6(a) will only apply to a Retirement if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee

 

7


Director does not terminate due to Cause as defined in this Agreement. In addition, this Section 6(a) will only apply to a Retirement if the Grantee executes the agreement, if any, required under Section 6(d). For a Grantee who became an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director of the Company or a Subsidiary following the acquisition of his or her employer by the Company or a Subsidiary, service with the acquired employer shall not count toward the number of years of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director for purposes of this Section 6(a), and Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be measured from the commencement of the Grantee’s service for the Company or a Subsidiary following such acquisition. For purposes of this Section 6(a), the number of years of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall also include service with Jabil Circuit Co., a Michigan corporation and predecessor to the Company, and any Predecessor Subsidiary. For purposes of this Section 6(a), “Predecessor Subsidiary” means a company of which not less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares were held by Jabil Circuit Co. or a Predecessor Subsidiary. For purposes of this Section 6(a), for a Grantee who subsequent to the Grant Date performs service for the Company or a Subsidiary in a role as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary that no longer includes being a state law officer of the Company or a substantially equivalent position of a Subsidiary (“Subsequent Non-Officer Service”), the time period of such Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall not include the time period of any such Subsequent Non-Officer Service, but shall include any time period during which such Grantee subsequently resumes service for the Company or a Subsidiary in a role as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary that includes being a state law officer of the Company or a substantially equivalent position of a Subsidiary.

If this Section 6(a) applies to the Grantee’s Retirement, the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be treated as not having terminated for the number of years beginning on the effective date of the Retirement, or the remaining portion of the vesting period, whichever is applicable, in accordance with the following table based on the Grantee’s age and full years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director at the later of the Grant Date or the Company’s fiscal year-end next preceding the effective date of the Retirement:

 

    

Full Years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director

Age

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

  

15 Years

  

20 or More Years

50 – 54    None    None    1 year    2 years
55 – 57    None    None    2 years    Full vesting period
58 – 61    None    2 years    3 years    Full vesting period
62 or Older    Full vesting period    Full vesting period    Full vesting period    Full vesting period

 

8


Accordingly, upon such Retirement, Restricted Stock Units that otherwise would be forfeited because such Restricted Stock Units remain unvested (and not previously forfeited) at the effective date of the Retirement will not be forfeited if the Determination Date would have been reached had the Grantee remained in Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director for the additional period specified in the table above. Vesting of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 2, and settlement of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 4. Any portion of the Restricted Stock Units that could not potentially become vested under Section 2 assuming the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director as set forth in the above table will be forfeited upon Retirement. The death of the Grantee following Retirement or a Change in Control following Retirement shall not affect the application of this Section 6(a), although such events will trigger a settlement of the Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of this Section 6(a) in accordance with Section 4.

(b) Death . In the event that the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates due to death at a time that the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units have not yet vested, a pro rata portion of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units shall vest as follows: First, for purposes of Section 2, the Company shall determine the actual level of the Performance Goal achieved (such determination may be by means of a good faith estimate) as of the Company’s fiscal quarter-end coincident with or next preceding the Grantee’s death (or, if the Grantee’s death occurs in the first fiscal quarter of the Performance Period, then the Company’s fiscal quarter-end coincident with or next following the Grantee’s death) and calculating, on a preliminary basis, the resulting number of Restricted Stock Units that would have become vested (based on such calculation) as of the Determination Date. Second, a pro rata portion of that number of Restricted Stock Units will be calculated by multiplying that number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from                      through the date of death (rounding any partial month to the next whole month) and the denominator of which is      . No fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the limitation under Section 2(b) on the number of related Shares available under this Agreement (that is, 150 percent of the related Shares), any fractional Share that would have resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share. Any Restricted Stock Units that were unvested at the date of death and that exceed the pro rata portion of the Restricted Stock Units that become vested under this Section 6(b) shall be forfeited.

(c) Disability . In the event that the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates due to Disability at a time that the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units have not yet vested, a pro rata portion of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units shall remain outstanding and shall be eligible for future vesting based on the actual level of achievement in the Performance Period, provided, however, that non-forfeiture of such Restricted Stock Units will only apply if the Grantee executes the agreement, if any, required

 

9


under Section 6(d). The pro rata portion shall be calculated by multiplying the number of Restricted Stock Units originally granted by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from the first day of the Performance Period through the date of termination (rounding any partial month to the next whole month) and the denominator of which is      . No fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the limitation under Section 2(b) on the number of related Shares available under this Agreement (that is, 150 percent of the related Shares), any fractional Share that would have resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share. Vesting of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 2, and settlement of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 4. The death of the Grantee following a termination governed by this Section 6(c), or a Change in Control following such termination, shall not increase or decrease the number of Restricted Stock Units forfeited or not forfeited under this Section 6(c), although such events will trigger a settlement of the Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of this Section 6(c) in accordance with Section 4. Any Restricted Stock Units that at any time after the date of a termination governed by this Section 6(c) exceed the pro rata portion of the Restricted Stock Units that remain outstanding and potentially subject to future vesting under this Section 6(c) shall be forfeited.

(d) Execution of Separation Agreement and Release . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, as a condition to the non-forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units upon Retirement under Section 6(a) or upon a termination due to Disability under Section 6(c), the Grantee shall be required to execute a separation agreement and release, in a form prescribed by the Administrator, setting forth covenants relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisparagement, confidentiality and similar covenants for the protection of the Company’s business, and releasing the Company from liability in connection with the Grantee’s termination. Such agreement shall provide for the forfeiture and/or clawback of the Restricted Stock Units subject to Section 6(a) or 6(c), and the Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, in the event of the Grantee’s failure to comply with the terms of such agreement. The Administrator will provide the form of such agreement to the Grantee at the date of termination, and the Grantee must execute and return such form within the period specified by law or, if no such period is specified, within 21 days after receipt of the form of agreement, and not revoke such agreement within any permitted revocation period (the end of these periods being the “Agreement Effectiveness Deadline”). If any Restricted Stock Units subject to Section 6(a) or 6(c) or related rights would be required to be settled before the Agreement Effectiveness Deadline, the settlement shall not be delayed pending the receipt and effectiveness of the agreement, but any such Restricted Stock Units or related rights settled before such receipt and effectiveness shall be subject to a “clawback” (repaying to the Company the Shares and cash paid upon settlement) in the event that the agreement is not received and effective and not revoked by the Agreement Effectiveness Deadline.

 

10


7. Dividend Equivalents; Adjustments .

(a) Dividend Equivalents . During the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the date that Shares are issued in settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit, the Grantee will accrue dividend equivalents on Restricted Stock Units (including electively deferred 409A RSUs) equal to the cash dividend or distribution that would have been paid on the Restricted Stock Unit had the Restricted Stock Unit been an issued and outstanding Share of Common Stock on the record date for the dividend or distribution. Such accrued dividend equivalents (i) will vest and become payable upon the same terms and at the same time of settlement as the Restricted Stock Units to which they relate, and (ii) will be denominated and payable solely in cash. Dividend equivalent payments, at settlement, will be net of applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and social insurance withholding taxes (subject to Section 8).

(b) Adjustments . The number of Restricted Stock Units (including electively deferred 409A RSUs) credited to the Grantee, and each adjusted core earnings per share amount and Cumulative EPS amount specified for purposes of the Performance Goal, shall be subject to adjustment by the Company, in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan, in order to preserve without enlarging the Grantee’s rights with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. Any such adjustment shall be made taking into account any crediting of cash dividend equivalents to the Grantee under Section 7(a) in connection with such transaction or event. In the case of an extraordinary cash dividend, the Committee may determine to adjust Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units under this Section 7(b) in lieu of crediting cash dividend equivalents under Section 7(a). Restricted Stock Units credited to the Grantee as a result of an adjustment shall be subject to the same forfeiture and settlement terms as applied to the related Restricted Stock Units prior to the adjustment.

8. Responsibility for Taxes and Withholding . Regardless of any action the Company, any of its Subsidiaries and/or the Grantee’s employer takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Grantee (“Tax-Related Items”), the Grantee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Grantee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or any of its affiliates. The Grantee further acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, the delivery of Shares, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such delivery and the receipt of any dividends and/or dividend equivalents; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of any award to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Grantee becomes subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable event, the Grantee acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries to satisfy all

 

11


Tax-Related Items. In this regard, the Grantee authorizes the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

(a) withholding from the Grantee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Grantee by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries; or

(b) withholding from proceeds of the Shares acquired following settlement either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Grantee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization); or

(c) withholding in Shares to be delivered upon settlement; or

(d) withholding from dividend equivalent payments (payable in cash) related to the Shares to be delivered at settlement.

To avoid negative accounting treatment, the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Grantee is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares attributable to the awarded Restricted Stock Units, notwithstanding that a number of Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items due as a result of any aspect of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.

Finally, the Grantee shall pay to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan that are not satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if the Grantee fails to comply with the Grantee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

9. Code Section 409A .

(a) General . Payments made pursuant to this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code or to otherwise comply with Section 409A of the Code. Accordingly, other provisions of the Plan or this Agreement notwithstanding, the provisions of this Section 9 will apply in order that the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, will be exempt from or otherwise comply with Code Section 409A. In addition, the Company reserves the right, to the extent the Company deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, to unilaterally amend or modify the Plan and/or this Agreement to ensure that all Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, are exempt from or otherwise comply, and in operation comply, with Code Section 409A (including, without limitation, the avoidance of penalties thereunder). Other provisions of the Plan and this Agreement notwithstanding, the Company makes no representations that the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, will be exempt from or avoid any penalties that may apply under Code Section 409A,

 

12


makes no undertaking to preclude Code Section 409A from applying to the Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, and will not indemnify or provide a gross up payment to a Grantee (or his beneficiary) for any taxes, interest or penalties imposed under Code Section 409A. Other restrictions and limitations under any deferred compensation plan or general rules applicable to deferrals apply to electively deferred 409A RSUs and related dividend equivalents and, if those provisions apply and are compliant with Code Section 409A, they shall take precedence over inconsistent provisions of this Section 9.

(b) Restrictions on 409A RSUs . In the case of any 409A RSUs, the following restrictions will apply:

(i) Separation from Service . Any payment in settlement of the 409A RSUs that is triggered by a termination of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director (or other termination of employment) hereunder will occur only if the Grantee has had a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h), with such separation from service treated as the termination for purposes of determining the timing of any settlement based on such termination.

(ii) Six-Month Delay Rule . The “six-month delay rule” will apply to 409A RSUs if these four conditions are met:

(A) the Grantee has a separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)) for a reason other than death;

(B) a payment in settlement is triggered by such separation from service; and

(C) the Grantee is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A.

If it applies, the six-month delay rule will delay a settlement of 409A RSUs triggered by separation from service where the settlement otherwise would occur within six months after the separation from service, subject to the following:

(D) any delayed payment shall be made on the date six months and one day after separation from service;

(E) during the six-month delay period, accelerated settlement will be permitted in the event of the Grantee’s death and for no other reason (including no acceleration upon a Change in Control) except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A; and

(F) any settlement that is not triggered by a separation from service, or is triggered by a separation from service but would be made more than six months after separation (without applying this six-month delay rule), shall be unaffected by the six-month delay rule.

 

13


(c) Other Compliance Provisions . The following provisions apply to Restricted Stock Units:

(i) Each tranche of Restricted Stock Units (including dividend equivalents accrued thereon) that potentially could vest at or following a Determination Date under Section 2 shall be deemed a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

(ii) The settlement of 409A RSUs may not be accelerated by the Company except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A. The Company may, however, accelerate vesting (i.e., may waive the risk of forfeiture tied to termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director) of 409A RSUs, without changing the settlement terms of such 409A RSUs.

(iii) It is understood that Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement is limited to circumstances that qualify under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(n)(2).

(iv) Any election to defer settlement of Restricted Stock Units must comply with the election timing rules under Code Section 409A.

(v) Any restriction imposed on 409A RSUs hereunder or under the terms of other documents solely to ensure compliance with Code Section 409A shall not be applied to a Restricted Stock Unit that is not a 409A RSU except to the extent necessary to preserve the status of such Restricted Stock Unit as not being a “deferral of compensation” under Code Section 409A.

(vi) If any mandatory term required for 409A RSUs or other RSUs, or related dividend equivalents or other related rights, to avoid tax penalties under Code Section 409A is not otherwise explicitly provided under this document or other applicable documents, such term is hereby incorporated by reference and fully applicable as though set forth at length herein.

(vii) In the case of any settlement of Restricted Stock Units during a specified period following the Determination Date or other date triggering a right to settlement, the Grantee shall have no influence (other than permitted deferral elections) on any determination as to the tax year in which the settlement will be made.

(viii) In the case of any Restricted Stock Unit that is not a 409A RSU, if the circumstances arise constituting a Disability but termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director has not in fact resulted immediately without an election by the Grantee, then only the Company or a Subsidiary may elect to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director due to such Disability.

(ix) If the Company has a right of setoff that could apply to a 409A RSU, such right may only be exercised at the time the 409A RSU would have been settled, and may be exercised only as a setoff against an obligation that arose not more than 30 days before and within the same year as the settlement date if application of such setoff right against an earlier obligation would not be permitted under Code Section 409A.

 

14


10. Deferral . If permitted by the Administrator, the issuance of the Shares issuable with respect to the Restricted Stock Units may be deferred upon such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator, subject to the Administrator’s determination that any such right of deferral or any term thereof complies with applicable laws or regulations in effect from time to time, including but not limited to Section 409A of the Code and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Shares issuable with respect to electively deferred 409A RSUs, and related dividend equivalents, shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and for this purpose shall be considered rights related to the 409A RSUs, to the extent applicable and not otherwise superseded by any deferred compensation plan or general rules applicable to electively deferred 409A RSUs, until such 409A RSUs are settled and the Shares issued, including but not limited to Sections 5, 6(d), 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 of this Agreement.

11. No Effect on Employment or Rights under Plan . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee the right to continue in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary or affect any right which the Company or any Subsidiary may have to terminate the employment of the Grantee regardless of the effect of such termination of employment on the rights of the Grantee under the Plan or this Agreement. If the Grantee’s employment is terminated for any reason whatsoever (and whether lawful or otherwise), he will not be entitled to claim any compensation for or in respect of any consequent diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or prospective) under this Agreement or any Award or otherwise in connection with the Plan. The rights and obligations of the Grantee under the terms of his employment with the Company or any Subsidiary will not be affected by his participation in the Plan or this Agreement, and neither the Plan nor this Agreement form part of any contract of employment between the Grantee and the Company or any Subsidiary. The granting of Awards under the Plan is entirely at the discretion of the Administrator, and the Grantee shall not in any circumstances have any right to be granted an Award.

12. Governing Laws . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

13. Successors; Severability; Entire Agreement; Headings . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the Grantee and their heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, any rules adopted by the Company or the Administrator and applicable

 

15


to this Agreement and the terms of any elective deferral of the Grantee applicable to the Restricted Stock Units, which are incorporated herein by reference, this Agreement expresses the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to such terms, restrictions and limitations. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in construing this Agreement.

14. Grantee Acknowledgements and Consents.

(a) Grantee Consent . By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this Section 14(a). The Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data; however, failure to provide the consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. The Company and its subsidiaries hold, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, certain personal information about the Grantee, including the Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other Grantee identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, and details of all options or any other entitlement to Shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Grantee’s favor (“Data”). The Company and/or its subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located in the European Economic Area, or elsewhere throughout the world, in countries that may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Grantee’s country, such as the United States. By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom the Grantee may elect to deposit any Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan. The Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Administrator; however, withdrawing consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.

(b) Voluntary Participation . The Grantee’s participation in the Plan is voluntary. The value of the Restricted Stock Units is an extraordinary item of compensation. Unless otherwise expressly provided in a separate agreement between the Grantee and the Company or a Subsidiary, the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(c) Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE HEREBY CONSENTS TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF THE PLAN, THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE PLAN AND OTHER

 

16


DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE PLAN (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLAN DOCUMENTS”). THE COMPANY WILL DELIVER THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ELECTRONICALLY TO THE GRANTEE BY E-MAIL, BY POSTING SUCH DOCUMENTS ON ITS INTRANET WEBSITE OR BY ANOTHER MODE OF ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AS DETERMINED BY THE COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT SUCH PROCEDURES AND DELIVERY MAY BE EFFECTED BY A BROKER OR THIRD PARTY ENGAGED BY THE COMPANY TO PROVIDE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES RELATED TO THE PLAN. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE HEREBY CONSENTS TO ANY AND ALL PROCEDURES THE COMPANY HAS ESTABLISHED OR MAY ESTABLISH FOR ANY ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE SYSTEM FOR DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF ANY PLAN DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THIS AGREEMENT, THAT THE COMPANY MAY ELECT TO DELIVER AND AGREES THAT HIS ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE IS THE SAME AS, AND WILL HAVE THE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT AS, HIS MANUAL SIGNATURE. THE COMPANY WILL SEND TO THE GRANTEE AN E-MAIL ANNOUNCEMENT WHEN THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE ELECTRONICALLY FOR THE GRANTEE’S REVIEW, DOWNLOAD OR PRINTING AND WILL PROVIDE INSTRUCTIONS ON WHERE THE PLAN DOCUMENTS CAN BE FOUND. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN WRITING BY THE COMPANY, THE GRANTEE WILL NOT INCUR ANY COSTS FOR RECEIVING THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ELECTRONICALLY THROUGH THE COMPANY’S COMPUTER NETWORK. THE GRANTEE WILL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAPER COPIES OF ANY PLAN DOCUMENT BY SENDING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR A PAPER COPY TO THE ADMINISTRATOR. THE GRANTEE’S CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS WILL BE VALID AND REMAIN EFFECTIVE UNTIL THE EARLIER OF (i) THE TERMINATION OF THE GRANTEE’S PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN AND (ii) THE WITHDRAWAL OF THE GRANTEE’S CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS. THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE GRANTEE HAS THE RIGHT AT ANY TIME TO WITHDRAW HIS CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS BY SENDING A WRITTEN NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL TO THE ADMINISTRATOR. IF THE GRANTEE WITHDRAWS HIS CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE, THE COMPANY WILL RESUME SENDING PAPER COPIES OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF ITS RECEIPT OF THE WITHDRAWAL NOTICE. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE IS ABLE TO ACCESS, VIEW AND RETAIN AN E-MAIL ANNOUNCEMENT INFORMING THE GRANTEE THAT THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE IN EITHER HTML, PDF OR SUCH OTHER FORMAT AS THE COMPANY DETERMINES IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION.

(d) Unfunded Plan . The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that any rights of the Grantee relating to the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights shall constitute bookkeeping entries on the books of the Company and shall not create in the Grantee any right to, or claim against, any specific assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for the Grantee. With respect to the Grantee’s entitlement to any payment hereunder, the Grantee shall be a general creditor of the Company.

 

17


15. Additional Acknowledgements . By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee and the Company agree that the Restricted Stock Units are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee has reviewed in its entirety the prospectus that summarizes the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, has had an opportunity to request a copy of the Plan in accordance with the procedure described in the prospectus, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to electronically accepting this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Agreement.

16. Country Appendix . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Unit grant and any Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the applicable terms and provisions as set forth in the Country Appendix attached hereto and incorporated herein, if any, for the Grantee’s country of residence (and country of employment or engagement as a Consultant, if different).

Acceptance by the Grantee

By selecting the “I accept” box on the website of the Company’s administrative agent, the Grantee acknowledges acceptance of, and consents to be bound by, the Plan and this Agreement and any other rules, agreements or other terms and conditions incorporated herein by reference.

 

18

Exhibit 10.6l

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

(PBRSU EPS - Non-Officer4)

This RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of                      (the “Grant Date”) between JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and                      (the “Grantee”).

Background Information

A. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) and stockholders of the Company previously adopted the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

B. Section 8 of the Plan provides that the Administrator shall have the discretion and right to grant Stock Awards, including Stock Awards denominated in units representing rights to receive shares, to any Employees or Consultants or Non-Employee Directors, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any additional terms provided by the Administrator. The Administrator has made a Stock Award grant denominated in units to the Grantee as of the Grant Date pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

C. The Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) may determine that it is desirable for compensation delivered pursuant to such Stock Award to be eligible to qualify for an exemption from the limit on tax deductibility of compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Compensation Committee may determine that Section 11 of the Plan is applicable to such Stock Award.

D. The Grantee desires to accept the Stock Award grant and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

E. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

Agreement

1. Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee              restricted stock units (the “Restricted Stock Units”) as of the Grant Date. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share of Common Stock if the Restricted Stock Unit becomes vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement. The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, no dividend rights and no voting rights with respect to the Restricted Stock Units or the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units unless and until the Restricted Stock Units become vested and non-forfeitable and such Shares are delivered to the Grantee in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement. The Grantee is required to pay no cash consideration for the grant of the Restricted Stock Units. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Restricted Stock Units and related rights are nontransferable as provided in


Section 5 of this Agreement, (ii) the Restricted Stock Units are subject to forfeiture in the event the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates in certain circumstances, as specified in Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) sales of Shares of Common Stock delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units will be subject to the Company’s policies regulating trading by Employees and Consultants, including any applicable “blackout” or other designated periods in which sales of Shares are not permitted, (iv) Shares delivered in settlement will be subject to any recoupment or “clawback” policy of the Company, regardless of whether such recoupment or “clawback” policy is applied with prospective or retroactive effect, and (v) any entitlement to dividend equivalents will be in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement. The extent to which the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested and non-forfeitable shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2 and 3 of this Agreement.

2. Vesting .

(a) Except as may be otherwise provided in Section 3 or Section 6 of this Agreement, the vesting of the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units shall be determined in accordance with this Section 2. The extent to which the Grantee’s interest in the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested and non-forfeitable shall be based upon the satisfaction of the performance goal specified in this Section 2 (the “Performance Goal”), subject to Section 3. The Performance Goal shall be based upon the Cumulative EPS (“Cumulative EPS”) of the Company’s adjusted core earnings per share (as defined below) during the              year period beginning              and ending on              (the “Performance Period”). The Cumulative EPS for the Performance Period shall be measured on              (“Measurement Date”) (subject to adjustment under Section 7(b)). For purposes of this Agreement, “adjusted core earnings per share” means the Company’s net income determined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), before amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and related charges, and goodwill impairment charges, and net of tax and deferred tax valuation allowance charges that result from the write-off of goodwill and impairment charges, divided by the weighted average number of outstanding shares determined in accordance with GAAP.

(b) The portion of the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units, if any, that becomes vested and non-forfeitable on the Determination Date (as defined below) following the Performance Period shall be determined at the Measurement Date in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Cumulative EPS for              Fiscal Years

Beginning              and Ending              .

  

Percentage of Shares

Vested

 

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing schedule, no fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the preceding limitation on the number of related Shares available under this Agreement (that is, 150 percent of the related Shares), any fractional Share that would have resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share.

(c) The applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Units shall become vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with this Section 2, subject to the Committee determining and certifying in writing that the corresponding Performance Goal and all other conditions for the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units have been satisfied; provided the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director has not terminated before the Determination Date as defined herein. This determination shall be made within ninety (90) days after the last day of the Performance Period (“Determination Date”). The Committee shall make this determination, provided that, for any Grantee who is not an “officer” of the Company for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the determination and written certification may be made by such Grantee’s divisional Executive Vice President or Chief Executive Officer, by the Chief Operating Officer of the Company or by the President of the Company (each, an “Authorized Officer”). This determination shall be based on the actual level of the Performance Goal achieved, and shall not be subject to an exercise of discretion to determine a level of achievement of the Performance Goal other than that actually achieved, provided that the Committee’s or Authorized Officer’s good faith determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons, including, but not limited to, the Company and the Grantee. The Committee or such Authorized Officer may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of compensation otherwise to be paid or earned in connection with this award, notwithstanding the level of achievement of the Performance Goal or any contrary provision of the Plan; provided, no such reduction may be made after a Change in Control. The Grantee shall not be entitled to any claim or recourse if any action or inaction by the Company, or any other circumstance or event, including any circumstance or event outside the control of the Grantee, adversely affects the ability of the Grantee to satisfy the Performance Goal or in any way prevents the satisfaction of the Performance Goal.

3. Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, any portion of the Restricted Stock Units that is not yet vested on the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred:

(a) shall become fully vested on the first anniversary of the date of such Change in Control (the “Change in Control Anniversary”) if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director does not terminate prior to the Change in Control Anniversary;

(b) shall become fully vested on the Date of Termination if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates prior to the Change in Control Anniversary as a result of termination by the Company without Cause or resignation by the Grantee for Good Reason; or

(c) shall not become fully vested if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates prior to the Change in Control Anniversary as a result of termination by the Company for Cause or resignation by the Grantee without Good Reason, but only to the extent such Restricted Stock Units have not previously become vested.

 

3


For purposes of this Agreement, the references to “fully vested” refer to vesting of the number of Restricted Stock Units that would vest upon achievement of the maximum level of achievement of the Performance Goal under Section 2 at the Measurement Date. This Section 3 shall supersede the standard vesting provision contained in Section 2 of this Agreement only to the extent that it results in accelerated vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, and it shall not result in a delay of any vesting or non-vesting of any Restricted Stock Units that otherwise would occur at the Measurement Date during the Performance Period under the terms of the standard vesting provision contained in Section 2 of this Agreement.

For purposes of this Section 3, the following definitions shall apply:

(d) “Cause” means:

(i) The Grantee’s conviction of a crime involving fraud or dishonesty; or

(ii) The Grantee’s continued willful or reckless material misconduct in the performance of the Grantee’s duties after receipt of written notice from the Company concerning such misconduct;

provided, however, that for purposes of Section 3(d)(ii), Cause shall not include any one or more of the following: bad judgment, negligence or any act or omission believed by the Grantee in good faith to have been in or not opposed to the interest of the Company (without intent of the Grantee to gain, directly or indirectly, a profit to which the Grantee was not legally entitled).

(e) “Good Reason” means:

(i) The assignment to the Grantee of any duties adverse to the Grantee and materially inconsistent with the Grantee’s position (including status, titles and reporting requirement), authority, duties or responsibilities, or any other action by the Company that results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action that is not taken in bad faith;

(ii) Any material reduction in the Grantee’s compensation; or

(iii) Change in location of the Grantee’s assigned office of more than 35 miles without prior consent of the Grantee.

 

4


The Grantee’s resignation will not constitute a resignation for Good Reason unless the Grantee first provides written notice to the Company of the existence of the Good Reason within 90 days following the effective date of the occurrence of the Good Reason, and the Good Reason remains uncorrected by the Company for more than 30 days following receipt of such written notice of the Good Reason from the Grantee to the Company, and the effective date of the Grantee’s resignation is within one year following the effective date of the occurrence of the Good Reason.

4. Timing and Manner of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Settlement Timing. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units become vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with Section 2, Section 3 or Section 6 of this Agreement, the Grantee will have no right to settlement of any such Restricted Stock Units. Restricted Stock Units will be settled under this Section 4 by the Company delivering to the Grantee (or his beneficiary in the event of death) a number of Shares equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units that have become vested and non-forfeitable and are to be settled at the applicable settlement date. In the case of Restricted Stock Units that become vested and non-forfeitable at the Determination Date in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement, such Restricted Stock Units will be settled at a date that is as prompt as practicable after the Determination Date but in no event later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the Determination Date (settlement that is prompt but in no event later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the applicable vesting date is referred to herein as “Prompt Settlement”). The settlement of Restricted Stock Units that become vested and non-forfeitable in circumstances governed by Section 3 or Section 6(a) will be as follows:

(i) Restricted Stock Units that do not constitute a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A will be settled as follows:

(A) Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Section 6(a) (due to the Grantee’s death) will be settled within the period extending to not later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the later of the end of calendar year or the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which death occurred; and

(B) Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Section 3(a) (on the Change in Control Anniversary) or Section 3(b) (during the year following a Change in Control) will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the applicable vesting date under Section 3(a) or 3(b).

 

5


(ii) Restricted Stock Units that constitute a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A (“409A RSUs”) will be settled as follows:

(A) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 6(a) (due to the Grantee’s death) will be settled on the 30 th day after the date of the Grantee’s death;

(B) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 3(a) (on the Change in Control Anniversary), if in connection with the Change in Control there occurred a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5) (a “409A Change in Control”), will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the first anniversary of the 409A Change in Control, and if there occurred no 409A Change in Control in connection with the Change in Control, such 409A RSUs will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the earliest of the Determination Date, one year after a 409A Change in Control not related to the Change in Control or the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director, subject to Section 9(b) (including the six-month delay rule); and

(C) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 3(b) (during the year following a Change in Control) will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director, subject to Section 9(b) (including the six-month delay rule).

(b) Manner of Settlement . The Company may make delivery of shares of Common Stock in settlement of Restricted Stock Units by either delivering one or more certificates representing such Shares to the Grantee (or his beneficiary in the event of death), registered in the name of the Grantee (and any joint name, if so directed by the Grantee), or by depositing such Shares into a stock brokerage account maintained for the Grantee (or of which the Grantee is a joint owner, with the consent of the Grantee). In no event will the Company issue fractional Shares.

(c) Effect of Settlement . Neither the Grantee nor any of the Grantee’s successors, heirs, assigns or personal representatives shall have any further rights or interests in any Restricted Stock Units that have been paid and settled. Although a settlement date or range of dates for settlement are specified above in order to comply with Code Section 409A, the Company retains discretion to determine the settlement date, and no Grantee or beneficiary of a Grantee shall have any claim for damages or loss by virtue of the fact that the market price of Common Stock was higher on a given date upon which settlement could have been made as compared to the market price on or after the actual settlement date (any claim relating to settlement will be limited to a claim for delivery of Shares and related dividend equivalents).

5. Restrictions on Transfer . The Grantee shall not have the right to make or permit to occur any transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance of all or any portion of the Restricted Stock Units, related rights to dividend equivalents or any other rights relating thereto, whether outright or as security, with or without consideration, voluntary or involuntary,

 

6


and the Restricted Stock Units, related rights to dividend equivalents and other rights relating thereto, shall not be subject to execution, attachment, lien, or similar process; provided, however, the Grantee will be entitled to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any settlement in respect of the Restricted Stock Units upon the death of the Grantee, in the manner and to the extent permitted by the Administrator. Any purported transfer or other transaction not permitted under this Section 5 shall be deemed null and void.

6. Forfeiture . Except as may be otherwise provided in this Section 6, the Grantee shall forfeit all of his rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents if his Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates for any reason before the Restricted Stock Units become vested in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement.

(a) Death . In the event that the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates due to death at a time that the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units have not yet vested, a pro rata portion of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units shall vest as follows: First, for purposes of Section 2, the Company shall determine the actual level of the Performance Goal achieved (such determination may be by means of a good faith estimate) as of the Company’s fiscal quarter-end coincident with or next preceding the Grantee’s death (or, if the Grantee’s death occurs in the first fiscal quarter of the Performance Period, then the Company’s fiscal quarter-end coincident with or next following the Grantee’s death) and calculating, on a preliminary basis, the resulting number of Restricted Stock Units that would have become vested (based on such calculation) as of the Determination Date. Second, a pro rata portion of that number of Restricted Stock Units will be calculated by multiplying that number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from the first day of the Performance Period through the date of death (rounding any partial month to the next whole month) and the denominator of which is      . No fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the limitation under Section 2(b) on the number of related Shares available under this Agreement (that is, 150 percent of the related Shares), any fractional Share that would have resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share. Any Restricted Stock Units that were unvested at the date of death and that exceed the pro rata portion of the Restricted Stock Units that become vested under this Section 6(a) shall be forfeited.

(b) Disability . In the event that the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates due to Disability at a time that the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units have not yet vested, a pro rata portion of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units shall remain outstanding and shall be eligible for future vesting based on the actual level of achievement in the Performance Period, provided, however, that non-forfeiture of such Restricted Stock Units will only apply if the Grantee executes the agreement, if any, required under Section 6(c). The pro rata portion shall be calculated by multiplying the number of Restricted Stock Units originally granted by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from the first day of the Performance Period through the date of termination (rounding any partial month to the next whole month) and the denominator of which is      . No fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the limitation under Section 2(b) on the number of related

 

7


Shares available under this Agreement (that is, 150 percent of the related Shares), any fractional Share that would have resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share. Vesting of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 2, and settlement of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 4. The death of the Grantee following a termination governed by this Section 6(b), or a Change in Control following such termination, shall not increase or decrease the number of Restricted Stock Units forfeited or not forfeited under this Section 6(b), although such events will trigger a settlement of the Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of this Section 6(b) in accordance with Section 4. Any Restricted Stock Units that at any time after the date of a termination governed by this Section 6(b) exceed the pro rata portion of the Restricted Stock Units that remain outstanding and potentially subject to future vesting under this Section 6(b) shall be forfeited.

(c) Execution of Separation Agreement and Release . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, as a condition to the non-forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units upon a termination due to Disability under Section 6(b), the Grantee shall be required to execute a separation agreement and release, in a form prescribed by the Administrator, setting forth covenants relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisparagement, confidentiality and similar covenants for the protection of the Company’s business, and releasing the Company from liability in connection with the Grantee’s termination. Such agreement shall provide for the forfeiture and/or clawback of the Restricted Stock Units subject to Section 6(b), and the Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, in the event of the Grantee’s failure to comply with the terms of such agreement. The Administrator will provide the form of such agreement to the Grantee at the date of termination, and the Grantee must execute and return such form within the period specified by law or, if no such period is specified, within 21 days after receipt of the form of agreement, and not revoke such agreement within any permitted revocation period (the end of these periods being the “Agreement Effectiveness Deadline”). If any Restricted Stock Units subject to Section 6(b) or related rights would be required to be settled before the Agreement Effectiveness Deadline, the settlement shall not be delayed pending the receipt and effectiveness of the agreement, but any such Restricted Stock Units or related rights settled before such receipt and effectiveness shall be subject to a “clawback” (repaying to the Company the Shares and cash paid upon settlement) in the event that the agreement is not received and effective and not revoked by the Agreement Effectiveness Deadline.

 

8


7. Dividend Equivalents; Adjustments .

(a) Dividend Equivalents . During the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the date that Shares are issued in settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit, the Grantee will accrue dividend equivalents on Restricted Stock Units equal to the cash dividend or distribution that would have been paid on the Restricted Stock Unit had the Restricted Stock Unit been an issued and outstanding Share of Common Stock on the record date for the dividend or distribution. Such accrued dividend equivalents (i) will vest and become payable upon the same terms and at the same time of settlement as the Restricted Stock Units to which they relate, and (ii) will be denominated and payable solely in cash. Dividend equivalent payments, at settlement, will be net of applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and social insurance withholding taxes (subject to Section 8).

(b) Adjustments . The number of Restricted Stock Units credited to the Grantee, and each adjusted core earnings per share amount and Cumulative EPS amount specified for purposes of the Performance Goal, shall be subject to adjustment by the Company, in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan, in order to preserve without enlarging the Grantee’s rights with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. Any such adjustment shall be made taking into account any crediting of cash dividend equivalents to the Grantee under Section 7(a) in connection with such transaction or event. In the case of an extraordinary cash dividend, the Committee may determine to adjust Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units under this Section 7(b) in lieu of crediting cash dividend equivalents under Section 7(a). Restricted Stock Units credited to the Grantee as a result of an adjustment shall be subject to the same forfeiture and settlement terms as applied to the related Restricted Stock Units prior to the adjustment.

8. Responsibility for Taxes and Withholding . Regardless of any action the Company, any of its Subsidiaries and/or the Grantee’s employer takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Grantee (“Tax-Related Items”), the Grantee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Grantee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or any of its affiliates. The Grantee further acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, the delivery of Shares, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such delivery and the receipt of any dividends and/or dividend equivalents; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of any award to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Grantee becomes subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable event, the Grantee acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, the Grantee authorizes the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

(a) withholding from the Grantee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Grantee by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries; or

 

9


(b) withholding from proceeds of the Shares acquired following settlement either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Grantee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization); or

(c) withholding in Shares to be delivered upon settlement; or

(d) withholding from dividend equivalent payments (payable in cash) related to the Shares to be delivered at settlement.

To avoid negative accounting treatment, the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Grantee is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares attributable to the awarded Restricted Stock Units, notwithstanding that a number of Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items due as a result of any aspect of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.

Finally, the Grantee shall pay to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan that are not satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if the Grantee fails to comply with the Grantee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

9. Code Section 409A .

(a) General . Payments made pursuant to this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code or to otherwise comply with Section 409A of the Code. Accordingly, other provisions of the Plan or this Agreement notwithstanding, the provisions of this Section 9 will apply in order that the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, will be exempt from or otherwise comply with Code Section 409A. In addition, the Company reserves the right, to the extent the Company deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, to unilaterally amend or modify the Plan and/or this Agreement to ensure that all Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, are exempt from or otherwise comply, and in operation comply, with Code Section 409A (including, without limitation, the avoidance of penalties thereunder). Other provisions of the Plan and this Agreement notwithstanding, the Company makes no representations that the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, will be exempt from or avoid any penalties that may apply under Code Section 409A, makes no undertaking to preclude Code Section 409A from applying to the Restricted

 

10


Stock Units and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, and will not indemnify or provide a gross up payment to a Grantee (or his beneficiary) for any taxes, interest or penalties imposed under Code Section 409A.

(b) Restrictions on 409A RSUs . In the case of any 409A RSUs, the following restrictions will apply:

(i) Separation from Service . Any payment in settlement of the 409A RSUs that is triggered by a termination of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director (or other termination of employment) hereunder will occur only if the Grantee has had a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h), with such separation from service treated as the termination for purposes of determining the timing of any settlement based on such termination.

(ii) Six-Month Delay Rule . The “six-month delay rule” will apply to 409A RSUs if these four conditions are met:

(A) the Grantee has a separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)) for a reason other than death;

(B) a payment in settlement is triggered by such separation from service; and

(C) the Grantee is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A.

If it applies, the six-month delay rule will delay a settlement of 409A RSUs triggered by separation from service where the settlement otherwise would occur within six months after the separation from service, subject to the following:

(D) any delayed payment shall be made on the date six months and one day after separation from service;

(E) during the six-month delay period, accelerated settlement will be permitted in the event of the Grantee’s death and for no other reason (including no acceleration upon a Change in Control) except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A; and

(F) any settlement that is not triggered by a separation from service, or is triggered by a separation from service but would be made more than six months after separation (without applying this six-month delay rule), shall be unaffected by the six-month delay rule.

 

11


(c) Other Compliance Provisions . The following provisions apply to Restricted Stock Units:

(i) Each tranche of Restricted Stock Units (including dividend equivalents accrued thereon) that potentially could vest at or following a Determination Date under Section 2 shall be deemed a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

(ii) The settlement of 409A RSUs may not be accelerated by the Company except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A. The Company may, however, accelerate vesting (i.e., may waive the risk of forfeiture tied to termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director) of 409A RSUs, without changing the settlement terms of such 409A RSUs.

(iii) It is understood that Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement is limited to circumstances that qualify under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(n)(2).

(iv) Any restriction imposed on 409A RSUs hereunder or under the terms of other documents solely to ensure compliance with Code Section 409A shall not be applied to a Restricted Stock Unit that is not a 409A RSU except to the extent necessary to preserve the status of such Restricted Stock Unit as not being a “deferral of compensation” under Code Section 409A.

(v) If any mandatory term required for 409A RSUs or other RSUs, or related dividend equivalents or other related rights, to avoid tax penalties under Code Section 409A is not otherwise explicitly provided under this document or other applicable documents, such term is hereby incorporated by reference and fully applicable as though set forth at length herein.

(vi) In the case of any settlement of Restricted Stock Units during a specified period following the Determination Date or other date triggering a right to settlement, the Grantee shall have no influence on any determination as to the tax year in which the settlement will be made.

(vii) In the case of any Restricted Stock Unit that is not a 409A RSU, if the circumstances arise constituting a Disability but termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director has not in fact resulted immediately without an election by the Grantee, then only the Company or a Subsidiary may elect to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director due to such Disability.

(viii) If the Company has a right of setoff that could apply to a 409A RSU, such right may only be exercised at the time the 409A RSU would have been settled, and may be exercised only as a setoff against an obligation that arose not more than 30 days before and within the same year as the settlement date if application of such setoff right against an earlier obligation would not be permitted under Code Section 409A.

 

12


10. No Effect on Employment or Rights under Plan . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee the right to continue in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary or affect any right which the Company or any Subsidiary may have to terminate the employment of the Grantee regardless of the effect of such termination of employment on the rights of the Grantee under the Plan or this Agreement. If the Grantee’s employment is terminated for any reason whatsoever (and whether lawful or otherwise), he will not be entitled to claim any compensation for or in respect of any consequent diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or prospective) under this Agreement or any Award or otherwise in connection with the Plan. The rights and obligations of the Grantee under the terms of his employment with the Company or any Subsidiary will not be affected by his participation in the Plan or this Agreement, and neither the Plan nor this Agreement form part of any contract of employment between the Grantee and the Company or any Subsidiary. The granting of Awards under the Plan is entirely at the discretion of the Administrator, and the Grantee shall not in any circumstances have any right to be granted an Award.

11. Governing Laws . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

12. Successors; Severability; Entire Agreement; Headings . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the Grantee and their heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any rules adopted by the Company or the Administrator and applicable to this Agreement, which are incorporated herein by reference, this Agreement expresses the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to such terms, restrictions and limitations. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in construing this Agreement.

13. Grantee Acknowledgements and Consents.

(a) Grantee Consent . By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this Section 13(a). The Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data; however, failure to provide the consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. The Company and its subsidiaries hold, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, certain personal information about the Grantee, including the Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other Grantee identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, and details of all options or any other entitlement to Shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Grantee’s favor (“Data”). The Company and/or its subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of

 

13


the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located in the European Economic Area, or elsewhere throughout the world, in countries that may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Grantee’s country, such as the United States. By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom the Grantee may elect to deposit any Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan. The Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Administrator; however, withdrawing consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.

(b) Voluntary Participation . The Grantee’s participation in the Plan is voluntary. The value of the Restricted Stock Units is an extraordinary item of compensation. Unless otherwise expressly provided in a separate agreement between the Grantee and the Company or a Subsidiary, the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(c) Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE HEREBY CONSENTS TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF THE PLAN, THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE PLAN AND OTHER DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE PLAN (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLAN DOCUMENTS”). THE COMPANY WILL DELIVER THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ELECTRONICALLY TO THE GRANTEE BY E-MAIL, BY POSTING SUCH DOCUMENTS ON ITS INTRANET WEBSITE OR BY ANOTHER MODE OF ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AS DETERMINED BY THE COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT SUCH PROCEDURES AND DELIVERY MAY BE EFFECTED BY A BROKER OR THIRD PARTY ENGAGED BY THE COMPANY TO PROVIDE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES RELATED TO THE PLAN. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE HEREBY CONSENTS TO ANY AND ALL PROCEDURES THE COMPANY HAS ESTABLISHED OR MAY ESTABLISH FOR ANY ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE SYSTEM FOR DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF ANY PLAN DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THIS AGREEMENT, THAT THE COMPANY MAY ELECT TO DELIVER AND AGREES THAT HIS ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE IS THE SAME AS, AND WILL HAVE THE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT AS, HIS MANUAL SIGNATURE. THE COMPANY WILL SEND TO THE GRANTEE AN E-MAIL ANNOUNCEMENT WHEN THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE ELECTRONICALLY FOR THE GRANTEE’S REVIEW, DOWNLOAD OR PRINTING AND WILL PROVIDE INSTRUCTIONS ON WHERE THE PLAN DOCUMENTS CAN BE FOUND. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN WRITING BY THE COMPANY, THE GRANTEE WILL NOT INCUR ANY COSTS FOR

 

14


RECEIVING THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ELECTRONICALLY THROUGH THE COMPANY’S COMPUTER NETWORK. THE GRANTEE WILL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAPER COPIES OF ANY PLAN DOCUMENT BY SENDING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR A PAPER COPY TO THE ADMINISTRATOR. THE GRANTEE’S CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS WILL BE VALID AND REMAIN EFFECTIVE UNTIL THE EARLIER OF (i) THE TERMINATION OF THE GRANTEE’S PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN AND (ii) THE WITHDRAWAL OF THE GRANTEE’S CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS. THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE GRANTEE HAS THE RIGHT AT ANY TIME TO WITHDRAW HIS CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS BY SENDING A WRITTEN NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL TO THE ADMINISTRATOR. IF THE GRANTEE WITHDRAWS HIS CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE, THE COMPANY WILL RESUME SENDING PAPER COPIES OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF ITS RECEIPT OF THE WITHDRAWAL NOTICE. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE IS ABLE TO ACCESS, VIEW AND RETAIN AN E-MAIL ANNOUNCEMENT INFORMING THE GRANTEE THAT THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE IN EITHER HTML, PDF OR SUCH OTHER FORMAT AS THE COMPANY DETERMINES IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION.

(d) Unfunded Plan . The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that any rights of the Grantee relating to the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights shall constitute bookkeeping entries on the books of the Company and shall not create in the Grantee any right to, or claim against, any specific assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for the Grantee. With respect to the Grantee’s entitlement to any payment hereunder, the Grantee shall be a general creditor of the Company.

14. Additional Acknowledgements . By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee and the Company agree that the Restricted Stock Units are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee has reviewed in its entirety the prospectus that summarizes the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, has had an opportunity to request a copy of the Plan in accordance with the procedure described in the prospectus, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to electronically accepting this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Agreement.

15. Country Appendix . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Unit grant and any Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the applicable terms and provisions as set forth in the Country Appendix attached hereto and incorporated herein, if any, for the Grantee’s country of residence (and country of employment or engagement as a Consultant, if different).

 

15


Acceptance by the Grantee

By selecting the “I accept” box on the website of the Company’s administrative agent, the Grantee acknowledges acceptance of, and consents to be bound by, the Plan and this Agreement and any other rules, agreements or other terms and conditions incorporated herein by reference.

 

16

Exhibit 10.6m

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

(PBRSU TSR - Officer-EU)

This RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of              (the “Grant Date”) between JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and              (the “Grantee”).

Background Information

A. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) and stockholders of the Company previously adopted the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

B. Section 8 of the Plan provides that the Administrator shall have the discretion and right to grant Stock Awards, including Stock Awards denominated in units representing rights to receive shares, to any Employees or Consultants or Non-Employee Directors, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any additional terms provided by the Administrator. The Administrator has made a Stock Award grant denominated in units to the Grantee as of the Grant Date pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

C. The Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) may determine that it is desirable for compensation delivered pursuant to such Stock Award to be eligible to qualify for an exemption from the limit on tax deductibility of compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Compensation Committee may determine that Section 11 of the Plan is applicable to such Stock Award.

D. The Grantee desires to accept the Stock Award grant and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

E. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

Agreement

1. Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee              restricted stock units (the “Restricted Stock Units”) as of the Grant Date. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share of Common Stock if the Restricted Stock Unit becomes vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement. The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, no dividend rights and no voting rights with respect to the Restricted Stock Units or the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units unless and until the Restricted Stock Units become vested and non-forfeitable and such Shares are delivered to the Grantee in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement. The Grantee is required to pay no cash consideration for the grant of the Restricted Stock Units. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Restricted Stock Units and related rights are nontransferable as provided in


Section 5 of this Agreement, (ii) the Restricted Stock Units are subject to forfeiture in the event the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates in certain circumstances, as specified in Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) sales of Shares of Common Stock delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units will be subject to the Company’s policies regulating trading by Employees and Consultants, including any applicable “blackout” or other designated periods in which sales of Shares are not permitted, (iv) Shares delivered in settlement will be subject to any recoupment or “clawback” policy of the Company, regardless of whether such recoupment or “clawback” policy is applied with prospective or retroactive effect, and (v) any entitlement to dividend equivalents will be in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement. The extent to which the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested and non-forfeitable shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2 and 3 of this Agreement.

2. Vesting .

(a) Except as may be otherwise provided in Section 3 or Section 6 of this Agreement, the vesting of the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units shall be determined in accordance with this Section 2. The extent to which the Grantee’s interest in the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested and non-forfeitable shall be based upon the satisfaction of the performance goal specified in this Section 2 (the “Performance Goal”), subject to Section 3.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) The portion of the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units, if any, that becomes vested and nonforfeitable on the Determination Date (as defined below) shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule, using linear interpolation, as certified by the Committee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c) The applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Units shall become vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with this Section 2, subject to the determination and written certification that the corresponding Performance Goal and all other conditions for the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units have been satisfied; provided the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director has not terminated before the Determination Date, as defined herein. This determination shall be made within ninety (90) days after the last day of the Performance Period (“Determination Date”). The Committee shall make this determination, provided that, for any Grantee who is not an “officer” of the Company for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the determination and written certification may be made by such Grantee’s divisional Executive Vice President or Chief Executive Officer, by the Chief Operating Officer of the Company or by the President of

 

2


the Company (each, an “Authorized Officer”). This determination shall be based on the actual level of the Performance Goal achieved, and shall not be subject to an exercise of discretion to determine a level of achievement of the Performance Goal other than that actually achieved, provided that the Committee’s or such Authorized Officer’s good faith determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons, including, but not limited to, the Company and the Grantee. The Committee or such Authorized Officer may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of compensation otherwise to be paid or earned in connection with this award, notwithstanding the level of achievement of the Performance Goal or any contrary provision of the Plan; provided no such reduction may be made after a Change in Control. The Grantee shall not be entitled to any claim or recourse if any action or inaction by the Company, or any other circumstance or event, including any circumstance or event outside the control of the Grantee, adversely affects the ability of the Grantee to satisfy the Performance Goal or in any way prevents the satisfaction of the Performance Goal.

3. Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, any portion of the Restricted Stock Units that is not yet vested on the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred:

(a) shall become fully vested on the first anniversary of the date of such Change in Control (the “Change in Control Anniversary”) if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director does not terminate prior to the Change in Control Anniversary;

(b) shall become fully vested on the Date of Termination if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates prior to the Change in Control Anniversary as a result of termination by the Company without Cause or resignation by the Grantee for Good Reason; or

(c) shall not become fully vested if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates prior to the Change in Control Anniversary as a result of termination by the Company for Cause or resignation by the Grantee without Good Reason, but only to the extent such Restricted Stock Units have not previously become vested.

For purposes of this Agreement, the references to “fully vested” refer to vesting of the number of Restricted Stock Units that would vest upon achievement of the maximum level of achievement of the Performance Goal under Section 2. This Section 3 shall supersede the standard vesting provision contained in Section 2 of this Agreement only to the extent that it results in accelerated vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, and it shall not result in a delay of any vesting or non-vesting of any Restricted Stock Units that otherwise would occur during the Performance Period under the terms of the standard vesting provision contained in Section 2 of this Agreement.

 

3


For purposes of this Section 3, the following definitions shall apply:

(d) “Cause” means:

(i) The Grantee’s conviction of a crime involving fraud or dishonesty; or

(ii) The Grantee’s continued willful or reckless material misconduct in the performance of the Grantee’s duties after receipt of written notice from the Company concerning such misconduct;

provided, however, that for purposes of Section 3(d)(ii), Cause shall not include any one or more of the following: bad judgment, negligence or any act or omission believed by the Grantee in good faith to have been in or not opposed to the interest of the Company (without intent of the Grantee to gain, directly or indirectly, a profit to which the Grantee was not legally entitled).

(e) “Good Reason” means:

(i) The assignment to the Grantee of any duties adverse to the Grantee and materially inconsistent with the Grantee’s position (including status, titles and reporting requirement), authority, duties or responsibilities, or any other action by the Company that results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action that is not taken in bad faith;

(ii) Any material reduction in the Grantee’s compensation; or

(iii) Change in location of the Grantee’s assigned office of more than 35 miles without prior consent of the Grantee.

The Grantee’s resignation will not constitute a resignation for Good Reason unless the Grantee first provides written notice to the Company of the existence of the Good Reason within 90 days following the effective date of the occurrence of the Good Reason, and the Good Reason remains uncorrected by the Company for more than 30 days following receipt of such written notice of the Good Reason from the Grantee to the Company, and the effective date of the Grantee’s resignation is within one year following the effective date of the occurrence of the Good Reason.

4. Timing and Manner of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Settlement Timing. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units become vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with Section 2, Section 3 or Section 6 of this Agreement, the Grantee will have no right to settlement of any such Restricted Stock Units. Restricted Stock Units will be settled under this Section 4 by the Company delivering to the Grantee (or his beneficiary in the event of death) a number of Shares equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units that have become vested and non-forfeitable and are to be settled at the applicable settlement date. In the case of Restricted Stock Units that become vested and non-forfeitable at the Determination Date in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement (including Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of Section 6(a) or 6(c)), such Restricted Stock Units will

 

4


be settled at a date that is as prompt as practicable after the Determination Date but in no event later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the Determination Date (settlement that is prompt but in no event later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the applicable vesting date is referred to herein as “Prompt Settlement”). The settlement of Restricted Stock Units that become vested and non-forfeitable in circumstances governed by Section 3 or Section 6(b) will be as follows:

(i) Restricted Stock Units that do not constitute a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A will be settled as follows:

(A) Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Section 6(b) (due to the Grantee’s death) will be settled within the period extending to not later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the later of the end of calendar year or the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which death occurred; and

(B) Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Section 3(a) (on the Change in Control Anniversary) or Section 3(b) (during the year following a Change in Control) will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the applicable vesting date under Section 3(a) or 3(b).

(ii) Restricted Stock Units that constitute a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A (“409A RSUs”) will be settled as follows:

(A) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 6(b) (due to the Grantee’s death) will be settled on the 30 th day after the date of the Grantee’s death;

(B) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 3(a) (on the Change in Control Anniversary), if in connection with the Change in Control there occurred a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5) (a “409A Change in Control”), will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the first anniversary of the 409A Change in Control, and if there occurred no 409A Change in Control in connection with the Change in Control, such 409A RSUs will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the earliest of the Determination Date, one year after a 409A Change in Control not related to the Change in Control or the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director, subject to Section 9(b) (including the six-month delay rule); and

(C) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 3(b) (during the year following a Change in Control) will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director, subject to Section 9(b) (including the six-month delay rule).

 

5


(b) Manner of Settlement . The Company may make delivery of shares of Common Stock in settlement of Restricted Stock Units by either delivering one or more certificates representing such Shares to the Grantee (or his beneficiary in the event of death), registered in the name of the Grantee (and any joint name, if so directed by the Grantee), or by depositing such Shares into a stock brokerage account maintained for the Grantee (or of which the Grantee is a joint owner, with the consent of the Grantee). In no event will the Company issue fractional Shares.

(c) Effect of Settlement . Neither the Grantee nor any of the Grantee’s successors, heirs, assigns or personal representatives shall have any further rights or interests in any Restricted Stock Units that have been paid and settled. Although a settlement date or range of dates for settlement are specified above in order to comply with Code Section 409A, the Company retains discretion to determine the settlement date, and no Grantee or beneficiary of a Grantee shall have any claim for damages or loss by virtue of the fact that the market price of Common Stock was higher on a given date upon which settlement could have been made as compared to the market price on or after the actual settlement date (any claim relating to settlement will be limited to a claim for delivery of Shares and related dividend equivalents).

5. Restrictions on Transfer . The Grantee shall not have the right to make or permit to occur any transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance of all or any portion of the Restricted Stock Units, related rights to dividend equivalents or any other rights relating thereto, whether outright or as security, with or without consideration, voluntary or involuntary, and the Restricted Stock Units, related rights to dividend equivalents and other rights relating thereto, shall not be subject to execution, attachment, lien, or similar process; provided, however, the Grantee will be entitled to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any settlement in respect of the Restricted Stock Units upon the death of the Grantee, in the manner and to the extent permitted by the Administrator. Any purported transfer or other transaction not permitted under this Section 5 shall be deemed null and void.

6. Forfeiture . Except as may be otherwise provided in this Section 6, the Grantee shall forfeit all of his rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents if his Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates for any reason before the Restricted Stock Units become vested in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement.

(a) Retirement . In the event of the Grantee’s Retirement in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6(a), the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be treated as not having terminated for a number of years determined in accordance with this Section 6(a) for purposes of application of the vesting provisions of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 6(a), “Retirement” means termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director after the Grant Date or the end of the Company fiscal year in the Performance Period at which the Grantee has completed twenty (20) Full Years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director.

 

6


For purposes of this Section 6(a), “Full Year” means a twelve-month period beginning on the date of the Grantee’s commencement of service for the Company or a Subsidiary and each anniversary thereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6(a), the time period of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director for a Grantee whose service with the Company or a Subsidiary terminates and who subsequently returns to service with the Company or a Subsidiary shall include all time periods of the Grantee’s service for the Company or a Subsidiary for purposes of this Section 6(a). This Section 6(a) will only apply to a Retirement if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director does not terminate due to Cause as defined in this Agreement. In addition, this Section 6(a) will only apply to a Retirement if the Grantee executes the agreement, if any, required under Section 6(d). For a Grantee who became an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director of the Company or a Subsidiary following the acquisition of his or her employer by the Company or a Subsidiary, service with the acquired employer shall not count toward the number of years of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director for purposes of this Section 6(a), and Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be measured from the commencement of the Grantee’s service for the Company or a Subsidiary following such acquisition. For purposes of this Section 6(a), the number of years of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall also include service with Jabil Circuit Co., a Michigan corporation and predecessor to the Company, and any Predecessor Subsidiary. For purposes of this Section 6(a), “Predecessor Subsidiary” means a company of which not less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares were held by Jabil Circuit Co. or a Predecessor Subsidiary. For purposes of this Section 6(a), for a Grantee who subsequent to the Grant Date performs service for the Company or a Subsidiary in a role as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary that no longer includes being a state law officer of the Company or a substantially equivalent position of a Subsidiary (“Subsequent Non-Officer Service”), the time period of such Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall not include the time period of any such Subsequent Non-Officer Service, but shall include any time period during which such Grantee subsequently resumes service for the Company or a Subsidiary in a role as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary that includes being a state law officer of the Company or a substantially equivalent position of a Subsidiary.

If this Section 6(a) applies to the Grantee’s Retirement, the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be treated as not having terminated for the number of years beginning on the effective date of the Retirement, or the remaining portion of the vesting period, whichever is applicable, in accordance with the following table based on the Grantee’s age and full years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director at the later of the Grant Date or the Company’s fiscal year-end next preceding the effective date of the Retirement:

 

Full Years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director

20 Years    25 Years    30 or More Years
2 years    3 years    Full vesting period

 

7


Accordingly, upon such Retirement, Restricted Stock Units that otherwise would be forfeited because such Restricted Stock Units remain unvested (and not previously forfeited) at the effective date of the Retirement will not be forfeited if the Determination Date would have been reached had the Grantee remained in Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director for the additional period specified in the table above. Vesting of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 2, and settlement of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 4. Any portion of the Restricted Stock Units that could not potentially become vested under Section 2 assuming the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director as set forth in the above table will be forfeited upon Retirement. The death of the Grantee following Retirement or a Change in Control following Retirement shall not affect the application of this Section 6(a), although such events will trigger a settlement of the Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of this Section 6(a) in accordance with Section 4.

(b) Death . In the event that the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates due to death at a time that the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units have not yet vested, a pro rata portion of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units shall vest as follows: First, for purposes of Section 2, the Company shall determine the actual level of the Performance Goal achieved (such determination may be by means of a good faith estimate) as of the Company’s fiscal quarter-end coincident with or next preceding the Grantee’s death (or, if the Grantee’s death occurs in the first fiscal quarter of the Performance Period, then the Company’s fiscal quarter-end coincident with or next following the Grantee’s death) and calculating, on a preliminary basis, the resulting number of Restricted Stock Units that would have become vested (based on such calculation) as of the Determination Date. Second, a pro rata portion of that number of Restricted Stock Units will be calculated by multiplying that number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from the first day of the Performance Period through the date of death (rounding any partial month to the next whole month) and the denominator of which is              . No fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the limitation under Section 2(b) on the number of related Shares available under this Agreement, any fractional Share that would have resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share. Any Restricted Stock Units that were unvested at the date of death and that exceed the pro rata portion of the Restricted Stock Units that become vested under this Section 6(b) shall be forfeited.

 

8


(c) Disability . In the event that the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates due to Disability at a time that the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units have not yet vested, a pro rata portion of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units shall remain outstanding and shall be eligible for future vesting based on the actual level of achievement in the Performance Period, provided, however, that non-forfeiture of such Restricted Stock Units will only apply if the Grantee executes the agreement, if any, required under Section 6(d). The pro rata portion shall be calculated by multiplying the number of Restricted Stock Units originally granted by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from the first day of the Performance Period through the date of termination (rounding any partial month to the next whole month) and the denominator of which is             . No fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the limitation under Section 2(b) on the number of related Shares available under this Agreement, any fractional Share that would have resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share. Vesting of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 2, and settlement of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 4. The death of the Grantee following a termination governed by this Section 6(c), or a Change in Control following such termination, shall not increase or decrease the number of Restricted Stock Units forfeited or not forfeited under this Section 6(c), although such events will trigger a settlement of the Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of this Section 6(c) in accordance with Section 4. Any Restricted Stock Units that at any time after the date of a termination governed by this Section 6(c) exceed the pro rata portion of the Restricted Stock Units that remain outstanding and potentially subject to future vesting under this Section 6(c) shall be forfeited.

(d) Execution of Separation Agreement and Release . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, as a condition to the non-forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units upon Retirement under Section 6(a) or upon a termination due to Disability under Section 6(c), the Grantee shall be required to execute a separation agreement and release, in a form prescribed by the Administrator, setting forth covenants relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisparagement, confidentiality and similar covenants for the protection of the Company’s business, and releasing the Company from liability in connection with the Grantee’s termination. Such agreement shall provide for the forfeiture and/or clawback of the Restricted Stock Units subject to Section 6(a) or 6(c), and the Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, in the event of the Grantee’s failure to comply with the terms of such agreement. The Administrator will provide the form of such agreement to the Grantee at the date of termination, and the Grantee must execute and return such form within the period specified by law or, if no such period is specified, within 21 days after receipt of the form of agreement, and not revoke such agreement within any permitted revocation period (the end of these periods being the “Agreement Effectiveness Deadline”). If any Restricted Stock Units subject to Section 6(a) or 6(c) or related rights would be required to be settled before the Agreement Effectiveness Deadline, the settlement shall not be delayed pending the receipt and effectiveness of the agreement, but any such Restricted Stock Units or related rights settled before such receipt and effectiveness shall be subject to a “clawback” (repaying to the Company the Shares and cash paid upon settlement) in the event that the agreement is not received and effective and not revoked by the Agreement Effectiveness Deadline.

 

9


7. Dividend Equivalents; Adjustments .

(a) Dividend Equivalents . During the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the date that Shares are issued in settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit, the Grantee will accrue dividend equivalents on Restricted Stock Units equal to the cash dividend or distribution that would have been paid on the Restricted Stock Unit had the Restricted Stock Unit been an issued and outstanding Share of Common Stock on the record date for the dividend or distribution. Such accrued dividend equivalents (i) will vest and become payable upon the same terms and at the same time of settlement as the Restricted Stock Units to which they relate, and (ii) will be denominated and payable solely in cash. Dividend equivalent payments, at settlement, will be net of applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and social insurance withholding taxes (subject to Section 8).

(b) Adjustments . The number of Restricted Stock Units credited to the Grantee shall be subject to adjustment by the Company, in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan, in order to preserve without enlarging the Grantee’s rights with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. Any such adjustment shall be made taking into account any crediting of cash dividend equivalents to the Grantee under Section 7(a) in connection with such transaction or event. In the case of an extraordinary cash dividend, the Committee may determine to adjust Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units under this Section 7(b) in lieu of crediting cash dividend equivalents under Section 7(a). Restricted Stock Units credited to the Grantee as a result of an adjustment shall be subject to the same forfeiture and settlement terms as applied to the related Restricted Stock Units prior to the adjustment.

8. Responsibility for Taxes and Withholding . Regardless of any action the Company, any of its Subsidiaries and/or the Grantee’s employer takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Grantee (“Tax-Related Items”), the Grantee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Grantee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or any of its affiliates. The Grantee further acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, the delivery of Shares, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such delivery and the receipt of any dividends and/or dividend equivalents; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of any award to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Grantee becomes subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable event, the Grantee acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries to satisfy all

 

10


Tax-Related Items. In this regard, the Grantee authorizes the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

(a) withholding from the Grantee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Grantee by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries; or

(b) withholding from proceeds of the Shares acquired following settlement either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Grantee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization); or

(c) withholding in Shares to be delivered upon settlement; or

(d) withholding from dividend equivalent payments (payable in cash) related to the Shares to be delivered at settlement.

To avoid negative accounting treatment, the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Grantee is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares attributable to the awarded Restricted Stock Units, notwithstanding that a number of Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items due as a result of any aspect of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.

Finally, the Grantee shall pay to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan that are not satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if the Grantee fails to comply with the Grantee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

9. Code Section 409A .

(a) General . Payments made pursuant to this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code or to otherwise comply with Section 409A of the Code. Accordingly, other provisions of the Plan or this Agreement notwithstanding, the provisions of this Section 9 will apply in order that the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, will be exempt from or otherwise comply with Code Section 409A. In addition, the Company reserves the right, to the extent the Company deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, to unilaterally amend or modify the Plan and/or this Agreement to ensure that all Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, are exempt from or otherwise comply, and in operation comply, with Code Section 409A (including, without limitation, the avoidance of penalties thereunder). Other provisions of the Plan and this Agreement notwithstanding, the Company makes no representations that the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, will be exempt from or avoid any penalties that may apply under Code Section 409A, makes no undertaking to preclude Code Section 409A from applying to the Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, and will not indemnify or provide a gross up payment to a Grantee (or his beneficiary) for any taxes, interest or penalties imposed under Code Section 409A.

 

11


(b) Restrictions on 409A RSUs . In the case of any 409A RSUs, the following restrictions will apply:

(i) Separation from Service . Any payment in settlement of the 409A RSUs that is triggered by a termination of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director (or other termination of employment) hereunder will occur only if the Grantee has had a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h), with such separation from service treated as the termination for purposes of determining the timing of any settlement based on such termination.

(ii) Six-Month Delay Rule . The “six-month delay rule” will apply to 409A RSUs if these four conditions are met:

(A) the Grantee has a separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)) for a reason other than death;

(B) a payment in settlement is triggered by such separation from service; and

(C) the Grantee is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A.

If it applies, the six-month delay rule will delay a settlement of 409A RSUs triggered by separation from service where the settlement otherwise would occur within six months after the separation from service, subject to the following:

(D) any delayed payment shall be made on the date six months and one day after separation from service;

(E) during the six-month delay period, accelerated settlement will be permitted in the event of the Grantee’s death and for no other reason (including no acceleration upon a Change in Control) except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A; and

(F) any settlement that is not triggered by a separation from service, or is triggered by a separation from service but would be made more than six months after separation (without applying this six-month delay rule), shall be unaffected by the six-month delay rule.

(c) Other Compliance Provisions . The following provisions apply to Restricted Stock Units:

(i) Each tranche of Restricted Stock Units (including dividend equivalents accrued thereon) that potentially could vest at or following a Determination Date under Section 2 shall be deemed a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

 

12


(ii) The settlement of 409A RSUs may not be accelerated by the Company except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A. The Company may, however, accelerate vesting (i.e., may waive the risk of forfeiture tied to termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director) of 409A RSUs, without changing the settlement terms of such 409A RSUs.

(iii) It is understood that Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement is limited to circumstances that qualify under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(n)(2).

(iv) Any restriction imposed on 409A RSUs hereunder or under the terms of other documents solely to ensure compliance with Code Section 409A shall not be applied to a Restricted Stock Unit that is not a 409A RSU except to the extent necessary to preserve the status of such Restricted Stock Unit as not being a “deferral of compensation” under Code Section 409A.

(v) If any mandatory term required for 409A RSUs or other RSUs, or related dividend equivalents or other related rights, to avoid tax penalties under Code Section 409A is not otherwise explicitly provided under this document or other applicable documents, such term is hereby incorporated by reference and fully applicable as though set forth at length herein.

(vi) In the case of any settlement of Restricted Stock Units during a specified period following the Determination Date or other date triggering a right to settlement, the Grantee shall have no influence on any determination as to the tax year in which the settlement will be made.

(vii) In the case of any Restricted Stock Unit that is not a 409A RSU, if the circumstances arise constituting a Disability but termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director has not in fact resulted immediately without an election by the Grantee, then only the Company or a Subsidiary may elect to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director due to such Disability.

(viii) If the Company has a right of setoff that could apply to a 409A RSU, such right may only be exercised at the time the 409A RSU would have been settled, and may be exercised only as a setoff against an obligation that arose not more than 30 days before and within the same year as the settlement date if application of such setoff right against an earlier obligation would not be permitted under Code Section 409A.

10. No Effect on Employment or Rights under Plan . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee the right to continue in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary or affect any right which the Company or any Subsidiary may have to terminate the employment of the Grantee regardless of the effect of such termination of employment on the rights of the Grantee under the Plan or this Agreement. If the Grantee’s employment is terminated for any reason whatsoever (and whether lawful or otherwise), he will

 

13


not be entitled to claim any compensation for or in respect of any consequent diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or prospective) under this Agreement or any Award or otherwise in connection with the Plan. The rights and obligations of the Grantee under the terms of his employment with the Company or any Subsidiary will not be affected by his participation in the Plan or this Agreement, and neither the Plan nor this Agreement form part of any contract of employment between the Grantee and the Company or any Subsidiary. The granting of Awards under the Plan is entirely at the discretion of the Administrator, and the Grantee shall not in any circumstances have any right to be granted an Award.

11. Governing Laws . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

12. Successors; Severability; Entire Agreement; Headings . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the Grantee and their heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any rules adopted by the Company or the Administrator and applicable to this Agreement, which are incorporated herein by reference, this Agreement expresses the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to such terms, restrictions and limitations. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in construing this Agreement.

13. Grantee Acknowledgements and Consents.

(a) Grantee Consent . By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this Section 13(a). The Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data; however, failure to provide the consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. The Company and its subsidiaries hold, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, certain personal information about the Grantee, including the Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other Grantee identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, and details of all options or any other entitlement to Shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Grantee’s favor (“Data”). The Company and/or its subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located in the European Economic Area, or elsewhere throughout the world, in countries that may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Grantee’s country, such as the United States. By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such

 

14


Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom the Grantee may elect to deposit any Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan. The Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Administrator; however, withdrawing consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.

(b) Voluntary Participation . The Grantee’s participation in the Plan is voluntary. The value of the Restricted Stock Units is an extraordinary item of compensation. Unless otherwise expressly provided in a separate agreement between the Grantee and the Company or a Subsidiary, the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(c) Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE HEREBY CONSENTS TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF THE PLAN, THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE PLAN AND OTHER DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE PLAN (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLAN DOCUMENTS”). THE COMPANY WILL DELIVER THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ELECTRONICALLY TO THE GRANTEE BY E-MAIL, BY POSTING SUCH DOCUMENTS ON ITS INTRANET WEBSITE OR BY ANOTHER MODE OF ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AS DETERMINED BY THE COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT SUCH PROCEDURES AND DELIVERY MAY BE EFFECTED BY A BROKER OR THIRD PARTY ENGAGED BY THE COMPANY TO PROVIDE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES RELATED TO THE PLAN. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE HEREBY CONSENTS TO ANY AND ALL PROCEDURES THE COMPANY HAS ESTABLISHED OR MAY ESTABLISH FOR ANY ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE SYSTEM FOR DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF ANY PLAN DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THIS AGREEMENT, THAT THE COMPANY MAY ELECT TO DELIVER AND AGREES THAT HIS ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE IS THE SAME AS, AND WILL HAVE THE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT AS, HIS MANUAL SIGNATURE. THE COMPANY WILL SEND TO THE GRANTEE AN E-MAIL ANNOUNCEMENT WHEN THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE ELECTRONICALLY FOR THE GRANTEE’S REVIEW, DOWNLOAD OR PRINTING AND WILL PROVIDE INSTRUCTIONS ON WHERE THE PLAN DOCUMENTS CAN BE FOUND. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN WRITING BY THE COMPANY, THE GRANTEE WILL NOT INCUR ANY COSTS FOR RECEIVING THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ELECTRONICALLY THROUGH THE COMPANY’S COMPUTER NETWORK. THE GRANTEE WILL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAPER COPIES OF ANY PLAN DOCUMENT BY SENDING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR A PAPER COPY TO THE ADMINISTRATOR. THE GRANTEE’S CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS WILL BE VALID AND REMAIN EFFECTIVE UNTIL THE EARLIER OF (i) THE TERMINATION OF THE GRANTEE’S PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN AND (ii) THE WITHDRAWAL OF THE GRANTEE’S CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS. THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE GRANTEE HAS THE RIGHT AT ANY TIME TO WITHDRAW HIS CONSENT TO

 

15


ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS BY SENDING A WRITTEN NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL TO THE ADMINISTRATOR. IF THE GRANTEE WITHDRAWS HIS CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE, THE COMPANY WILL RESUME SENDING PAPER COPIES OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF ITS RECEIPT OF THE WITHDRAWAL NOTICE. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE IS ABLE TO ACCESS, VIEW AND RETAIN AN E-MAIL ANNOUNCEMENT INFORMING THE GRANTEE THAT THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE IN EITHER HTML, PDF OR SUCH OTHER FORMAT AS THE COMPANY DETERMINES IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION.

(d) Unfunded Plan . The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that any rights of the Grantee relating to the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights shall constitute bookkeeping entries on the books of the Company and shall not create in the Grantee any right to, or claim against, any specific assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for the Grantee. With respect to the Grantee’s entitlement to any payment hereunder, the Grantee shall be a general creditor of the Company.

14. Additional Acknowledgements . By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee and the Company agree that the Restricted Stock Units are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee has reviewed in its entirety the prospectus that summarizes the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, has had an opportunity to request a copy of the Plan in accordance with the procedure described in the prospectus, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to electronically accepting this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Agreement.

15. Country Appendix . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Unit grant and any Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the applicable terms and provisions as set forth in the Country Appendix attached hereto and incorporated herein, if any, for the Grantee’s country of residence (and country of employment or engagement as a Consultant, if different).

Acceptance by the Grantee

By selecting the “I accept” box on the website of the Company’s administrative agent, the Grantee acknowledges acceptance of, and consents to be bound by, the Plan and this Agreement and any other rules, agreements or other terms and conditions incorporated herein by reference.

 

16

Exhibit 10.6n

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

(PBRSU TSR - Officer-Non-EU)

This RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of                      (the “Grant Date”) between JABIL CIRCUIT, INC. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and                      (the “Grantee”).

Background Information

A. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) and stockholders of the Company previously adopted the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

B. Section 8 of the Plan provides that the Administrator shall have the discretion and right to grant Stock Awards, including Stock Awards denominated in units representing rights to receive shares, to any Employees or Consultants or Non-Employee Directors, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any additional terms provided by the Administrator. The Administrator has made a Stock Award grant denominated in units to the Grantee as of the Grant Date pursuant to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

C. The Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) may determine that it is desirable for compensation delivered pursuant to such Stock Award to be eligible to qualify for an exemption from the limit on tax deductibility of compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Compensation Committee may determine that Section 11 of the Plan is applicable to such Stock Award.

D. The Grantee desires to accept the Stock Award grant and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

E. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

Agreement

1. Restricted Stock Units . Subject to the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement and the Plan, the Company hereby grants to the Grantee              restricted stock units (the “Restricted Stock Units”) as of the Grant Date. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share of Common Stock if the Restricted Stock Unit becomes vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement. The Grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company, no dividend rights and no voting rights with respect to the Restricted Stock Units or the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units unless and until the Restricted Stock Units become vested and non-forfeitable and such Shares are delivered to the Grantee in accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement. The Grantee is required to pay no cash consideration for the grant of the Restricted Stock Units. The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Restricted Stock Units and related rights are nontransferable as provided in


Section 5 of this Agreement, (ii) the Restricted Stock Units are subject to forfeiture in the event the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates in certain circumstances, as specified in Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) sales of Shares of Common Stock delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units will be subject to the Company’s policies regulating trading by Employees and Consultants, including any applicable “blackout” or other designated periods in which sales of Shares are not permitted, (iv) Shares delivered in settlement will be subject to any recoupment or “clawback” policy of the Company, regardless of whether such recoupment or “clawback” policy is applied with prospective or retroactive effect, and (v) any entitlement to dividend equivalents will be in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement. The extent to which the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested and non-forfeitable shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2 and 3 of this Agreement.

2. Vesting .

(a) Except as may be otherwise provided in Section 3 or Section 6 of this Agreement, the vesting of the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units shall be determined in accordance with this Section 2. The extent to which the Grantee’s interest in the Restricted Stock Units becomes vested and non-forfeitable shall be based upon the satisfaction of the performance goal specified in this Section 2 (the “Performance Goal”), subject to Section 3.

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) The portion of the Grantee’s rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units, if any, that becomes vested and nonforfeitable on the Determination Date (as defined below) shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule, using linear interpolation, as certified by the Committee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c) The applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Units shall become vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with this Section 2, subject to the determination and written certification that the corresponding Performance Goal and all other conditions for the vesting of the Restricted Stock Units have been satisfied; provided the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director has not terminated before the Determination Date, as defined herein. This determination shall be made within ninety (90) days after the last day of the Performance Period (“Determination Date”). The Committee shall make this determination, provided that, for any Grantee who is not an “officer” of the Company for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the determination and written certification may be made by such Grantee’s divisional Executive Vice President or Chief Executive Officer, by the Chief Operating Officer of the Company or by the President of

 

2


the Company (each, an “Authorized Officer”). This determination shall be based on the actual level of the Performance Goal achieved, and shall not be subject to an exercise of discretion to determine a level of achievement of the Performance Goal other than that actually achieved, provided that the Committee’s or such Authorized Officer’s good faith determination shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons, including, but not limited to, the Company and the Grantee. The Committee or such Authorized Officer may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of compensation otherwise to be paid or earned in connection with this award, notwithstanding the level of achievement of the Performance Goal or any contrary provision of the Plan; provided no such reduction may be made after a Change in Control. The Grantee shall not be entitled to any claim or recourse if any action or inaction by the Company, or any other circumstance or event, including any circumstance or event outside the control of the Grantee, adversely affects the ability of the Grantee to satisfy the Performance Goal or in any way prevents the satisfaction of the Performance Goal.

3. Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, any portion of the Restricted Stock Units that is not yet vested on the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred:

(a) shall become fully vested on the first anniversary of the date of such Change in Control (the “Change in Control Anniversary”) if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director does not terminate prior to the Change in Control Anniversary;

(b) shall become fully vested on the Date of Termination if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates prior to the Change in Control Anniversary as a result of termination by the Company without Cause or resignation by the Grantee for Good Reason; or

(c) shall not become fully vested if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates prior to the Change in Control Anniversary as a result of termination by the Company for Cause or resignation by the Grantee without Good Reason, but only to the extent such Restricted Stock Units have not previously become vested.

For purposes of this Agreement, the references to “fully vested” refer to vesting of the number of Restricted Stock Units that would vest upon achievement of the maximum level of achievement of the Performance Goal under Section 2. This Section 3 shall supersede the standard vesting provision contained in Section 2 of this Agreement only to the extent that it results in accelerated vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, and it shall not result in a delay of any vesting or non-vesting of any Restricted Stock Units that otherwise would occur during the Performance Period under the terms of the standard vesting provision contained in Section 2 of this Agreement.

 

3


For purposes of this Section 3, the following definitions shall apply:

(d) “Cause” means:

(i) The Grantee’s conviction of a crime involving fraud or dishonesty; or

(ii) The Grantee’s continued willful or reckless material misconduct in the performance of the Grantee’s duties after receipt of written notice from the Company concerning such misconduct;

provided, however, that for purposes of Section 3(d)(ii), Cause shall not include any one or more of the following: bad judgment, negligence or any act or omission believed by the Grantee in good faith to have been in or not opposed to the interest of the Company (without intent of the Grantee to gain, directly or indirectly, a profit to which the Grantee was not legally entitled).

(e) “Good Reason” means:

(i) The assignment to the Grantee of any duties adverse to the Grantee and materially inconsistent with the Grantee’s position (including status, titles and reporting requirement), authority, duties or responsibilities, or any other action by the Company that results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action that is not taken in bad faith;

(ii) Any material reduction in the Grantee’s compensation; or

(iii) Change in location of the Grantee’s assigned office of more than 35 miles without prior consent of the Grantee.

The Grantee’s resignation will not constitute a resignation for Good Reason unless the Grantee first provides written notice to the Company of the existence of the Good Reason within 90 days following the effective date of the occurrence of the Good Reason, and the Good Reason remains uncorrected by the Company for more than 30 days following receipt of such written notice of the Good Reason from the Grantee to the Company, and the effective date of the Grantee’s resignation is within one year following the effective date of the occurrence of the Good Reason.

4. Timing and Manner of Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Settlement Timing. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units become vested and non-forfeitable in accordance with Section 2, Section 3 or Section 6 of this Agreement, the Grantee will have no right to settlement of any such Restricted Stock Units. Restricted Stock Units will be settled under this Section 4 by the Company delivering to the Grantee (or his beneficiary in the event of death) a number of Shares equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units that have become vested and non-forfeitable and are to be settled at the applicable settlement date. In the case of Restricted Stock Units that become vested and non-forfeitable at the Determination Date in accordance with Section 2 of this Agreement (including Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of Section 6(a) or 6(c)), such Restricted Stock Units will

 

4


be settled at a date that is as prompt as practicable after the Determination Date but in no event later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the Determination Date (settlement that is prompt but in no event later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the applicable vesting date is referred to herein as “Prompt Settlement”). The settlement of Restricted Stock Units that become vested and non-forfeitable in circumstances governed by Section 3 or Section 6(b) will be as follows:

(i) Restricted Stock Units that do not constitute a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A will be settled as follows:

(A) Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Section 6(b) (due to the Grantee’s death) will be settled within the period extending to not later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the later of the end of calendar year or the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which death occurred; and

(B) Restricted Stock Units that become vested in accordance with Section 3(a) (on the Change in Control Anniversary) or Section 3(b) (during the year following a Change in Control) will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the applicable vesting date under Section 3(a) or 3(b).

(ii) Restricted Stock Units that constitute a deferral of compensation under Code Section 409A (“409A RSUs”) will be settled as follows:

(A) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 6(b) (due to the Grantee’s death) will be settled on the 30 th day after the date of the Grantee’s death;

(B) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 3(a) (on the Change in Control Anniversary), if in connection with the Change in Control there occurred a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as defined in Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5) (a “409A Change in Control”), will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the first anniversary of the 409A Change in Control, and if there occurred no 409A Change in Control in connection with the Change in Control, such 409A RSUs will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following the earliest of the Determination Date, one year after a 409A Change in Control not related to the Change in Control or the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director, subject to Section 9(b) (including the six-month delay rule); and

(C) 409A RSUs that become vested in accordance with Section 3(b) (during the year following a Change in Control) will be settled in a Prompt Settlement following termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director, subject to Section 9(b) (including the six-month delay rule).

 

5


(b) Manner of Settlement . The Company may make delivery of shares of Common Stock in settlement of Restricted Stock Units by either delivering one or more certificates representing such Shares to the Grantee (or his beneficiary in the event of death), registered in the name of the Grantee (and any joint name, if so directed by the Grantee), or by depositing such Shares into a stock brokerage account maintained for the Grantee (or of which the Grantee is a joint owner, with the consent of the Grantee). In no event will the Company issue fractional Shares.

(c) Effect of Settlement . Neither the Grantee nor any of the Grantee’s successors, heirs, assigns or personal representatives shall have any further rights or interests in any Restricted Stock Units that have been paid and settled. Although a settlement date or range of dates for settlement are specified above in order to comply with Code Section 409A, the Company retains discretion to determine the settlement date, and no Grantee or beneficiary of a Grantee shall have any claim for damages or loss by virtue of the fact that the market price of Common Stock was higher on a given date upon which settlement could have been made as compared to the market price on or after the actual settlement date (any claim relating to settlement will be limited to a claim for delivery of Shares and related dividend equivalents).

5. Restrictions on Transfer . The Grantee shall not have the right to make or permit to occur any transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance of all or any portion of the Restricted Stock Units, related rights to dividend equivalents or any other rights relating thereto, whether outright or as security, with or without consideration, voluntary or involuntary, and the Restricted Stock Units, related rights to dividend equivalents and other rights relating thereto, shall not be subject to execution, attachment, lien, or similar process; provided, however, the Grantee will be entitled to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any settlement in respect of the Restricted Stock Units upon the death of the Grantee, in the manner and to the extent permitted by the Administrator. Any purported transfer or other transaction not permitted under this Section 5 shall be deemed null and void.

6. Forfeiture . Except as may be otherwise provided in this Section 6, the Grantee shall forfeit all of his rights and interest in the Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents if his Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates for any reason before the Restricted Stock Units become vested in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement.

(a) Retirement . In the event of the Grantee’s Retirement in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6(a), the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be treated as not having terminated for a number of years determined in accordance with this Section 6(a) for purposes of application of the vesting provisions of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 6(a), “Retirement” means termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director after the earliest of:

(i) The Grant Date or the end of the Company fiscal year in the Performance Period at which the Grantee has attained age fifty (50) and completed fifteen (15) Full Years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director;

 

6


(ii) The Grant Date or the end of the Company fiscal year in the Performance Period at which the Grantee has attained age fifty-eight (58) and completed ten (10) Full Years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director; or

(iii) The Grant Date or the end of the Company fiscal year in the Performance Period at which the Grantee has attained age sixty-two (62) and completed five (5) Full Years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director.

For purposes of this Section 6(a), “Full Year” means a twelve-month period beginning on the date of the Grantee’s commencement of service for the Company or a Subsidiary and each anniversary thereof. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6(a), the time period of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director for a Grantee whose service with the Company or a Subsidiary terminates and who subsequently returns to service with the Company or a Subsidiary shall include all time periods of the Grantee’s service for the Company or a Subsidiary for purposes of this Section 6(a). This Section 6(a) will only apply to a Retirement if the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director does not terminate due to Cause as defined in this Agreement. In addition, this Section 6(a) will only apply to a Retirement if the Grantee executes the agreement, if any, required under Section 6(d). For a Grantee who became an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director of the Company or a Subsidiary following the acquisition of his or her employer by the Company or a Subsidiary, service with the acquired employer shall not count toward the number of years of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director for purposes of this Section 6(a), and Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be measured from the commencement of the Grantee ’s service for the Company or a Subsidiary following such acquisition. For purposes of this Section 6(a), the number of years of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall also include service with Jabil Circuit Co., a Michigan corporation and predecessor to the Company, and any Predecessor Subsidiary. For purposes of this Section 6(a), “Predecessor Subsidiary” means a company of which not less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares were held by Jabil Circuit Co. or a Predecessor Subsidiary. For purposes of this Section 6(a), for a Grantee who subsequent to the Grant Date performs service for the Company or a Subsidiary in a role as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary that no longer includes being a state law officer of the Company or a substantially equivalent position of a Subsidiary (“Subsequent Non-Officer Service”), the time period of such Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall not include the time period of any such Subsequent Non-Officer Service, but shall include any time period during which such Grantee subsequently resumes service for the Company or a Subsidiary in a role as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary that includes being a state law officer of the Company or a substantially equivalent position of a Subsidiary.

If this Section 6(a) applies to the Grantee’s Retirement, the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director shall be treated as not having

 

7


terminated for the number of years beginning on the effective date of the Retirement, or the remaining portion of the vesting period, whichever is applicable, in accordance with the following table based on the Grantee’s age and full years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director at the later of the Grant Date or the Company’s fiscal year-end next preceding the effective date of the Retirement:

 

Age

  

Full Years of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director

  

5 Years

  

10 Years

  

15 Years

  

20 or More Years

50 – 54    None    None    1 year    2 years
55 – 57    None    None    2 years    Full vesting period
58 – 61    None    2 years    3 years    Full vesting period
62 or Older    Full vesting period    Full vesting period    Full vesting period    Full vesting period

Accordingly, upon such Retirement, Restricted Stock Units that otherwise would be forfeited because such Restricted Stock Units remain unvested (and not previously forfeited) at the effective date of the Retirement will not be forfeited if the Determination Date would have been reached had the Grantee remained in Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director for the additional period specified in the table above. Vesting of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 2, and settlement of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 4. Any portion of the Restricted Stock Units that could not potentially become vested under Section 2 assuming the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director as set forth in the above table will be forfeited upon Retirement. The death of the Grantee following Retirement or a Change in Control following Retirement shall not affect the application of this Section 6(a), although such events will trigger a settlement of the Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of this Section 6(a) in accordance with Section 4.

(b) Death . In the event that the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates due to death at a time that the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units have not yet vested, a pro rata portion of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units shall vest as follows: First, for purposes of Section 2, the Company shall determine the actual level of the Performance Goal achieved (such determination may be by means of a good faith estimate) as of the Company’s fiscal quarter-end coincident with or next preceding the Grantee’s death (or, if the Grantee’s death occurs in the first fiscal quarter of the Performance Period, then the Company’s fiscal quarter-end coincident with or next following the Grantee’s death) and calculating, on a preliminary basis, the resulting number of Restricted Stock Units that would have become vested (based on such calculation) as of the Determination Date. Second, a pro rata portion of that number of Restricted Stock Units will be calculated by multiplying that number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from the

 

8


first day of the Performance Period through the date of death (rounding any partial month to the next whole month) and the denominator of which is     . No fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the limitation under Section 2(b) on the number of related Shares available under this Agreement, any fractional Share that would have resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share. Any Restricted Stock Units that were unvested at the date of death and that exceed the pro rata portion of the Restricted Stock Units that become vested under this Section 6(b) shall be forfeited.

(c) Disability . In the event that the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director terminates due to Disability at a time that the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units have not yet vested, a pro rata portion of the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units shall remain outstanding and shall be eligible for future vesting based on the actual level of achievement in the Performance Period, provided, however, that non-forfeiture of such Restricted Stock Units will only apply if the Grantee executes the agreement, if any, required under Section 6(d). The pro rata portion shall be calculated by multiplying the number of Restricted Stock Units originally granted by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months from the first day of the Performance Period through the date of termination (rounding any partial month to the next whole month) and the denominator of which is      . No fractional Shares shall be issued, and subject to the limitation under Section 2(b) on the number of related Shares available under this Agreement, any fractional Share that would have resulted from the foregoing calculations shall be rounded up to the next whole Share. Vesting of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 2, and settlement of such Restricted Stock Units will remain subject to Section 4. The death of the Grantee following a termination governed by this Section 6(c), or a Change in Control following such termination, shall not increase or decrease the number of Restricted Stock Units forfeited or not forfeited under this Section 6(c), although such events will trigger a settlement of the Restricted Stock Units not forfeited by operation of this Section 6(c) in accordance with Section 4. Any Restricted Stock Units that at any time after the date of a termination governed by this Section 6(c) exceed the pro rata portion of the Restricted Stock Units that remain outstanding and potentially subject to future vesting under this Section 6(c) shall be forfeited.

(d) Execution of Separation Agreement and Release . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, as a condition to the non-forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units upon Retirement under Section 6(a) or upon a termination due to Disability under Section 6(c), the Grantee shall be required to execute a separation agreement and release, in a form prescribed by the Administrator, setting forth covenants relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisparagement, confidentiality and similar covenants for the protection of the Company’s business, and releasing the Company from liability in connection with the Grantee’s termination. Such agreement shall provide for the forfeiture and/or clawback of the Restricted Stock Units subject to Section 6(a) or 6(c), and the Shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, in the event of the Grantee’s failure to comply with the terms of such agreement. The Administrator will provide the form of such agreement to the Grantee at the date of termination, and the Grantee must execute and return such form within the period specified by law or, if no such period is specified, within 21 days after receipt of the form of agreement, and not revoke such agreement within any permitted revocation period (the end of these periods being the “Agreement Effectiveness Deadline”). If any Restricted Stock Units subject to Section 6(a) or

 

9


6(c) or related rights would be required to be settled before the Agreement Effectiveness Deadline, the settlement shall not be delayed pending the receipt and effectiveness of the agreement, but any such Restricted Stock Units or related rights settled before such receipt and effectiveness shall be subject to a “clawback” (repaying to the Company the Shares and cash paid upon settlement) in the event that the agreement is not received and effective and not revoked by the Agreement Effectiveness Deadline.

7. Dividend Equivalents; Adjustments .

(a) Dividend Equivalents . During the period beginning on the Grant Date and ending on the date that Shares are issued in settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit, the Grantee will accrue dividend equivalents on Restricted Stock Units (including electively deferred 409A RSUs) equal to the cash dividend or distribution that would have been paid on the Restricted Stock Unit had the Restricted Stock Unit been an issued and outstanding Share of Common Stock on the record date for the dividend or distribution. Such accrued dividend equivalents (i) will vest and become payable upon the same terms and at the same time of settlement as the Restricted Stock Units to which they relate, and (ii) will be denominated and payable solely in cash. Dividend equivalent payments, at settlement, will be net of applicable federal, state, local and foreign income and social insurance withholding taxes (subject to Section 8).

(b) Adjustments . The number of Restricted Stock Units (including electively deferred 409A RSUs) credited to the Grantee shall be subject to adjustment by the Company, in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan, in order to preserve without enlarging the Grantee’s rights with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. Any such adjustment shall be made taking into account any crediting of cash dividend equivalents to the Grantee under Section 7(a) in connection with such transaction or event. In the case of an extraordinary cash dividend, the Committee may determine to adjust Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units under this Section 7(b) in lieu of crediting cash dividend equivalents under Section 7(a). Restricted Stock Units credited to the Grantee as a result of an adjustment shall be subject to the same forfeiture and settlement terms as applied to the related Restricted Stock Units prior to the adjustment.

8. Responsibility for Taxes and Withholding . Regardless of any action the Company, any of its Subsidiaries and/or the Grantee’s employer takes with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Grantee (“Tax-Related Items”), the Grantee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Grantee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or any of its affiliates. The Grantee further acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock Units, the delivery of Shares, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such delivery and the receipt of any dividends and/or dividend equivalents; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of any award to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Grantee becomes subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable event, the Grantee acknowledges that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

10


Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, the Grantee authorizes the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

(a) withholding from the Grantee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Grantee by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries; or

(b) withholding from proceeds of the Shares acquired following settlement either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Grantee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization); or

(c) withholding in Shares to be delivered upon settlement; or

(d) withholding from dividend equivalent payments (payable in cash) related to the Shares to be delivered at settlement.

To avoid negative accounting treatment, the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Grantee is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares attributable to the awarded Restricted Stock Units, notwithstanding that a number of Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items due as a result of any aspect of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.

Finally, the Grantee shall pay to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company and/or its Subsidiaries may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan that are not satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if the Grantee fails to comply with the Grantee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

9. Code Section 409A .

(a) General . Payments made pursuant to this Agreement are intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code or to otherwise comply with Section 409A of the Code. Accordingly, other provisions of the Plan or this Agreement notwithstanding, the provisions of this Section 9 will apply in order that the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, will be exempt from or otherwise comply with Code Section 409A. In addition, the Company reserves the right, to the extent the Company deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, to unilaterally amend or modify the Plan and/or this Agreement to ensure that all Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, are exempt from or otherwise comply, and in operation comply, with Code Section 409A (including, without limitation, the avoidance of penalties thereunder). Other provisions of the Plan and this Agreement notwithstanding, the Company makes no

 

11


representations that the Restricted Stock Units, and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, will be exempt from or avoid any penalties that may apply under Code Section 409A, makes no undertaking to preclude Code Section 409A from applying to the Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights, and will not indemnify or provide a gross up payment to a Grantee (or his beneficiary) for any taxes, interest or penalties imposed under Code Section 409A. Other restrictions and limitations under any deferred compensation plan or general rules applicable to deferrals apply to electively deferred 409A RSUs and related dividend equivalents and, if those provisions apply and are compliant with Code Section 409A, they shall take precedence over inconsistent provisions of this Section 9.

(b) Restrictions on 409A RSUs . In the case of any 409A RSUs, the following restrictions will apply:

(i) Separation from Service . Any payment in settlement of the 409A RSUs that is triggered by a termination of Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director (or other termination of employment) hereunder will occur only if the Grantee has had a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h), with such separation from service treated as the termination for purposes of determining the timing of any settlement based on such termination.

(ii) Six-Month Delay Rule . The “six-month delay rule” will apply to 409A RSUs if these four conditions are met:

(A) the Grantee has a separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(h)) for a reason other than death;

(B) a payment in settlement is triggered by such separation from service; and

(C) the Grantee is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A.

If it applies, the six-month delay rule will delay a settlement of 409A RSUs triggered by separation from service where the settlement otherwise would occur within six months after the separation from service, subject to the following:

(D) any delayed payment shall be made on the date six months and one day after separation from service;

(E) during the six-month delay period, accelerated settlement will be permitted in the event of the Grantee’s death and for no other reason (including no acceleration upon a Change in Control) except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A; and

(F) any settlement that is not triggered by a separation from service, or is triggered by a separation from service but would be made more than six months after separation (without applying this six-month delay rule), shall be unaffected by the six-month delay rule.

 

12


(c) Other Compliance Provisions . The following provisions apply to Restricted Stock Units:

(i) Each tranche of Restricted Stock Units (including dividend equivalents accrued thereon) that potentially could vest at or following a Determination Date under Section 2 shall be deemed a separate payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

(ii) The settlement of 409A RSUs may not be accelerated by the Company except to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A. The Company may, however, accelerate vesting (i.e., may waive the risk of forfeiture tied to termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director) of 409A RSUs, without changing the settlement terms of such 409A RSUs.

(iii) It is understood that Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement is limited to circumstances that qualify under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(n)(2).

(iv) Any restriction imposed on 409A RSUs hereunder or under the terms of other documents solely to ensure compliance with Code Section 409A shall not be applied to a Restricted Stock Unit that is not a 409A RSU except to the extent necessary to preserve the status of such Restricted Stock Unit as not being a “deferral of compensation” under Code Section 409A.

(v) If any mandatory term required for 409A RSUs or other RSUs, or related dividend equivalents or other related rights, to avoid tax penalties under Code Section 409A is not otherwise explicitly provided under this document or other applicable documents, such term is hereby incorporated by reference and fully applicable as though set forth at length herein.

(vi) In the case of any settlement of Restricted Stock Units during a specified period following the Determination Date or other date triggering a right to settlement, the Grantee shall have no influence (other than permitted deferral elections) on any determination as to the tax year in which the settlement will be made.

(vii) In the case of any Restricted Stock Unit that is not a 409A RSU, if the circumstances arise constituting a Disability but termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director has not in fact resulted immediately without an election by the Grantee, then only the Company or a Subsidiary may elect to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Status as an Employee or Consultant or Non-Employee Director due to such Disability.

(viii) If the Company has a right of setoff that could apply to a 409A RSU, such right may only be exercised at the time the 409A RSU would have been settled, and may be exercised only as a setoff against an obligation that arose not more than 30 days before and within the same year as the settlement date if application of such setoff right against an earlier obligation would not be permitted under Code Section 409A.

(ix) Any election to defer settlement of Restricted Stock Units must comply with the election timing rules under Code Section 409A.

 

13


10. Deferral . If permitted by the Administrator, the issuance of the Shares issuable with respect to the Restricted Stock Units may be deferred upon such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator, subject to the Administrator’s determination that any such right of deferral or any term thereof complies with applicable laws or regulations in effect from time to time, including but not limited to Section 409A of the Code and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Shares issuable with respect to electively deferred 409A RSUs, and related dividend equivalents, shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and for this purpose shall be considered rights related to the 409A RSUs, to the extent applicable and not otherwise superseded by any deferred compensation plan or general rules applicable to electively deferred 409A RSUs, until such 409A RSUs are settled and the Shares issued, including but not limited to Sections 5, 6(d), 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 and 16 of this Agreement.

11. No Effect on Employment or Rights under Plan . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer upon the Grantee the right to continue in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary or affect any right which the Company or any Subsidiary may have to terminate the employment of the Grantee regardless of the effect of such termination of employment on the rights of the Grantee under the Plan or this Agreement. If the Grantee’s employment is terminated for any reason whatsoever (and whether lawful or otherwise), he will not be entitled to claim any compensation for or in respect of any consequent diminution or extinction of his rights or benefits (actual or prospective) under this Agreement or any Award or otherwise in connection with the Plan. The rights and obligations of the Grantee under the terms of his employment with the Company or any Subsidiary will not be affected by his participation in the Plan or this Agreement, and neither the Plan nor this Agreement form part of any contract of employment between the Grantee and the Company or any Subsidiary. The granting of Awards under the Plan is entirely at the discretion of the Administrator, and the Grantee shall not in any circumstances have any right to be granted an Award.

12. Governing Laws . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

13. Successors; Severability; Entire Agreement; Headings . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the Grantee and their heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, any rules adopted by the Company or the Administrator and applicable to this Agreement and the terms of any elective deferral of the Grantee applicable to the Restricted Stock Units, which are incorporated herein by reference, this Agreement expresses the entire

 

14


understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to such terms, restrictions and limitations. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in construing this Agreement.

14. Grantee Acknowledgements and Consents.

(a) Grantee Consent . By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee voluntarily acknowledges and consents to the collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data as described in this Section 14(a). The Grantee is not obliged to consent to such collection, use, processing and transfer of personal data; however, failure to provide the consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan. The Company and its subsidiaries hold, for the purpose of managing and administering the Plan, certain personal information about the Grantee, including the Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number or other Grantee identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, and details of all options or any other entitlement to Shares of Common Stock awarded, canceled, purchased, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Grantee’s favor (“Data”). The Company and/or its subsidiaries will transfer Data among themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries may each further transfer Data to any third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may be located in the European Economic Area, or elsewhere throughout the world, in countries that may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Grantee’s country, such as the United States. By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee authorizes them to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required for the administration of the Plan and/or the subsequent holding of Shares on the Grantee’s behalf to a broker or other third party with whom the Grantee may elect to deposit any Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan. The Grantee may, at any time, review Data, require any necessary amendments to it or withdraw the consents herein in writing by contacting the Administrator; however, withdrawing consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.

(b) Voluntary Participation . The Grantee’s participation in the Plan is voluntary. The value of the Restricted Stock Units is an extraordinary item of compensation. Unless otherwise expressly provided in a separate agreement between the Grantee and the Company or a Subsidiary, the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments.

(c) Electronic Delivery and Acceptance . BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE HEREBY CONSENTS TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF THE PLAN, THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE PLAN AND OTHER DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE PLAN (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLAN DOCUMENTS”). THE COMPANY WILL DELIVER THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ELECTRONICALLY TO THE GRANTEE BY E-MAIL, BY POSTING SUCH DOCUMENTS ON ITS INTRANET WEBSITE OR BY ANOTHER MODE OF ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AS DETERMINED BY

 

15


THE COMPANY IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT SUCH PROCEDURES AND DELIVERY MAY BE EFFECTED BY A BROKER OR THIRD PARTY ENGAGED BY THE COMPANY TO PROVIDE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES RELATED TO THE PLAN. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE HEREBY CONSENTS TO ANY AND ALL PROCEDURES THE COMPANY HAS ESTABLISHED OR MAY ESTABLISH FOR ANY ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE SYSTEM FOR DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF ANY PLAN DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THIS AGREEMENT, THAT THE COMPANY MAY ELECT TO DELIVER AND AGREES THAT HIS ELECTRONIC SIGNATURE IS THE SAME AS, AND WILL HAVE THE SAME FORCE AND EFFECT AS, HIS MANUAL SIGNATURE. THE COMPANY WILL SEND TO THE GRANTEE AN E-MAIL ANNOUNCEMENT WHEN THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE ELECTRONICALLY FOR THE GRANTEE’S REVIEW, DOWNLOAD OR PRINTING AND WILL PROVIDE INSTRUCTIONS ON WHERE THE PLAN DOCUMENTS CAN BE FOUND. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN WRITING BY THE COMPANY, THE GRANTEE WILL NOT INCUR ANY COSTS FOR RECEIVING THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ELECTRONICALLY THROUGH THE COMPANY’S COMPUTER NETWORK. THE GRANTEE WILL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RECEIVE PAPER COPIES OF ANY PLAN DOCUMENT BY SENDING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR A PAPER COPY TO THE ADMINISTRATOR. THE GRANTEE’S CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS WILL BE VALID AND REMAIN EFFECTIVE UNTIL THE EARLIER OF (i) THE TERMINATION OF THE GRANTEE’S PARTICIPATION IN THE PLAN AND (ii) THE WITHDRAWAL OF THE GRANTEE’S CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS. THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE GRANTEE HAS THE RIGHT AT ANY TIME TO WITHDRAW HIS CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS BY SENDING A WRITTEN NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL TO THE ADMINISTRATOR. IF THE GRANTEE WITHDRAWS HIS CONSENT TO ELECTRONIC DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE, THE COMPANY WILL RESUME SENDING PAPER COPIES OF THE PLAN DOCUMENTS WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS OF ITS RECEIPT OF THE WITHDRAWAL NOTICE. BY ACCEPTING THIS AGREEMENT ELECTRONICALLY, THE GRANTEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE IS ABLE TO ACCESS, VIEW AND RETAIN AN E-MAIL ANNOUNCEMENT INFORMING THE GRANTEE THAT THE PLAN DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE IN EITHER HTML, PDF OR SUCH OTHER FORMAT AS THE COMPANY DETERMINES IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION.

(d) Unfunded Plan . The Grantee acknowledges and agrees that any rights of the Grantee relating to the Grantee’s Restricted Stock Units and related dividend equivalents and any other related rights shall constitute bookkeeping entries on the books of the Company and shall not create in the Grantee any right to, or claim against, any specific assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, nor result in the creation of any trust or escrow account for the Grantee. With respect to the Grantee’s entitlement to any payment hereunder, the Grantee shall be a general creditor of the Company.

15. Additional Acknowledgements . By accepting this Agreement electronically, the Grantee and the Company agree that the Restricted Stock Units are granted under and governed

 

16


by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee has reviewed in its entirety the prospectus that summarizes the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, has had an opportunity to request a copy of the Plan in accordance with the procedure described in the prospectus, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to electronically accepting this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Grantee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Agreement.

16. Country Appendix . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Restricted Stock Unit grant and any Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the applicable terms and provisions as set forth in the Country Appendix attached hereto and incorporated herein, if any, for the Grantee’s country of residence (and country of employment or engagement as a Consultant, if different).

Acceptance by the Grantee

By selecting the “I accept” box on the website of the Company’s administrative agent, the Grantee acknowledges acceptance of, and consents to be bound by, the Plan and this Agreement and any other rules, agreements or other terms and conditions incorporated herein by reference.

 

17

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of July 6, 2015

Among

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

as Borrower

and

THE INITIAL LENDERS NAMED HEREIN

as Initial Lenders

and

CITIBANK, N.A.

as Administrative Agent

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A

as Co-Syndication Agents

and

BNP PARIBAS

MIZUHO BANK, LTD.

and

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

as Documentation Agents

 

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

BNP PARIBAS SECURITIES CORP.

MIZUHO BANK, LTD.

and

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms

     1   

SECTION 3.03. Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing, Issuance, Commitment Increase and Commitment Extension .

     33   

Schedules

Schedule I - List of Applicable Lending Offices

Schedule 2.01(b) – Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 3.01(b) - Disclosed Litigation

Schedule 5.02(a) - Existing Liens

Schedule 5.02(d) - Existing Debt

 

Exhibits     
Exhibit A-1   -      Form of Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit A-2   -      Form of Term Note
Exhibit B   -      Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit C   -      Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit D   -      Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Company
Exhibit E   -      Form of Designation Agreement


AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of July 6, 2015

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the banks, financial institutions and other institutional lenders (the “ Initial Lenders ”) listed on Schedule I hereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as co-syndication agents, BNP PARIBAS, MIZUHO BANK, LTD. and THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as documentation agents, and CITIBANK, N.A. (“ Citibank ”), as administrative agent (the “ Agent ”) for the Lenders (as hereinafter defined), agree as follows:

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT.

The Company, the lenders parties thereto and Citibank, as agent, were parties to that certain Five Year Credit Agreement dated as of May 11, 2005, amended and restated as of July 19, 2007, amended and restated as of December 7, 2010, amended and restated as of March 19, 2012 and further amended and restated as of July 25, 2014 (the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”). Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.01, the Company, the parties hereto and Citibank, as Agent, desire to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement as herein set forth.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Agent.

Advance ” means a Revolving Credit Advance or a Term Advance.

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or is a director or officer of such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) of a Person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise.

Agent’s Account ” means (a) in the case of Advances denominated in Dollars, the account of the Agent maintained by the Agent at Citibank at its office at 1615 Brett Road, Building #3, New Castle, Delaware 19720, Account No. 36852248, Attention: Bank Loan Syndications, (b) in the case of Advances denominated in any Committed Currency, the account of the Agent designated in writing from time to time by the Agent to the Company and the Lenders for such purpose and (c) in any such case, such other account of the Agent as is designated in writing from time to time by the Agent to the Company and the Lenders for such purpose.

Anniversary Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.20(a).

Anti-Corruption Laws ” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Company or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery, corruption or money laundering.

Applicable Lending Office ” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Domestic Lending Office in the case of a Base Rate Advance and such Lender’s Eurocurrency Lending Office in the case of a Eurocurrency Rate Advance.


Applicable Margin ” means as of any date, a percentage per annum determined by reference to the Public Debt Rating in effect on such date as set forth below:

 

Public Debt Rating

S&P/Moody’s/Fitch

   Revolving Credit Facility     Term Facility  
   Applicable Margin
for
Eurocurrency Rate
Advances
    Applicable Margin
for
Base Rate
Advances
    Applicable Margin
for
Eurocurrency Rate
Advances
    Applicable Margin
for
Base Rate
Advances
 

Level 1

BBB+ / Baa1 / BBB+ or above

     1.000     0.000     1.125     0.125

Level 2

BBB / Baa2 / BBB

     1.100     0.100     1.25     0.250

Level 3

BBB- / Baa3 / BBB-

     1.175     0.175     1.375     0.375

Level 4

BB+ / Ba1 / BB+

     1.375     0.375     1.625     0.625

Level 5

Lower than Level 4

     1.650     0.650     2.000     1.000

Applicable Percentage ” means, as of any date a percentage per annum determined by reference to the Public Debt Rating in effect on such date as set forth below:

 

Public Debt Rating

S&P/Moody’s/Fitch

   Applicable
Percentage
 

Level 1

BBB+ / Baa1 / BBB+ or above

     0.125

Level 2

BBB / Baa2 / BBB

     0.150

Level 3

BBB- / Baa3 / BBB-

     0.200

Level 4

BB+ / Ba1 / BB+

     0.250

Level 5

Lower than Level 4

     0.350

Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, with respect to any of the Revolving Credit Facility or Term Facility, a Lender that has a Commitment with respect to such Facility at such time.

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.07), and accepted by the Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto.

Assuming Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(d).

Assumption Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(d)(ii).

 

2


Available Amount ” of any Letter of Credit means, at any time, the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit at such time (assuming compliance at such time with all conditions to drawing).

Bankruptcy Law ” means any law or proceeding of the type referred to in Section 6.01(e) or Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar foreign, federal, state or provincial law for the relief of debtors.

Base Rate ” means a fluctuating interest rate per annum in effect from time to time, which rate per annum shall at all times be not less than zero and equal to the highest of:

(a) the rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank in New York, New York, from time to time, as Citibank’s base rate;

(b)  1 2 of one percent per annum above the Federal Funds Rate; and

(c) the ICE Benchmark Administration Settlement Rate (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making such a rate available) applicable to Dollars for a period of one month (“ One Month LIBOR ”) plus 1.00% (for the avoidance of doubt, the One Month LIBOR for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on Reuters LIBOR01 Page (or any successor page (or other commercially available source providing such quotations as designated by the Agent and approved by the Company from time to time)) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day or if such day is not a Business Day, the previous Business Day).

Base Rate Advance ” means an Advance denominated in Dollars that bears interest as provided in Section 2.07(a)(i).

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing or a Term Borrowing.

Borrowers ” means, collectively, the Company and the Designated Subsidiaries from time to time.

Business Day ” means a day of the year on which banks are not required or authorized by law to close in New York City and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any Eurocurrency Rate Advances, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market and banks are open for business in London and in the country of issue of the currency of such Eurocurrency Rate Advance (or, in the case of an Advance denominated in Euro, on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) System is open).

Commitment ” means a Revolving Credit Commitment, a Letter of Credit Commitment or a Term Commitment.

Commitment Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(b).

Commitment Increase ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(a).

Committed Currencies ” means lawful currency of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, lawful currency of Japan, Euros, the lawful currency of Canada and the lawful currency of Switzerland.

Company Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.08.

Consolidated ” refers to the consolidation of accounts in accordance with GAAP.

Convert ”, “ Conversion ” and “ Converted ” each refers to a conversion of Advances of one Type under the Revolving Credit Facility or the Term Facility into Advances of the other Type under such Facility pursuant to Section 2.08 or 2.09.

 

3


Debt ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business and monetary obligations arising under supply or consignment agreements, in each case not overdue by more than 90 days or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which reasonable reserves are being maintained), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments (excluding undrawn amounts), (d) all obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property) (other than monetary obligations arising under supply or consignment agreements, in each case not overdue by more than 90 days or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which reasonable reserves are being maintained), (e) all obligations of such Person as lessee under leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP as in effect on the date hereof, recorded as capital leases, (f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of acceptances, letters of credit, bank guarantees, surety bonds or similar extensions of credit, (g) obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements, (h) all Invested Amounts, (i) all liability under any synthetic lease or tax ownership operating lease, (j) all Debt of others referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above or clause (k) below (collectively, “ Guaranteed Debt ”) guaranteed directly or indirectly in any manner by such Person, or in effect guaranteed directly or indirectly by such Person through an agreement (1) to pay or purchase such Guaranteed Debt or to advance or supply funds for the payment or purchase of such Guaranteed Debt, (2) to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or lessor) property, or to purchase or sell services, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of such Guaranteed Debt or to assure the holder of such Guaranteed Debt against loss, (3) to supply funds to or in any other manner invest in the debtor (including any agreement to pay for property or services irrespective of whether such property is received or such services are rendered) or (4) otherwise to assure a creditor against loss, and (k) all Debt referred to in clauses (a) through (j) above (including Guaranteed Debt) secured by (or for which the holder of such Debt has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt.

Default ” means any Event of Default or any event that would constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement that notice be given or time elapse or both.

Defaulting Lender ” means, subject to Section 2.19(d), at any time, any Lender that, at such time (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Advances or participations in respect of Letters of Credit, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, unless such Lender reasonably determines in good faith, and so notifies the Agent and the Company in writing, that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Company or the Agent that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder (unless such Lender reasonably determines in good faith, and so notifies the Agent and the Company in writing, that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Agent (based on its reasonable belief that such Lender may not fulfill its funding obligations hereunder), to confirm in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder, provided that a Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender upon the Agent’s receipt of such confirmation, or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any debtor relief law, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that (i) a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the control, ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a governmental authority

 

4


or the exercise of control over such Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a governmental authority and (ii) if the condition(s) precedent to funding that form the basis of a Lender’s determination in clause (a) or (b) have been effectively waived in accordance with this Agreement, such Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender if such failure to fund continues after the effectiveness of such waiver.

Designated Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company designated for borrowing privileges under this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.09.

Designation Agreement ” means, with respect to any Designated Subsidiary, an agreement in the form of Exhibit E hereto signed by such Designated Subsidiary and the Company.

Disclosed Litigation ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b).

Dollars ” and the “ $ ” sign each means lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Lending Office ” means, with respect to any Lender, the office or branch of such Lender specified as its “Domestic Lending Office” in its Administrative Questionnaire delivered to the Agent, or such other office, branch or Affiliate of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Company and the Agent.

EBITDA ” means, for any period, net income (or net loss) plus the sum (without duplication) of (a) interest expense, (b) income tax expense, (c) depreciation expense, (d) amortization expense, (e) to the extent included in net income, non-cash, non-recurring charges, (f) to the extent included in net income, non-cash, recurring charges related to equity compensation and (g) to the extent included in net income, loss on sale of accounts receivable, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP for such period; provided , that for purposes of calculating EBITDA for the Company and its Subsidiaries for any period, the EBITDA of any Person (or assets or division of such Person) acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during such period shall be included on a pro forma basis for such period (assuming the consummation of such acquisition occurred on the first day of such period).

Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.

Eligible Assignee ” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 9.07(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 9.07(b)(iii)).

Environmental Action ” means (a) any notice of non-compliance or violation, notice of liability or potential liability, proceeding, consent order or consent agreement by any governmental or regulatory authority with jurisdiction or (b) any litigation, case, suit, demand, demand letter or claim by any governmental or regulatory authority or any third party relating in any way to any Environmental Law, Environmental Permit or Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, (x) by any governmental or regulatory authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages and (y) by any governmental or regulatory authority or any such third party for damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief.

Environmental Law ” means any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, order, judgment, decree or judicial or agency interpretation, policy or guidance relating to pollution or protection of the environment or natural resources, including, without limitation, those relating to the use, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials, to the extent applicable to the operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law for the operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Equivalent ” in Dollars of any Committed Currency on any date means the equivalent in Dollars of such Committed Currency determined by using the quoted spot rate at which the Agent’s principal office

 

5


in London offers to exchange Dollars for such Committed Currency in London prior to 4:00 P.M. (London time) (unless otherwise indicated by the terms of this Agreement) on such date as is required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and the “Equivalent” in any Committed Currency of Dollars means the equivalent in such Committed Currency of Dollars determined by using the quoted spot rate at which the Agent’s principal office in London offers to exchange such Committed Currency for Dollars in London prior to 4:00 P.M. (London time) (unless otherwise indicated by the terms of this Agreement) on such date as is required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any Person that for purposes of Title IV of ERISA is a member of the Company’s controlled group, or under common control with the Company, within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.

ERISA Event ” means (a) (i) the occurrence of a reportable event, within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to any Plan unless the 30-day notice requirement with respect to such event has been waived by the PBGC, or (ii) the requirements of subsection (1) of Section 4043(b) of ERISA (without regard to subsection (2) of such Section) are met with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, of a Plan, and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such Plan within the following 30 days; (b) the application for a minimum funding waiver with respect to a Plan; (c) the provision by the administrator of any Plan of a notice of intent to terminate such Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA (including any such notice with respect to a plan amendment referred to in Section 4041(e) of ERISA); (d) the cessation of operations at a facility of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate in the circumstances described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (e) the withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiple Employer Plan during a plan year for which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (f) the conditions for the imposition of a lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA shall have been met with respect to any Plan; or (g) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Plan pursuant to Section 4042 of ERISA, or the occurrence of any event or condition described in Section 4042 of ERISA that constitutes grounds for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, a Plan.

Euro ” means the lawful currency of the European Union as constituted by the Treaty of Rome which established the European Community, as such treaty may be amended from time to time and as referred to in the EMU legislation.

Eurocurrency Lending Office ” means, with respect to any Lender, the office or branch of such Lender specified as its “Eurodollar Lending Office” in its Administrative Questionnaire delivered to the Agent, or such other office, branch or Affiliate of such Lender as such Lender may from time to time specify to the Company and the Agent.

Eurocurrency Liabilities ” has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

Eurocurrency Rate ” means, for any Interest Period for each Eurocurrency Rate Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing, an interest rate per annum not less than zero and equal to the rate per annum obtained by dividing (a) (i) for Advances denominated in Dollars or any Committed Currency other than Canadian Dollars, the rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1% per annum) appearing on Reuters LIBOR01 Page (or any successor page (or other commercially available source providing such quotations as designated by the Agent and approved by the Company from time to time)) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars or the applicable Committed Currency at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period and (ii) for Advances denominated in Canadian Dollars, the rate per annum equal to the Canadian Dealer Offered Rate (“CDOR”), or a comparable or successor rate which rate is approved by the Agent, as published on the applicable Reuters

 

6


screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Agent and approved by the Company from time to time) at or about 10:00 a.m. (Toronto, Ontario time) on the first day of such Interest Period (or such other day as is generally treated as the rate fixing day by market practice in such interbank market, as determined by the Agent) (or if such day is not a Business Day, then on the immediately preceding Business Day with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, by (b) a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurocurrency Rate Reserve Percentage for such Interest Period.

Eurocurrency Rate Advance ” means a Revolving Credit Advance denominated in Dollars or a Committed Currency, or a Term Advance denominated in Dollars that bears interest as provided in Section 2.07(a)(ii).

Eurocurrency Rate Reserve Percentage ” for any Interest Period for all Eurocurrency Rate Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing means the reserve percentage applicable two Business Days before the first day of such Interest Period under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for a member bank of the Federal Reserve System in New York City with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities (or with respect to any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on Eurocurrency Rate Advances is determined) having a term equal to such Interest Period.

Events of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

Existing Debt ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.02(d)(ii).

Facility ” means the Revolving Credit Facility, the Letter of Credit Facility or the Term Facility.

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, any published intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Internal Revenue Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation adopted pursuant to such published intergovernmental agreements.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fitch ” means Fitch, Inc.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.

GAAP ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.03.

Guaranteed Obligations ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) petroleum and petroleum products, byproducts or breakdown products, radioactive materials, asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls and radon gas and (b) any other chemicals, materials or substances designated, classified or regulated as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law, located on or under or emanating from real property owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

7


Hedge Agreements ” means interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements, interest rate future or option contracts and other similar agreements (for the avoidance of doubt, Hedge Agreements do not include currency swap agreements and currency future or option contracts).

Increase Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(a).

Increasing Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.18(b).

Information Memorandum ” means the information memorandum dated June 2015 issued by the Agent in connection with the syndication of the Commitments.

Initial GAAP ” has the meaning specified in Section 1.03.

Interest Period ” means, for each Eurocurrency Rate Advance comprising part of the same Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Eurocurrency Rate Advance or the date of the Conversion of any Base Rate Advance into such Eurocurrency Rate Advance and ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower requesting such Borrowing pursuant to the provisions below and, thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the last day of the period selected by such Borrower pursuant to the provisions below. The duration of each such Interest Period shall be one week or one, two, three or six months, and subject to clause (c) of this definition, twelve months, as the applicable Borrower may, upon notice received by the Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period, select; provided , however , that:

(a) the Borrowers may not select any Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing under a Facility that ends after any scheduled principal repayment installment date for such Facility unless, after giving effect to such selection, the aggregate principal amount of Base Rate Advances and of Eurocurrency Rate Advances having Interest Periods that end on or prior to such principal repayment installment date for such Facility shall be at least equal to the aggregate principal amount of Advances under such Facility due and payable on or prior to such date;

(b) Interest Periods commencing on the same date for Eurocurrency Rate Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing shall be of the same duration;

(c) the Borrowers shall not be entitled to select an Interest Period having a duration of twelve months unless, by 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period, each Appropriate Lender notifies the Agent that such Lender will be providing funding for such Borrowing with such Interest Period (the failure of any Appropriate Lender to so respond by such time being deemed for all purposes of this Agreement as an objection by such Lender to the requested duration of such Interest Period); provided that, if any or all of the Appropriate Lenders object to the requested duration of such Interest Period, the duration of the Interest Period for such Borrowing shall be one week or one, two, three or six months, as specified by the Borrower requesting such Borrowing in the applicable Notice of Borrowing as the desired alternative to an Interest Period of twelve months;

(d) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day, provided , however , that, if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day; and

 

8


(e) whenever the first day of any Interest Period occurs on a day of an initial calendar month for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that succeeds such initial calendar month by the number of months equal to the number of months in such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of such succeeding calendar month.

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

Invested Amounts ” means the amounts invested by investors that are not Affiliates of the Company in connection with any receivables securitization program and paid to the Company or its Subsidiaries, as reduced by the aggregate amounts received by such investors from the payment of receivables and applied to reduce such invested amounts.

Issuance ” with respect to any Letter of Credit means the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit.

Issuing Bank ” means a Lender that has a “Letter of Credit Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I hereto or any other Lender that expressly agrees to perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as an Issuing Bank.

L/C Cash Deposit Account ” means an interest bearing cash deposit account to be established and maintained by the Agent, over which the Agent shall have sole dominion and control, upon terms as may be satisfactory to the Agent and the Issuing Banks.

L/C Related Documents ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.06(b)(i).

Lenders ” means each Initial Lender, each Issuing Bank, each Assuming Lender that shall become a party hereto pursuant to Section 2.18 and each Person that shall become a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.07.

Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).

Letter of Credit Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a).

Letter of Credit Commitment ” means as to any Lender (a) the Dollar amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I hereto as such Lender’s “Letter of Credit Commitment” or (b) if such Lender has entered into an Assignment and Assumption or has otherwise agreed to act as an Issuing Bank hereunder, the Dollar amount set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(c) as such Lender’s “Letter of Credit Commitment”, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.05.

Letter of Credit Facility ” means, at any time, an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $75,000,000 and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments.

Lien ” means any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement, including, without limitation, the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor and any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property.

Material Adverse Change ” means any material adverse change in the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of the ability of the Agent or any Lender to enforce or collect any obligations of any Borrower under this Agreement or any Note or (c) a material impairment of the ability of any Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Note.

 

9


Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

Multiple Employer Plan ” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate and at least one Person other than the Company and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4064 or 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.

Non-Extending Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.20(b).

Note ” means a Revolving Credit Note or a Term Note.

Notice of Borrowing ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a).

Notice of Issuance ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a).

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to the Agent or any Lender, taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction imposing such tax (other than connections arising from the Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, enforced, or sold or assigned an interest under, this Agreement or the Notes or any other documents to be delivered hereunder).

Participant ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.07(d).

Patriot Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001.

Payment Office ” means, for any Committed Currency, such office of Citibank as shall be from time to time selected by the Agent and notified by the Agent to the Company and the Lenders.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor).

Permitted Liens ” means such of the following as to which no enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure proceeding shall have been commenced: (a) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies to the extent not required to be paid under Section 5.01(b) hereof; (b) Liens imposed by law (and ordinary course of business contractual Liens in respect of such Liens), such as materialmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s and landlord’s Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business securing obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 90 days or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which reasonable reserves are being maintained; (c) pledges or deposits to directly or indirectly secure obligations under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation or to directly or indirectly secure public or statutory obligations, including obligations to governmental entities in respect of value added taxes, duties, customs, excise taxes, franchises, licenses, rents and the like, or surety, customs or appeal bonds; (d) good faith deposits (or security for obligations in lieu of good faith deposits) to directly or indirectly secure bids, tenders, contracts or leases for a purpose other than borrowing money or obtaining credit, including rent or equipment lease security deposits, (e) easements, rights of way and other encumbrances on title to real property that do not render title to the property encumbered thereby

 

10


unmarketable or materially adversely affect the use of such property for its present purposes, (f) contractual rights of setoff against (which may include grants of Liens) or contractual Liens on, accounts or other property in transit to or in the possession of or maintained by the lienor, in the absence of any agreement to maintain a balance or deliver property against which such right may be exercised, and contractual rights of set-off against claims against the lienor and (g) Liens pursuant to supply or consignment contracts or otherwise for the receipt of goods or services, encumbering only the goods covered thereby, where the contracts are not overdue by more than 90 days or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which reasonable reserves are being maintained.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

Plan ” means a Single Employer Plan or a Multiple Employer Plan.

Post-Petition Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05.

Public Debt Rating ” means, as of any date, the rating that has been most recently announced by any of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be, for any class of non-credit enhanced long-term senior unsecured debt issued by the Company or, if no such Debt of the Company is then outstanding, the corporate credit rating most recently announced by any of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be, provided , if any such rating agency shall have issued more than one such rating, the lowest such rating issued by such rating agency. For purposes of the foregoing, (a) if only one of any of S&P, Moody’s and Fitch shall have in effect a Public Debt Rating, the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Percentage shall be determined by reference to the available rating; (b) if none of S&P, Moody’s or Fitch shall have in effect a Public Debt Rating, the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Percentage will be set in accordance with Level 5 under the definition of “ Applicable Margin ” or “ Applicable Percentage ”, as the case may be; (c) if the ratings established by S&P, Moody’s and Fitch shall fall within different levels, the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Percentage shall be based upon the ratings of two of the agencies falling within the same level, unless each agency’s ratings is at a separate level, in which case the applicable level will be deemed to be the middle level; (d) if any rating established by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch shall be changed, such change shall be effective as of the date on which such change is first announced publicly by the rating agency making such change; and (e) if S&P, Moody’s or Fitch shall change the basis on which ratings are established, each reference to the Public Debt Rating announced by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be, shall refer to the then equivalent rating by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be.

Ratable Share ” of any amount means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the product of such amount times a fraction the numerator of which is the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment at such time (or, if the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.01, such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment as in effect immediately prior to such termination) and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of all Revolving Credit Commitments at such time (or, if the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.01, the aggregate amount of all Revolving Credit Commitments as in effect immediately prior to such termination).

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.07(c).

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Required Lenders ” means at any time Lenders owed or holding at least a majority in interest of the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Advances (based on the Equivalent in Dollars at such time) outstanding at such time, (b) the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, (c) the aggregate unused Term Commitments at such time and (d) the aggregate Unused Revolving Credit Commitments at such time, provided that if any Lender shall be a Defaulting Lender at such time, there shall be excluded from the determination of Required Lenders at such time the Revolving Credit Commitment and the unused Term Commitment of such Lender at such time. For purposes of this definition, the Available Amount of each Letter of Credit shall be considered to be owed to the Revolving Credit Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

11


Revolving Credit Advance ” means an advance by a Revolving Credit Lender to any Borrower as part of a Revolving Credit Borrowing and refers to a Base Rate Advance or a Eurocurrency Rate Advance (each of which shall be a “ Type ” of Revolving Credit Advance).

Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Credit Advances of the same Type made by each of the Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(a).

Revolving Credit Borrowing Minimum ” means, in respect of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Dollars, $5,000,000, in respect of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Sterling, £10,000,000, in respect of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Yen, ¥1,000,000,000, in respect of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Euros, €10,000,000, in respect of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Canadian Dollars, CN$10,000,000 and in respect of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Swiss Francs, SF10,000,000.

Revolving Credit Borrowing Multiple ” means, in respect of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Dollars, $1,000,000, in respect of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Sterling, £1,000,000, in respect of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Yen, ¥100,000,000, in respect of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Euros, €1,000,000, in respect of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Canadian Dollars, CN$1,000,000 and in respect of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Swiss Francs, SF1,000,000.

Revolving Credit Commitment ” means as to any Lender (a) the Dollar amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I hereto as such Lender’s “Revolving Credit Commitment”, (b) if such Lender has become a Lender hereunder pursuant to an Assumption Agreement, the Dollar amount set forth in such Assumption Agreement or (c) if such Lender has entered into an Assignment and Assumption, the Dollar amount set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(c) as such Lender’s “Revolving Credit Commitment”, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.05 or increased pursuant to Section 2.18.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Revolving Credit Lender ” means any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment.

Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of a Borrower payable to the order of a Revolving Credit Lender, delivered pursuant to a request made under Section 2.16 in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of such Borrower to such Lender resulting from the Revolving Credit Advances made by such Lender.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC.

Sanctions ” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

Sanctioned Country ” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions.

Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any EU member state, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person controlled by any such Person described in clauses (a) or (b).

 

12


Single Employer Plan ” means a single employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA, that (a) is maintained for employees of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate and no Person other than the Company and the ERISA Affiliates or (b) was so maintained and in respect of which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate could have liability under Section 4069 of ERISA in the event such plan has been or were to be terminated.

Subsidiary ” of any Person means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or estate of which (or in which) more than 50% of (a) the issued and outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency), (b) the interest in the capital or profits of such limited liability company, partnership or joint venture or (c) the beneficial interest in such trust or estate is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its other Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person’s other Subsidiaries.

Term Advance ” means an advance by a Term Lender to the Company as part of a Term Borrowing and refers to a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar Rate Advance (each of which shall be a “ Type ” of Term Advance).

Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Advances of the same Type made by the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(c).

Term Commitment ” means as to any Lender (a) the Dollar amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule I hereto as such Lender’s “Term Commitment” or (b) if such Lender has entered into any Assignment and Acceptance, the amount set forth for such Lender in the Register maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(d) as such Lender’s “Term Commitment”, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 2.05.

Term Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Term Lenders’ Term Commitments at such time.

Term Lender ” means any Lender that has a Term Commitment.

Term Loan Maturity Date ” means July 6, 2020.

Term Note ” means a promissory note of the Company payable to the order of a Term Lender, delivered pursuant to a request made under 2.16 in substantially the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto, evidencing the indebtedness of the Company to such Lender resulting from the Term Advances made by such Lender.

Termination Date ” means, with respect to any Lender, the earlier of (a) July 6, 2020, subject to the extension thereof pursuant to Section 2.20 with respect to such Lender and (b) the date of termination in whole of the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05 or 6.01; provided , however , that the Termination Date of any Revolving Credit Lender that is a Non-Extending Lender to any requested extension pursuant to Section 2.20 shall be the Termination Date in effect immediately prior to the applicable Anniversary Date for all purposes of this Agreement.

Unissued Letter of Credit Commitment ” means, with respect to any Issuing Bank, the obligation of such Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit for the account of any Borrower or its specified Subsidiaries in an amount equal to the excess of (a) the amount of its Letter of Credit Commitment over (b) the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.

Unused Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender at any time, (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment at such time minus (b) the sum of (i) the

 

13


aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made by such Lender (in its capacity as a Revolving Credit Lender) and outstanding at such time, plus (ii) such Lender’s Ratable Share of (A) the aggregate Available Amount of all the Letters of Credit outstanding at such time and (B) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances outstanding at such time made by each Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.03(c) that have not been funded by such Lender.

Voting Stock ” means capital stock issued by a corporation, or equivalent interests in any other Person, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even if the right to so vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

SECTION 1.02. Computation of Time Periods . In this Agreement in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”.

SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the United States from time to time (“ GAAP ”), provided that (a) if there is any change in GAAP from such principles applied in the preparation of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 4.01(e) (“ Initial GAAP ”), that is material in respect of the calculation of compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 5.02 or 5.03, the Company shall give prompt notice of such change to the Agent and the Lenders and (b) if the Company notifies the Agent that the Company requests an amendment of any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP (or the application thereof) from Initial GAAP (or if the Agent or the Required Lenders request an amendment of any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP (or the application thereof), then such provision shall be applied on the basis of such generally accepted accounting principles as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision is amended in accordance herewith.

ARTICLE II

AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE ADVANCES AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

SECTION 2.01. The Advances and Letters of Credit . (a)  The Revolving Credit Advances . Each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make Revolving Credit Advances to any Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date until the Termination Date applicable to such Lender in an amount (based in respect of any Advances to be denominated in a Committed Currency by reference to the Equivalent thereof in Dollars determined on the date of delivery of the applicable Notice of Borrowing) not to exceed such Lender’s Unused Revolving Credit Commitment. Each Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be in an amount not less than the Revolving Credit Borrowing Minimum or the Revolving Credit Borrowing Multiple in excess thereof and shall consist of Revolving Credit Advances of the same Type and in the same currency made on the same day by the Revolving Credit Lenders ratably according to their respective Revolving Credit Commitments. Within the limits of each Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, any Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(a), prepay pursuant to Section 2.10 and reborrow under this Section 2.01(a).

(b) Letters of Credit . Any Borrower may request any Issuing Bank to issue, and such Issuing Bank may, if in its reasonable discretion it elects to do so, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Agreement, to issue standby letters of credit (each, a “ Letter of Credit ”) denominated in Dollars for the account of any Borrower or its specified Subsidiaries from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date until 30 days before the latest Termination Date in an aggregate Available Amount (i) for all Letters of Credit not to exceed at any time the Letter of Credit Facility at such time, (ii) for all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank not to exceed at any time the Letter of Credit Commitment of such Issuing Bank and (iii) for each such Letter of Credit not to exceed an amount equal to the Unused Revolving Credit Commitments of the Revolving Credit Lenders having a Termination Date no earlier than the expiration date of such Letter of Credit at such time. No Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date (including all rights of the applicable Borrower or the beneficiary to require renewal) later than the earlier of one year after the Issuance thereof (or one year after its renewal or extension) and 10 Business Days before the latest Termination Date. Within the limits referred to above, the Borrowers may from time to time request the Issuance of

 

14


Letters of Credit under this Section 2.01(b). Each letter of credit listed on Schedule 2.01(b) shall be deemed to constitute a Letter of Credit issued hereunder, and each Lender that is an issuer of such a Letter of Credit shall, for purposes of Section 2.03, be deemed to be an Issuing Bank for each such letter of credit, provided than any renewal or replacement of any such letter of credit on or after the date hereof shall be re-issued by an Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(c) The Term Advances . Each Term Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to make advances (each, a “ Term Advance ”) denominated in Dollars to the Company on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date until September 30, 2015, but not more than twice, in an aggregate amount not to exceed such Lender’s Term Commitment. The Term Borrowings shall consist of Term Advances of the same Type made simultaneously by the Term Lenders ratably according to their Term Commitments. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(c) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

SECTION 2.02. Making the Advances . (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.03(c), each Borrowing shall be made on notice, given not later than (x) 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing in the case of a Revolving Credit Borrowing or Term Borrowing consisting of Eurocurrency Rate Advances denominated in Dollars, (y) 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the fourth Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Borrowing in the case of a Revolving Credit Borrowing consisting of Eurocurrency Rate Advances denominated in any Committed Currency, or (z) 1:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of the proposed Borrowing in the case of a Revolving Credit Borrowing or Term Borrowing consisting of Base Rate Advances, by any Borrower to the Agent, which shall give to each Appropriate Lender prompt notice thereof by telecopier. Each such notice of a Borrowing (a “ Notice of Borrowing ”) shall be by telephone, confirmed immediately in writing, or telecopier in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto, specifying therein the requested (i) date of such Borrowing, (ii) Type of Advances comprising such Borrowing, (iii) aggregate amount of such Borrowing, (iv) in the case of a Borrowing consisting of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, initial Interest Period and (v) in the case of a Revolving Credit Borrowing consisting of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, currency for each such Advance. Each Appropriate Lender shall, before 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing, in the case of a Borrowing consisting of Advances denominated in Dollars, and before 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the date of such Borrowing, in the case of a Revolving Credit Borrowing consisting of Eurocurrency Rate Advances denominated in any Committed Currency, make available for the account of its Applicable Lending Office to the Agent at the applicable Agent’s Account, in same day funds, such Lender’s ratable portion of such Borrowing. After the Agent’s receipt of such funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, the Agent will make such funds available to the Borrower requesting the Borrowing at the account specified in the wiring instructions in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or, if no account is so specified, at the Agent’s address referred to in Section 9.02.

(b) Anything in subsection (a) above to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) the Borrowers may not select Eurocurrency Rate Advances for any Revolving Credit Borrowing if the aggregate amount of such Revolving Credit Borrowing is less than the Revolving Credit Borrowing Minimum or if the obligation of the Lenders to make Eurocurrency Rate Advances shall then be suspended pursuant to Section 2.08 or 2.12, (ii) the Company may not select Eurocurrency Rate Advances for any Term Borrowing if the aggregate amount of such Term Borrowing is less than the $5,000,000 or if the obligation of the Lenders to make Eurocurrency Rate Advances shall then be suspended pursuant to Section 2.08 or 2.12 and (iii) the Eurocurrency Rate Advances may not be outstanding as part of more than 10 separate Revolving Credit Borrowings or more than six separate Term Borrowings.

(c) Each Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower requesting the Borrowing. In the case of any Borrowing that the related Notice of Borrowing specifies is to be comprised of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, such Borrower shall indemnify each Appropriate Lender against any loss, cost or expense incurred by such Lender as a result of any failure to fulfill on or before the date specified in such Notice of Borrowing for such Borrowing the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, including, without limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund the Advance to be made by such Lender as part of such Borrowing when such Advance, as a result of such failure, is not made on such date.

(d) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from an Appropriate Lender prior to the time of any Borrowing under a Facility under which such Lender has a Commitment that such Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender’s ratable portion of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Lender has

 

15


made such portion available to the Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section 2.02, as applicable, and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower requesting the Borrowing on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such Lender shall not have so made such ratable portion available to the Agent, such Lender and such Borrower severally agree to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to such Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent, at (i) in the case of such Borrower, the higher of (A) the interest rate applicable at the time to the Advances comprising such Borrowing and (B) the cost of funds incurred by the Agent in respect of such amount and (ii) in the case of such Lender, provided that the Agent has given notice to the applicable Borrower of such obligation as soon as practicable but in any event not later than the Business Day following such funding by the Agent, (A) the Federal Funds Rate in the case of Advances denominated in Dollars or (B) the cost of funds incurred by the Agent in respect of such amount in the case of Advances denominated in Committed Currencies. If such Lender shall repay to the Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Lender’s Advance as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) The failure of any Lender to make the Advance to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Advance on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Advance to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

SECTION 2.03. Issuance of and Drawings and Reimbursement Under Letters of Credit . (a)  Request for Issuance . (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued upon notice, given not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the tenth Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Issuance of such Letter of Credit (or on such shorter notice as the applicable Issuing Bank may agree), by any Borrower to any Issuing Bank, and such Issuing Bank shall give the Agent, prompt notice thereof. Each such notice by a Borrower of Issuance of a Letter of Credit (a “ Notice of Issuance ”) shall be by telecopier or telephone, confirmed immediately in writing, specifying therein the requested (A) date of such Issuance (which shall be a Business Day), (B) Available Amount of such Letter of Credit, (C) expiration date of such Letter of Credit (which shall not be later than the earlier of (1) one year after the Issuance thereof (or one year after its renewal or extension) and (2) ten Business Days before the latest Termination Date of Revolving Credit Lenders having Revolving Credit Commitments equal to an amount not less than the Available Amount of such Letter of Credit), (D) name and address of the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit and (E) form of such Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit shall be issued pursuant to such application and agreement for letter of credit as such Issuing Bank and the applicable Borrower shall agree for use in connection with such requested Letter of Credit (a “ Letter of Credit Agreement ”). If the requested form of such Letter of Credit is acceptable to such Issuing Bank in its reasonable discretion (it being understood that any such form shall have only explicit documentary conditions to draw and shall not include discretionary conditions), such Issuing Bank will, if in its reasonable discretion it elects to do so, and unless any Revolving Credit Lender gives prior notice to such Issuing Bank or the Agent that the applicable conditions of Article III would not be satisfied at the time of such Issuance, upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 3.03, make such Letter of Credit available to the applicable Borrower at its office referred to in Section 9.02 or as otherwise agreed with such Borrower in connection with such Issuance. In the event and to the extent that the provisions of any Letter of Credit Agreement shall conflict with this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

(b) Participations . By the Issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing or decreasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Revolving Credit Lenders, such Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Revolving Credit Lender, and each Revolving Credit Lender hereby acquires from such Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Revolving Credit Lender’s Ratable Share of the Available Amount of such Letter of Credit. Each Borrower hereby agrees to each such participation. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Agent, for the account of such Issuing Bank, in same day funds, such Lender’s Ratable Share of each drawing made under a Letter of Credit funded by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the applicable Borrower on the date made, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to such Borrower for any reason, which amount will be advanced, and deemed to be a Revolving Credit Advance to such Borrower hereunder, regardless of the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.03. Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each

 

16


Revolving Credit Lender further acknowledges and agrees that its participation in each Letter of Credit will be automatically adjusted to reflect such Lender’s Ratable Share of the Available Amount of such Letter of Credit at each time such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment is amended pursuant to a Commitment Increase pursuant to Section 2.18, an assignment in accordance with Section 9.07 or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Drawing and Reimbursement . The payment by an Issuing Bank of a draft drawn under any Letter of Credit which is not reimbursed by the applicable Borrower on the date made shall constitute for all purposes of this Agreement the making by any such Issuing Bank of a Revolving Credit Advance, which shall be a Base Rate Advance, in the amount of such draft, without regard to whether the making of such an Advance would exceed such Issuing Bank’s Unused Revolving Credit Commitment. Each Issuing Bank shall give prompt notice of each drawing under any Letter of Credit issued by it to the applicable Borrower and the Agent. Upon written demand by such Issuing Bank, with a copy of such demand to the Agent and the applicable Borrower, each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Agent such Lender’s Ratable Share of such outstanding Revolving Credit Advance pursuant to Section 2.03(b). Each Revolving Credit Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to make Revolving Credit Advances pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Promptly after receipt thereof, the Agent shall transfer such funds to such Issuing Bank. Each Revolving Credit Lender agrees to fund its Ratable Share of an outstanding Revolving Credit Advance on (i) the Business Day on which demand therefor is made by such Issuing Bank, provided that notice of such demand is given not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on such Business Day, or (ii) the first Business Day next succeeding such demand if notice of such demand is given after such time. If and to the extent that any Revolving Credit Lender shall not have so made the amount of such Revolving Credit Advance available to the Agent, such Revolving Credit Lender agrees to pay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date of demand by any such Issuing Bank until the date such amount is paid to the Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate for its account or the account of such Issuing Bank, as applicable. If such Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Agent such amount for the account of any such Issuing Bank on any Business Day, such amount so paid in respect of principal shall constitute a Revolving Credit Advance made by such Lender on such Business Day for purposes of this Agreement, and the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advance made by such Issuing Bank shall be reduced by such amount on such Business Day.

(d) Letter of Credit Reports . Each Issuing Bank shall furnish (A) to the Agent (with a copy to the Company) on the last Business Day of each month a written report summarizing Issuance and expiration dates of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank during such month and drawings during such month under all Letters of Credit and (B) to the Agent (with a copy to the Company) on the last Business Day of each calendar month a written report setting forth the average daily aggregate Available Amount during such calendar month of all Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.

(e) Failure to Make Advances . The failure of any Revolving Credit Lender to make the Advance to be made by it on the date specified in Section 2.03(c) shall not relieve any other Revolving Credit Lender of its obligation hereunder to make its Advance on such date, but no Revolving Credit Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make the Advance to be made by such other Revolving Credit Lender on such date.

SECTION 2.04. Fees . (a)  Facility Fee . The Company agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender a facility fee on the aggregate amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment from the date hereof in the case of each Initial Lender and from the effective date specified in the Assumption Agreement or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case of each other Revolving Credit Lender until the Termination Date applicable to such Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time, payable in arrears quarterly on the last day of each March, June, September and December, commencing September 30, 2015, and on the later of the Termination Date applicable to such Lender and the date all Advances are paid in full; provided that no Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any facility fee in respect of its Revolving Credit Commitment for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Company shall not be required to pay such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender), other than a facility fee, as described above, on the aggregate principal amount of Advances funded by such Defaulting Lender outstanding from time to time.

 

17


(b) Letter of Credit Fees . (i) Each Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender a commission on such Lender’s Ratable Share of the average daily aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit issued for the account of such Borrower and outstanding from time to time at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurocurrency Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit Facility in effect from time to time during such calendar quarter, payable in arrears quarterly on the last day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the quarter ended September 30, 2015, and on the Termination Date applicable to such Lender; provided , that no Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any commission in respect of Letters of Credit for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrowers shall not be required to pay such commission to that Defaulting Lender but shall pay such commission as set forth in Section 2.19); provided , further, that the Applicable Margin shall be 2% above the Applicable Margin in effect upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default if such Borrower is required to pay default interest pursuant to Section 2.07(b).

(ii) Each Borrower shall pay to each Issuing Bank, for its own account, a fronting fee and such other commissions, issuance fees, transfer fees and other fees and charges in connection with the Issuance or administration of each Letter of Credit as such Borrower and such Issuing Bank shall agree.

(c) Ticking Fee . The Company agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of each Term Lender a ticking fee on the aggregate amount of such Lender’s unused Term Commitment from the date hereof in the case of each Initial Lender and from the effective date specified in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which it became a Lender in the case of each other Term Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Percentage in effect from time to time, payable on September 30, 2015 or, if earlier, the second date of Term Borrowings; provided that no Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any ticking fee in respect of its unused Term Commitment for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Company shall not be required to pay such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).

(d) Agent’s Fees . The Company shall pay to the Agent for its own account such fees as may from time to time be agreed between the Company and the Agent.

SECTION 2.05. Termination or Reduction of the Commitments . (a)  Optional Ratable Termination or Reduction . The Company shall have the right, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Agent, to terminate in whole or permanently reduce ratably in part the unused portions of the Term Commitments, the Unused Revolving Credit Commitments or the Unissued Letter of Credit Commitments, provided that each partial reduction of a Facility (i) shall be in the aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (ii) shall be made ratably among the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their Commitments with respect to such Facility.

(b) Termination of Defaulting Lender . The Company may terminate the Unused Revolving Credit Commitment or the unused Term Commitment of any Lender that is a Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to any reallocation of participations in Letters of Credit as provided in Section 2.19) upon prior notice of not less than one Business Day to the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of Section 2.19(e) shall apply to all amounts thereafter paid by any Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, facility fees, Letter of Credit commissions or other amounts), provided that (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) such termination shall not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim any Borrower, the Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

SECTION 2.06. Repayment of Advances and Letter of Credit Drawings . (a)  Revolving Credit Advances . Each Borrower shall repay to the Agent for the ratable account of each Revolving Credit Lender on the Termination Date applicable to such Lender the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances made to it and then outstanding.

(b) Letter of Credit Drawings . The obligations of each Borrower under any Letter of Credit Agreement and any other agreement or instrument relating to any Letter of Credit issued for the account of such Borrower shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letter of Credit Agreement and such other agreement or instrument under all circumstances, including, without limitation, the following circumstances (it being understood that any such payment by such Borrower is without prejudice to, and does not constitute a waiver of, any rights such Borrower might have or might

 

18


acquire as a result of the payment by any Issuing Bank of any draft or the reimbursement by such Borrower thereof, including as provided in Section 9.15):

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Note, any Letter of Credit Agreement, any Letter of Credit or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto (all of the foregoing being, collectively, the “ L/C Related Documents ”);

(ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the obligations of such Borrower in respect of any L/C Related Document or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the L/C Related Documents;

(iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that such Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of a Letter of Credit (or any Persons for which any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), any Issuing Bank, the Agent, any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with the transactions contemplated by the L/C Related Documents or any unrelated transaction;

(iv) any statement or any other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(v) payment by any Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

(vi) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guarantee, for all or any of the obligations of such Borrower in respect of the L/C Related Documents; or

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, such Borrower or a guarantor.

The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of an Issuing Bank, such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, an Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(c) Term Advances . The Company shall repay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Term Lenders the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Advances in quarterly installments on the dates and in the amount indicated by the percentage of the aggregate Term Advances outstanding as of September 30, 2015, as set forth below, provided , however , that the final principal installment shall be repaid on the Term Loan Maturity Date and in any event shall be in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Term Advances outstanding on such date:

 

Period Ended

   Quarterly Amortization  

June 30, 2015

     0.00

September 30, 2015

     0.00

December 31 2015

     1.25

March 31, 2016

     1.25

June 30, 2016

     1.25
  

 

 

 

September 30, 2016

     1.25

December 31 2016

     1.25

March 31, 2017

     1.25

June 30, 2017

     1.25
  

 

 

 

September 30, 2017

     1.25

December 31 2017

     2.50

March 31, 2018

     2.50

June 30, 2018

     2.50
  

 

 

 

September 30, 2018

     2.50

December 31 2018

     2.50

March 31, 2019

     2.50

June 30, 2019

     2.50
  

 

 

 

September 30, 2019

     2.50

December 31 2019

     2.50

March 31, 2020

     2.50

June 30, 2020

     65.00
  

 

 

 
     100.00

 

19


SECTION 2.07. Interest on Advances . (a)  Scheduled Interest . Each Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance made to it and owing to each Lender from the date of such Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the following rates per annum:

(i) Base Rate Advances . During such periods as such Advance is a Base Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times to the sum of (x) the Base Rate in effect from time to time plus (y) the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time, payable in arrears quarterly on the last day of each March, June, September and December during such periods and on the date such Base Rate Advance shall be Converted or paid in full.

(ii) Eurocurrency Rate Advances . During such periods as such Advance is a Eurocurrency Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during each Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Advance to the sum of (x) the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Advance plus (y) the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time, payable in arrears on the last day of such Interest Period and, if such Interest Period has a duration of more than three months, on each day that occurs during such Interest Period every three months from the first day of such Interest Period and on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Advance shall be Converted or paid in full.

(b) Default Interest . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a), the Agent may, and upon the request of the Required Lenders shall, require the Borrowers to pay interest (“ Default Interest ”) on (i) the unpaid principal amount of each Advance owing to each Lender, payable in arrears on the dates referred to in clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on such Advance pursuant to clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, the amount of any interest, fee or other amount payable hereunder that is not paid when due, from the date such amount shall be due until such amount shall be paid in full, payable in arrears on the date such amount shall be paid in full and on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to 2% per annum above the rate per annum required to be paid on Base Rate Advances pursuant to clause (a)(i) above; provided , however , that following acceleration of the Advances pursuant to Section 6.01, Default Interest shall accrue and be payable hereunder whether or not previously required by the Agent.

SECTION 2.08. Interest Rate Determination . (a) The Agent shall give prompt notice to the Company and the Appropriate Lenders of the applicable interest rate determined by the Agent for purposes of Section 2.07(a)(i) or (ii).

(b) If, with respect to any Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing under any Facility, the Lenders owed at least 51% of the aggregate principal amount thereof notify the Agent that (i) they are unable to obtain matching deposits in the London inter-bank market at or about 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the second Business Day before the making of a Borrowing in sufficient amounts to fund their respective Eurocurrency Rate Advances as a part of such Borrowing during its Interest Period or (ii) the Eurocurrency Rate for any Interest Period for such Advances will not adequately reflect the cost to such Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their respective Eurocurrency Rate Advances for such Interest Period, the Agent shall forthwith so notify the Company and the Appropriate Lenders, whereupon (A) the Borrower of such Eurocurrency Rate Advances will, on the last day of the

 

20


then existing Interest Period therefor, (1) if such Eurocurrency Rate Advances are denominated in Dollars, either (x) prepay such Advances or (y) Convert such Advances into Base Rate Advances and (2) if such Eurocurrency Rate Advances are denominated in any Committed Currency, either (x) prepay such Advances or (y) exchange such Advances into an Equivalent amount of Dollars and Convert such Advances into Base Rate Advances and (B) the obligation of the Appropriate Lenders to make, or to Convert Advances into, Eurocurrency Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

(c) If any Borrower shall fail to select the duration of any Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Rate Advances in accordance with the provisions contained in the definition of “Interest Period” in Section 1.01, the Agent will forthwith so notify such Borrower and the Appropriate Lenders and such Advances will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, (i) if such Eurocurrency Rate Advances are denominated in Dollars, Convert into Base Rate Advances and (ii) if such Eurocurrency Rate Advances are denominated in a Committed Currency, be exchanged for an Equivalent amount of Dollars and Convert into Base Rate Advances.

(d) On the date on which the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Eurocurrency Rate Advances comprising any Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be reduced, by payment or prepayment or otherwise, to less than the Revolving Credit Borrowing Minimum, such Advances shall automatically (i) if such Eurocurrency Rate Advances are denominated in Dollars, Convert into Base Rate Advances and (ii) if such Eurocurrency Rate Advances are denominated in a Committed Currency, be exchanged for an Equivalent amount of Dollars and Convert into Base Rate Advances.

(e) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Advance will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, (A) if such Eurocurrency Rate Advances are denominated in Dollars, be Converted into Base Rate Advances and (B) if such Eurocurrency Rate Advances are denominated in any Committed Currency, be exchanged for an Equivalent amount of Dollars and be Converted into Base Rate Advances and (ii) the obligation of the Lenders to make, or to Convert Advances into, Eurocurrency Rate Advances shall be suspended.

(f) If Reuters LIBOR01 Page is unavailable for determining the Eurocurrency Rate for any Eurocurrency Rate Advances, and no other commercially available source providing quotations of the Eurocurrency Rate have been agreed by the Agent and the Company,

(i) the Agent shall forthwith notify the applicable Borrower and the Appropriate Lenders that the interest rate cannot be determined for such Eurocurrency Rate Advances,

(ii) each such Advance will automatically, on the last day of the then existing Interest Period therefor, (A) if such Eurocurrency Rate Advance is denominated in Dollars, Convert into a Base Rate Advance and (B) if such Eurocurrency Rate Advance is denominated in any Committed Currency, be prepaid by the applicable Borrower or be automatically exchanged for an Equivalent amount of Dollars and be Converted into a Base Rate Advance (or if such Advance is then a Base Rate Advance, will continue as a Base Rate Advance), and

(iii) the obligation of the Appropriate Lenders to make Eurocurrency Rate Advances or to Convert Advances comprising a Borrowing into Eurocurrency Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Agent shall notify the Company and the Appropriate Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

SECTION 2.09. Optional Conversion of Advances . The Borrower of any Advance made as a part of a Borrowing may on any Business Day, upon notice given to the Agent not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Conversion and subject to the provisions of Sections 2.08 and 2.12, Convert all or any portion of the Advances made as a part of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars of one Type comprising the same Borrowing into Advances denominated in Dollars of the other Type; provided , however , that any Conversion of Eurocurrency Rate Advances into Base Rate Advances shall be made only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Advances, any Conversion of Base Rate Advances into Eurocurrency Rate Advances shall be in an amount not less than the minimum amount specified in

 

21


Section 2.02(b), no Conversion of any Advances shall result in more separate Borrowings than permitted under Section 2.02(b) and each Conversion of Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing under any Facility shall be made ratably among the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their Commitments under such Facility. Each such notice of a Conversion shall, within the restrictions specified above, specify (i) the date of such Conversion, (ii) the Dollar denominated Advances to be Converted, and (iii) if such Conversion is into Eurocurrency Rate Advances, the duration of the initial Interest Period for each such Advance. Each notice of Conversion shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower giving such notice.

SECTION 2.10. Prepayments of Advances . (a)  Optional . Each Borrower may, upon notice at least two Business Days’ prior to the date of such prepayment, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Advances, and not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date of such prepayment, in the case of Base Rate Advances, to the Agent stating the proposed date and aggregate principal amount of the prepayment, and if such notice is given such Borrower shall, prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Advances comprising part of the same Borrowing in whole or ratably in part, together with accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid; provided , however , that (i) each partial prepayment of Revolving Credit Advances shall be in an aggregate principal amount of not less than the Revolving Credit Borrowing Minimum or a Revolving Credit Borrowing Multiple in excess thereof, (ii) each partial prepayment of Term Advances shall be in an aggregate principal amount of not less than $10,000,000 and (iii) in the event of any such prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Advance, such Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the Lenders in respect thereof pursuant to Section 9.04(c).

(b) Mandatory . (i) If, on any date, the Agent notifies the Company that, on any interest payment date, the sum of (A) all Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Dollars plus the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding plus (B) the Equivalent in Dollars (determined on the third Business Day prior to such interest payment date) of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Committed Currencies then outstanding exceeds 103% of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments on such date, the Borrowers shall, as soon as practicable and in any event within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, prepay the outstanding principal amount of any Advances owing by the Borrowers in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such sum to an amount not to exceed 100% of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders on such date; provided that if the Company has cash collateralized Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.19(a), for purposes of this Section 2.10(b) the Available Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been reduced by the amount of such cash collateral.

(ii) Each prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) shall be made together with any interest accrued to the date of such prepayment on the principal amounts prepaid and, in the case of any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Advance on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period or at its maturity, any additional amounts which the applicable Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse to the Lenders in respect thereof pursuant to Section 9.04(c).

(iii) The Agent shall calculate on the date of each Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Issuance and on each interest payment date the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances denominated in Dollars plus the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding plus (B) the Equivalent in Dollars (determined on the third Business Day prior to such interest payment date) of the aggregate principal amount of all Advances denominated in Committed Currencies and shall give prompt notice (and in any event no later than thirty days) of any prepayment required under this Section 2.10(b) to the Company and the Appropriate Lenders.

SECTION 2.11. Increased Costs . (a) If, due to either (i) the introduction or phase in of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law, rule, guideline, decision, directive, treaty or regulation or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority including, without limitation, any agency of the European Union or similar monetary or multinational authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurocurrency Rate Advances or of agreeing to issue or of issuing or maintaining or participating in Letters of Credit (excluding for purposes of this Section 2.11 any such increased costs resulting from (i) Taxes or Other Taxes (as to which Section 2.14 shall govern) and (ii) changes in the basis of taxation of overall net income or overall gross income by the United States or by the foreign jurisdiction or state under the laws of which such Lender is organized or has its Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof), then the Company shall from time to time, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent), pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased cost; provided , however , that before making any such demand, each Lender agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its

 

22


internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to designate a different Applicable Lending Office if the making of such designation would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such increased cost and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender. A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted to the Company and the Agent by such Lender, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(b) If any Lender determines that compliance with any law or regulation or any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) affects or would affect the amount of capital or liquidity required or expected to be maintained by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender and that the amount of such capital or liquidity is increased by or based upon the existence of such Lender’s commitment to lend or to issue or participate in Letters of Credit hereunder and other commitments of such type or the Issuance or maintenance of or participation in the Letters of Credit (or similar contingent obligations), then, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent), the Company shall pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender, from time to time as specified by such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or such corporation in the light of such circumstances, to the extent that such Lender reasonably determines such increase in capital or liquidity to be allocable to the existence of such Lender’s commitment to lend or to issue or participate in Letters of Credit hereunder or to the Issuance or maintenance of or participation in any Letters of Credit. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Company and the Agent by such Lender shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for the purposes of this Section 2.11, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines, interpretations or directives by a governmental authority thereunder or issued by a governmental authority in connection therewith (whether or not having the force of law) and (ii) all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines, interpretations or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority ) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities (whether or not having the force of law), in case for this clause (ii) pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in law regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented.

SECTION 2.12. Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Lender shall notify the Agent that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Eurocurrency Lending Office to perform its obligations hereunder to make Eurocurrency Rate Advances in Dollars or any Committed Currency or to fund or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Advances in Dollars or any Committed Currency hereunder, (a) each Eurocurrency Rate Advance will automatically, upon such demand (i) if such Eurocurrency Rate Advance is denominated in Dollars, be Converted into a Base Rate Advance and (ii) if such Eurocurrency Rate Advance is denominated in any Committed Currency, be exchanged into an Equivalent amount of Dollars and be Converted into a Base Rate Advance and (b) the obligation of the Lenders to make Eurocurrency Rate Advances or to Convert Advances into Eurocurrency Rate Advances shall be suspended until the Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.

SECTION 2.13. Payments and Computations . (a) Each Borrower shall make each payment hereunder (except with respect to principal of, interest on, and other amounts relating to, Advances denominated in a Committed Currency), irrespective of any right of counterclaim or set-off, not later than 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the day when due in Dollars to the Agent at the applicable Agent’s Account in same day funds. Each Borrower shall make each payment hereunder with respect to principal of, interest on, and other amounts relating to, Advances denominated in a Committed Currency, irrespective of any right of counterclaim or set-off, not later than 11:00 A.M. (at the Payment Office for such Committed Currency) on the day when due in such Committed Currency to the Agent, by deposit of such funds to the applicable Agent’s Account in same day funds. The Agent will promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest, fees or commissions ratably (other than amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.03, 2.04(b), 2.11, 2.14 or 9.04(c)) to the Appropriate Lenders for the account of their respective Applicable Lending Offices, and like funds relating to the payment of any other amount payable to any Lender to such Lender for the account of its Applicable Lending Office, in each case to be applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon any Assuming Lender becoming a Lender hereunder as a result of a Commitment Increase pursuant to Section 2.18 or an extension of the Termination Date pursuant to Section 2.20, and upon the Agent’s receipt of such Lender’s Assumption Agreement and recording of the information contained therein in the Register, from and after the applicable Increase Date or Anniversary Date, as the case may be, the Agent shall make all payments hereunder and under any Notes issued in

 

23


connection therewith in respect of the interest assumed thereby to the Assuming Lender. Upon its acceptance of an Assignment and Assumption and recording of the information contained therein in the Register pursuant to Section 9.07(c), from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment and Assumption, the Agent shall make all payments hereunder and under the Notes in respect of the interest assigned thereby to the Lender assignee thereunder, and the parties to such Assignment and Assumption shall make all appropriate adjustments in such payments for periods prior to such effective date directly between themselves.

(b) All computations of interest based on Citibank’s announced base rate shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and all computations of interest based on the Eurocurrency Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or clauses (b) and (c) of the definition of Base Rate and of fees and Letter of Credit commissions shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 360 days (or, in each case of Advances denominated in Committed Currencies where market practice differs, in accordance with market practice), in each case for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest, fees or commissions are payable. Each determination by the Agent of an interest rate hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(c) Whenever any payment hereunder or under the Notes shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of payment of interest, fee or commission, as the case may be; provided , however , that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurocurrency Rate Advances to be made in the next following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day.

(d) Unless the Agent shall have received notice from any Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Appropriate Lenders hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment in full, the Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be distributed to each Appropriate Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender. If and to the extent such Borrower shall not have so made such payment in full to the Agent, each Lender shall repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such amount distributed to such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date such Lender repays such amount to the Agent, at (i) the Federal Funds Rate in the case of Advances denominated in Dollars or (ii) the cost of funds incurred by the Agent in respect of such amount in the case of Advances denominated in Committed Currencies.

(e) To the extent that the Agent receives funds for application to the amounts owing by any Borrower under or in respect of this Agreement or any Note in currencies other than the currency or currencies required to enable the Agent to distribute funds to the Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.13, the Agent shall be entitled to convert or exchange such funds into Dollars or into a Committed Currency or from Dollars to a Committed Currency or from a Committed Currency to Dollars, as the case may be, to the extent necessary to enable the Agent to distribute such funds in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.13; provided that each Borrower and each of the Appropriate Lenders hereby agree that the Agent shall not be liable or responsible for any loss, cost or expense suffered by such Borrower or such Lender as a result of any conversion or exchange of currencies affected pursuant to this Section 2.13(e) or as a result of the failure of the Agent to effect any such conversion or exchange; and provided further that the Borrowers agree to indemnify the Agent and each Lender, and hold the Agent and each Lender harmless, for any and all losses, costs and expenses incurred by the Agent or any Lender for any conversion or exchange of currencies (or the failure to convert or exchange any currencies) in accordance with this Section 2.13(e), absent gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Agent or such Lender, respectively.

SECTION 2.14. Taxes . (a) Any and all payments by each Borrower to or for the account of any Lender or the Agent hereunder or under the Notes or any other documents to be delivered hereunder shall be made, in accordance with Section 2.13 or the applicable provisions of such other documents, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding (i) in the case of each Lender and the Agent, taxes imposed on its overall net income (including branch profits taxes), and franchise taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income taxes, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any political subdivision thereof and, in the case of each Lender, taxes imposed on its overall net income (including branch profits taxes, and franchise taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction of such Lender’s

 

24


Applicable Lending Office or any political subdivision thereof, (ii) Other Connection Taxes and (iii) any United States withholding taxes imposed under FATCA (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities in respect of payments hereunder or under the Notes being hereinafter referred to as “ Taxes ”). If any Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or under any Note or any other documents to be delivered hereunder to any Lender or the Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.14) such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) such Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Company shall pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or under the Notes any other documents to be delivered hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, performing under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or the Notes or any other documents to be delivered hereunder (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”).

(c) Each Borrower shall indemnify each Lender and the Agent for and hold it harmless against the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without limitation, taxes of any kind imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.14) imposed on or paid by such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto other than such liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) attributable to the acts of or failure to act by such Lender. This indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) makes written demand therefor. Upon request from a Borrower, the Lender or Agent (as the case may be) shall provide such Borrower with such information and documentation as to the calculation of the indemnification payment as such Borrower may reasonably request.

(d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, each Borrower shall furnish to the Agent, at its address referred to in Section 9.02, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing such payment to the extent such a receipt is issued therefor, or other written proof of payment thereof that is reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. In the case of any payment hereunder or under the Notes or any other documents to be delivered hereunder by or on behalf of such Borrower through an account or branch outside the United States or by or on behalf of such Borrower by a payor that is not a United States person, if such Borrower determines that no Taxes are payable in respect thereof, such Borrower shall furnish, or shall cause such payor to furnish, to the Agent, at such address, evidence of substantial authority acceptable to the Agent stating that such payment is exempt from Taxes. For purposes of this subsection (d) and subsection (e), the terms “ United States ” and “ United States person ” shall have the meanings specified in Section 7701 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(e) (i) Each Lender organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States (a “ non-U.S. Lender ”), on or prior to the date of its execution and delivery of this Agreement in the case of each Initial Lender and on the date of the Assumption Agreement or the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which it becomes a Lender in the case of each other Lender, and from time to time thereafter as reasonably requested in writing by the Company (but only so long as such Lender remains lawfully able to do so), shall provide each of the Agent and the Company with two original Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8BEN or W-8ECI, as appropriate, or any successor or other form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service, certifying that such Lender is exempt from or entitled to a reduced rate of United States withholding tax on payments pursuant to this Agreement or the Notes. If the form provided by a Lender at the time such Lender first becomes a party to this Agreement indicates a United States interest withholding tax rate in excess of zero, withholding tax at such rate shall be considered excluded from Taxes unless and until such Lender provides the appropriate forms certifying that a lesser rate applies, whereupon withholding tax at such lesser rate only shall be considered excluded from Taxes for periods governed by such form; provided , however , that, if at the date of the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which a Lender assignee becomes a party to this Agreement, the Lender assignor was entitled to payments under subsection (a) in respect of United States withholding tax with respect to interest paid at such date, then, to such extent, the term Taxes shall include (in addition to withholding taxes that may be imposed in the future or other amounts otherwise includable in Taxes) United States withholding tax, if any, applicable with respect to the Lender assignee on such date. If any form or document referred to in this subsection (e) requires the disclosure of information, other than information necessary to compute the tax payable and information required on the date hereof by Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, that the Lender reasonably considers to be confidential, the Lender shall give notice thereof to the Company and shall not be obligated to include in such form or document such confidential information.

 

25


(ii) If a payment made to a Lender hereunder would be subject to United States federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Company and the Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Company or the Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Company or the Agent as may be necessary for the Company or the Agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. A Lender shall not be entitled to payment or indemnification under Section 2.14(a) or (c) with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States by reason of FATCA.

(f) For any period with respect to which a non-U.S. Lender has failed to provide the Company with the appropriate form, certificate or other document described in Section 2.14(e) ( other than to the extent such failure is due to a change in law, or in the interpretation or application thereof, occurring subsequent to the date on which a form, certificate or other document originally was required to be provided), such non-U.S. Lender shall not be entitled to payment or indemnification under Section 2.14(a) or (c) with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States by reason of such failure; provided , however , that should a Lender become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form, certificate or other document required hereunder, the Company shall take such steps as the Lender shall reasonably request to assist the Lender to recover such Taxes.

(g) Any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax.

(h) In addition, in the case of any Borrower that is organized in a jurisdiction other than the United States, if a Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which such Borrower is organized, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party with respect to payments under this Agreement or under the Notes, such Lender shall deliver to the Company (with a copy to the Agent) and, if required, to any applicable governmental authority, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested in writing by the Company or the Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. To the extent that such Lender is legally entitled to provide such a form and fails to satisfy the requirements of the preceding sentence, such Lender shall not be entitled to payment or indemnification under Section 2.14(a) or (c) with respect to Taxes imposed by such jurisdiction in which the applicable Borrower is organized by reason of such failure; provided , however , that should a Lender become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver a form, certificate or other document required hereunder, the Company and such Borrower shall take such steps as the Lender shall reasonably request to assist the Lender to recover such Taxes.

(i) Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 2.14 agrees to use reasonable efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its Eurocurrency Lending Office if the making of such a change would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, any such additional amounts that may thereafter accrue and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

(j) If an additional payment is made under subsection (a) or (c) above for the account of any Lender and such Lender, in its sole discretion (exercising good faith), determines that it has finally and irrevocably received or been granted a credit against or release or remission for, or repayment of, any tax paid or payable by it in respect of or calculated with reference to the deduction or withholding giving rise to such payment, such Lender shall, to the extent that it determines that it can do so without prejudice to the retention of the amount of such credit, relief, remission or repayment, pay to the applicable Borrower such amount as the Lender shall, in its sole discretion (exercising good faith), have determined to be attributable to such deduction or withholding and which will leave such Lender (after such payment) in no worse position than it would have been in if such Borrower had not been

 

26


required to make such deduction or withholding. Such Lender shall provide to the applicable Borrower reasonable information regarding any creditable amounts it expects to receive, and the expected time for receiving such credit or refund. Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender to claim any tax credit or to disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any Lender to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.

SECTION 2.15. Sharing of Payments, Etc . If any Lender shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the Advances owing to it (other than (x) as payment of an Advance made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2.03(c) or (y) pursuant to Section 2.11, 2.14, 2.19 or 9.04(c)) in excess of its pro rata share of payments on account of the Advances obtained by all the Lenders, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Advances owing to them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, such purchase from each Lender shall be rescinded and such Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price to the extent of such recovery together with an amount equal to such Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered; provided further that, so long as the maturity of the obligations under this Agreement and the Notes shall not have been accelerated, any excess payment received by any Appropriate Lender in respect of any Facility shall be shared on a pro rata basis only with other Appropriate Lenders. Each Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.15 may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.

SECTION 2.16. Evidence of Debt . (a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of each Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Advance owing to such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder in respect of Advances. Each Borrower agrees that upon notice by any Lender to such Borrower (with a copy of such notice to the Agent) to the effect that a Note is required or appropriate in order for such Lender to evidence (whether for purposes of pledge, enforcement or otherwise) the Advances owing to, or to be made by, such Lender, such Borrower shall promptly execute and deliver to such Lender a Revolving Credit Note and a Term Note, as applicable, in substantially the form of Exhibits A-1 and A-2 hereto, respectively, payable to the order of such Lender in a principal amount equal to the Revolving Credit Commitment and the Term Commitment, respectively, of such Lender.

(b) The Register maintained by the Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(c) shall include a control account, and a subsidiary account for each Lender, in which accounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the date and amount of each Borrowing made hereunder, the Type of Advances comprising such Borrowing and, if appropriate, the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the terms of each Assumption Agreement and each Assignment and Assumption delivered to and accepted by it, (iii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iv) the amount of any sum received by the Agent from such Borrower hereunder and each Lender’s share thereof.

(c) Entries made in good faith by the Agent in the Register pursuant to subsection (b) above, and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to subsection (a) above, shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement, absent manifest error; provided , however , that the failure of the Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of any Borrower under this Agreement.

SECTION 2.17. Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Advances shall be available (and each Borrower agrees that it shall use such proceeds) solely for general corporate purposes (including acquisitions) of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

 

27


SECTION 2.18. Increase in the Aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments . (a) The Company may, at any time but in any event not more than once in any calendar year prior to the latest Termination Date, by notice to the Agent, request that the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments be increased by an amount of $50,000,000 or an integral multiple thereof (each a “ Commitment Increase ”) to be effective as of a date that is at least 90 days prior to the latest scheduled Termination Date (the “ Increase Date ”) as specified in the related notice to the Agent; provided , however that (i) in no event shall the aggregate amount of the Commitment Increases at any time exceed $500,000,000 and (ii) on the date of any request by the Company for a Commitment Increase and on the related Increase Date the applicable conditions set forth in Article III shall be satisfied.

(b) The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and such Eligible Assignees as are identified by the Company of the request by the Company for a Commitment Increase, which notice shall include (i) the proposed amount of such requested Commitment Increase, (ii) the proposed Increase Date and (iii) the date by which Lenders wishing to participate in the Commitment Increase and such Eligible Assignees must commit to (x) in the case of a Lender, an increase in the amount of their respective Revolving Credit Commitments or (y) in the case of an Eligible Assignee, to assume a Revolving Credit Commitment hereunder (the “ Commitment Date ”). Each Lender and Eligible Assignee that is willing to participate in such requested Commitment Increase (each an “ Increasing Lender ”) shall, in its sole discretion, give written notice to the Agent on or prior to the Commitment Date of the amount by which it is willing to participate in such increase; provided , however , that the Revolving Credit Commitment of each such Eligible Assignee shall be in an amount of $10,000,000 or more. If the Lenders and such Eligible Assignees notify the Agent that they are willing to participate in such increase by an aggregate amount that exceeds the amount of the requested Commitment Increase, the requested Commitment Increase shall be allocated among the Lenders willing to participate therein and such Eligible Assignees in such amounts as are agreed between the Company and the Agent. Each Lender’s and each Eligible Assignee’s proposed increased Revolving Credit Commitment shall be subject to the prior written approval of each Issuing Bank.

(c) Promptly following each Commitment Date, the Agent shall notify the Company as to the amount, if any, by which the Lenders and Eligible Assignees are willing to participate in the requested Commitment Increase.

(d) On each Increase Date, each Eligible Assignee that accepts an offer to participate in a requested Commitment Increase in accordance with Section 2.18(b) (each such Eligible Assignee, an “ Assuming Lender ”) shall become a Lender party to this Agreement as of such Increase Date and the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Increasing Lender for such requested Commitment Increase shall be so increased by such amount (or by the amount allocated to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.18(b)) as of such Increase Date; provided , however , that the Agent shall have received on or before such Increase Date the following, each dated such date:

(i) (A) certified copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company or the Executive Committee of such Board approving the Commitment Increase and the corresponding modifications to this Agreement and (B) an opinion of counsel for the Company (which may be in-house counsel), in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto;

(ii) an assumption agreement from each Assuming Lender, if any, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and the Agent (each an “ Assumption Agreement ”), duly executed by such Eligible Assignee, the Agent and the Company; and

(iii) confirmation from each Increasing Lender of the increase in the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment in a writing satisfactory to the Company and the Agent.

On each Increase Date, upon fulfillment of the conditions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 2.18(d), the Agent shall notify the Lenders (including, without limitation, each Assuming Lender) and the Company, on or before 1:00 P.M. (New York City time), by telecopier, of the occurrence of the Commitment Increase to be effected on such Increase Date and shall record in the Register the relevant information with respect to each Increasing Lender and each Assuming Lender on such date. Each Increasing Lender and each Assuming Lender shall, before 2:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the Increase Date, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Revolving Credit Advances of the other Revolving Credit Lenders or take such other actions as the Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Credit Advances to be held pro rata by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with the Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

28


Section 2.19. Defaulting Lenders . (a) If any Letters of Credit are outstanding at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, and the Revolving Credit Commitments have not been terminated in accordance with Section 6.01, then:

(i) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, all or any part of the Available Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit shall be reallocated among the Revolving Credit Lenders that are not Defaulting Lenders (“ non-Defaulting Lenders ”) in accordance with their respective Ratable Shares (disregarding any Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made by such non-Defaulting Lenders (in their capacity as Revolving Credit Lenders) and outstanding at such time, plus (B) such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Ratable Shares (before giving effect to the reallocation contemplated herein) of the Available Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, plus (C) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made by each Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.03(c) that have not been ratably funded by Lenders and outstanding at such time, plus (D) such Defaulting Lender’s Ratable Share of the Available Amount of such Letters of Credit, does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made by any non-Defaulting Lender (in its capacity as a Revolving Credit Lender) and outstanding at such time, plus (B) such non-Defaulting Lender’s participation interest (after giving effect to the reallocation contemplated herein) in the Available Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and Revolving Credit Advances made by each Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.03(c) that have not been ratably funded by Lenders, does not exceed such non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment.

(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the applicable Borrower shall within two Business Days following notice by any Issuing Bank, cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s Ratable Share of the Available Amount of such Letters of Credit (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above), by paying cash collateral in such amount to such Issuing Bank; provided that, so long as no Default shall be continuing, such cash collateral shall be released promptly upon the earliest of (A) the reallocation of the Available Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit among non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with clause (i) above, (B) the termination of the Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender or (C) such Issuing Bank’s good faith determination that there exists excess cash collateral (in which case, the amount equal to such excess cash collateral shall be released);

(iii) if the Ratable Shares of Letters of Credit of the non-Defaulting Lenders are reallocated or cash collateralized pursuant to this Section 2.19(a), then the fees payable to the Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.04(b)(i) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Ratable Shares of the Letters of Credit that are not cash collateralized; or

(iv) if any Defaulting Lender’s Ratable Share of Letters of Credit is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to Section 2.19(a), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder, all letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.04(b)(i) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Ratable Share of Letters of Credit shall be payable to the applicable Issuing Bank until such Defaulting Lender’s Ratable Share of Letters of Credit is cash collateralized and/or reallocated.

(b) So long as any Revolving Credit Lender is a Defaulting Lender, no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Credit Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrowers in accordance with Section 2.19(a), and participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.19(a)(i) (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein).

(c) No Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender shall be increased or otherwise affected, and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.19, performance by any Borrower of its obligations shall not be excused or otherwise modified as a result of the operation of this Section 2.19. The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.19 are in addition to any other rights and remedies which any Borrower, the Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

 

29


(d) If each Borrower, the Agent and each Issuing Bank agree in writing in their reasonable determination that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Revolving Credit Advances of the other Revolving Credit Lenders or take such other actions as the Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Credit Advances and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit to be held on a pro rata basis by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their Ratable Share (without giving effect to Section 2.19(a)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any payment of principal, interest, fees, Letter of Credit commissions or other amounts received by the Agent for the account of any Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article VI or otherwise) shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Agent hereunder; second , in the case of a Defaulting Lender that is a Revolving Credit Lender, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any Issuing Bank hereunder; third , in the case of a Defaulting Lender that is a Revolving Credit Lender, if so determined by the Agent or requested by any Issuing Bank, to be held as cash collateral for future funding obligations of such Defaulting Lender in respect of any participation in any Letter of Credit; fourth , as the Borrowers may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Advance in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Agent; fifth , in the case of a Defaulting Lender that is a Revolving Credit Lender, if so determined by the Agent and the Borrowers, to be held in the L/C Cash Deposit Account and released in order to satisfy obligations of such Defaulting Lender to fund Revolving Credit Advances under this Agreement; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or Issuing Bank against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to any Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by such Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Advance in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Advances were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the applicable conditions set forth in Article III were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Advances of all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Advances of such Defaulting Lender and provided further that any amounts held as cash collateral for funding obligations of a Defaulting Lender shall be returned to such Defaulting Lender upon the termination of this Agreement and the satisfaction of such Defaulting Lender’s obligations hereunder. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

SECTION 2.20. Extensions of Termination Date . (a)  Requests for Extension . The Company may, by notice to the Agent (who shall promptly notify the Revolving Credit Lenders) not earlier than 60 days and not later than 35 days prior to the first and/or second anniversary of the Effective Date (an “ Anniversary Date ”), request that each Revolving Credit Lender extend such Lender’s Termination Date for an additional one year from the Termination Date then in effect with respect to such Lender.

(b) Lender Elections to Extend . Each Revolving Credit Lender, acting in its sole and individual discretion, shall, by notice to the Agent given not earlier than 30 days prior to the applicable Anniversary Date and not later than the date (the “ Notice Date ”) that is 20 days prior to such Anniversary Date, advise the Agent whether or not such Lender agrees to such extension (and each Revolving Credit Lender that determines not to so extend its Termination Date (a “ Non-Extending Lender ”) shall notify the Agent of such fact promptly after such determination (but in any event no later than the Notice Date) and any Revolving Credit Lender that does not so advise the Agent on or before the Notice Date shall be deemed to be a Non-Extending Lender). The election of any Revolving Credit Lender to agree to such extension shall not obligate any other Revolving Credit Lender to so agree.

 

30


(c) Notification by Agent . The Agent shall notify the Company of each Revolving Credit Lender’s determination under this Section no later than the date 15 days prior to the applicable Anniversary Date (or, if such date is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business Day).

(d) Additional Commitment Lenders . The Company shall have the right on or before the applicable Anniversary Date to replace each Non-Extending Lender with, and add as “Revolving Credit Lenders” under this Agreement in place thereof, one or more Eligible Assignees (as an Assuming Lender), each of which Assuming Lenders shall have entered into an Assumption Agreement pursuant to which such Assuming Lender shall, effective as of the applicable Anniversary Date, undertake a Revolving Credit Commitment (and, if any such Assuming Lender is already a Lender, its Revolving Credit Commitment shall be in addition to such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment hereunder on such date).

(e) Minimum Extension Requirement . If (and only if) the total of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Revolving Credit Lenders that have agreed so to extend their Termination Date and the additional Revolving Credit Commitments of the Assuming Lenders shall be more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments in effect immediately prior to the applicable Anniversary Date, then, effective as of such Anniversary Date, the Termination Date of each extending Revolving Credit Lender and of each Assuming Lender shall be extended to the date falling one year after the Termination Date in effect for such Revolving Credit Lenders (except that, if such date is not a Business Day, such Termination Date as so extended shall be the next preceding Business Day) and each Assuming Lender shall thereupon become a “Revolving Credit Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS AND LENDING

SECTION 3.01. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of Section 2.01 . Section 2.01 of this Agreement shall become effective on and as of the first date (the “ Effective Date ”) on which the following conditions precedent have been satisfied:

(a) Except as publicly disclosed prior to June 23, 2015, there shall have occurred no Material Adverse Change since August 31, 2014.

(b) There shall exist no action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending or threatened before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator that (i) could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect other than the matters described on Schedule 3.01(b) hereto (the “ Disclosed Litigation ”) or (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any Note or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and there shall have been no material adverse change in the status, or financial effect on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, of the Disclosed Litigation from that described on Schedule 3.01(b) hereto.

(c) Nothing shall have come to the attention of the Lenders during the course of their due diligence investigation to lead them to believe that the information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries in the Information Memorandum was or has become misleading, incorrect or incomplete in any material respect; without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders shall have been given such access to the management, records, books of account, contracts and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries as they shall have requested.

(d) All governmental and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained (without the imposition of any conditions that are not acceptable to the Lenders) and shall remain in effect, and no law or regulation shall be applicable in the reasonable judgment of the Lenders that restrains, prevents or imposes materially adverse conditions upon the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

31


(e) The Company shall have notified each Lender and the Agent in writing as to the proposed Effective Date.

(f) The Company shall have paid all accrued fees and expenses of the Agent and the Lenders associated with this Agreement (including the accrued fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent).

(g) On the Effective Date, the following statements shall be true and the Agent shall have received for the account of each Lender a certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, dated the Effective Date, stating that:

(i) The representations and warranties contained in Section 4.01 are correct on and as of the Effective Date, and

(ii) No event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default.

(h) The Agent shall have received on or before the Effective Date the following, each dated the Effective Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and (except for the Notes) in sufficient copies for each Lender:

(i) The Notes to the Lenders to the extent requested by any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16.

(ii) Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company approving this Agreement and the Notes, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement and the Notes.

(iii) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Company authorized to sign this Agreement and the Notes and the other documents to be delivered hereunder.

(iv) Favorable opinions of Holland & Knight LLP, counsel for the Company, and in-house counsel of the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibits D-1 and D-2 hereto, respectively, and as to such other matters as any Lender through the Agent may reasonably request.

(v) A favorable opinion of Shearman & Sterling LLP, counsel for the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

(i) The Company shall have repaid or prepaid all of the accrued obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement.

SECTION 3.02. Initial Advance to Each Designated Subsidiary . The obligation of each Lender to make an initial Advance to each Designated Subsidiary is subject to the receipt by the Agent on or before the date of that is ten Business Days prior to such initial Advance of each of the following, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and dated such date, and (except for the Notes) in sufficient copies for each Lender:

(a) The Notes of such Designated Subsidiary to the Lenders to the extent requested by any Lender pursuant to Section 2.16.

(b) Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Designated Subsidiary (with a certified English translation if the original thereof is not in English) approving this Agreement and the Notes to be delivered by it, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement.

 

32


(c) A certificate of a proper officer of such Designated Subsidiary certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Designated Subsidiary authorized to sign its Designation Agreement and the Notes to be delivered by it and the other documents to be delivered by it hereunder.

(d) A certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, certifying that such Designated Subsidiary has obtained all governmental and third party authorizations, consents, approvals (including exchange control approvals) and licenses required under applicable laws and regulations necessary for such Designated Subsidiary to execute and deliver its Designation Agreement and the Notes to be delivered by it and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

(e) A Designation Agreement duly executed by such Designated Subsidiary and the Company.

(f) Favorable opinions of counsel (which may be in-house counsel) to such Designated Subsidiary substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, and as to such other matters as any Lender through the Agent may request.

(g) Such other approvals, opinions or documents as any Lender, through the Agent, may reasonably request including, without limitation, such information as may be required for the Agent or such Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations.

SECTION 3.03. Conditions Precedent to Each Borrowing, Issuance, Commitment Increase and Commitment Extension . The obligation of each Lender to make an Advance (other than an Advance made by any Issuing Bank or any Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c)) on the occasion of each Borrowing, the obligation of each Issuing Bank to issue a Letter of Credit, each Commitment Increase and each extension of Revolving Credit Commitments shall be subject to the conditions precedent that the Effective Date shall have occurred and on the date of such Borrowing, such Issuance, the applicable Increase Date or the applicable Anniversary Date (as the case may be) (a) the following statements shall be true (and each of the giving of the applicable Notice of Borrowing, Notice of Issuance, request for Commitment Increase, request for Commitment extension and the acceptance by any Borrower of the proceeds of such Borrowing, such Issuance, such Increase Date or such Anniversary Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by such Borrower that on such date such statements are true):

(i) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.01 (except, in the case of a Borrowing or an Issuance, the representations set forth in the last sentence of subsection (e) thereof and in Section (f)(i) thereof) are correct on and as of such date, before and after giving effect to such Borrowing, such Issuance, such Commitment Increase or such extension of Revolving Credit Commitments and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date, and additionally, if such Borrowing or Issuance shall have been requested by a Designated Subsidiary, the representations and warranties of such Designated Subsidiary contained in its Designation Agreement are correct on and as of the date of such Borrowing or such Issuance, before and after giving effect to such Borrowing, such Issuance, such Commitment Increase or such extension of Revolving Credit Commitments and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date, and

(ii) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Borrowing, such Issuance, such Commitment Increase or such extension of Revolving Credit Commitments or from the application of the proceeds therefrom, that constitutes a Default;

and (b) the Agent shall have received such other approvals, opinions or documents that relate to the matters set forth in clause (a) above as the Required Lenders through the Agent may reasonably request.

SECTION 3.04. Determinations Under Section 3.01 . For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 3.01, each Lender shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lenders unless an officer of the Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Effective Date or the date of the initial Advance to the applicable Designated Subsidiary, as the case may be, specifying its objection thereto. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of the occurrence of the Effective Date and each date of initial Advance to a Designated Subsidiary, as applicable.

 

33


ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants as follows:

(a) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Notes to be delivered by it, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, are within the Company’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not contravene (i) the Company’s charter or by-laws or (ii) any material law or any material contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Company.

(c) No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other third party is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement or the Notes to be delivered by it.

(d) This Agreement has been, and each of the Notes to be delivered by it when delivered hereunder will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Company. This Agreement is, and each of the Notes when delivered hereunder will be, the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower party thereto enforceable against such Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or law).

(e) The Consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at August 31, 2014, and the related Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, accompanied by an opinion of Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, copies of which have been furnished to each Lender, fairly present the Consolidated financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at such date and the Consolidated results of the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date, all in accordance with GAAP consistently applied. Except as publicly disclosed prior to June 23, 2015, since August 31, 2014, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

(f) There is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, overtly threatened action, suit, investigation, litigation or administrative or judicial proceeding, including, without limitation, any Environmental Action, affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator that (i) could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Litigation), and there has been no material adverse change in the status, or financial effect on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, of the Disclosed Litigation from that described on Schedule 3.01(b) hereto or (ii) purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any Note or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(g) No Borrower is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no proceeds of any Advance will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock in violation of Regulation U. Following application of the proceeds of each Advance, not more than 25 percent of the value of the assets (either of the Company only or of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of Section 5.02(a) or subject to any restriction on sale, pledge, or other

 

34


disposition contained in any agreement or instrument between the Company and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender relating to Debt and within the scope of Section 6.01(d) will be margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

(h) No Borrower is an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(i) Neither the information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries in the Information Memorandum nor any other written information, exhibit or report furnished by or on behalf of the Company or any other Borrower to the Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation and syndication of this Agreement or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading.

(j) Neither any Borrower, nor any of its owners, or any officers, directors or employees, is named as a “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” as designated by the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or as a person, group, entity or nation designated in Presidential Executive Order 13224 as a person who commits, threatens to commit, or supports terrorism; (ii) no Borrower is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the government of any country that is subject to a United States Embargo; and (iii) no Borrower is acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity or nation named by the United States Treasury Department as a “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person,” or for or on behalf of any person, group, entity or nation designated in Presidential Executive Order 13224 as a person who commits, threatens to commit, or supports terrorism; and no Borrower is engaged in this transaction directly or indirectly on behalf of, or facilitating this transaction directly or indirectly on behalf of, any such person, group, entity or nation described in (i), (ii), or (iii).

(k) The Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees and, to the knowledge of the Company, its directors and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects. None of (a) the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b) to the knowledge of the Company, any agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No Borrowing or Letter of Credit, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated hereby will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

SECTION 5.01. Affirmative Covenants . So long as any Advance shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit is outstanding or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Company will:

(a) Compliance with Laws, Etc . Comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, such compliance to include, without limitation, compliance with ERISA, Environmental Laws and the Patriot Act, except to the extent such failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

(b) Payment of Taxes, Etc . Pay and discharge, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its property and (ii) all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might by law become a

 

35


Lien upon its property; provided , however , that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or discharge any such tax, assessment, charge or claim that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and as to which appropriate reserves are being maintained, unless and until any Lien resulting therefrom attaches to its property and becomes enforceable against its other creditors.

(c) Maintenance of Insurance . Maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks as is usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the same general areas in which the Company or such Subsidiary operates; provided , however , that the Company and its Subsidiaries may self-insure to the extent consistent with prudent business practice for companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the same general areas in which the Company or such Subsidiary operates.

(d) Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc . Preserve and maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to preserve and maintain, its corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided , however , that the Company and its Subsidiaries may (i) consummate any merger or consolidation or other transaction permitted under Section 5.02(b), (ii) sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, any Subsidiary of the Company if permitted under Section 5.02(e), (iii) dissolve or terminate the existence of any Subsidiary of the Company possessing immaterial assets or liabilities or no continuing business purpose, or (iv) dissolve or terminate the existence of any Subsidiary if in the Company’s determination (w) the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and (x) the loss thereof is not materially disadvantageous to the Company or the Lenders, and provided further that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to preserve any right or franchise if in the Company’s determination (y) the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be and (z) the loss thereof is not materially disadvantageous to the Company, such Subsidiary or the Lenders.

(e) Visitation Rights . At any reasonable time during normal business hours and from time to time upon reasonable notice, permit the Agent or any of the Lenders or any agents or representatives thereof, to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records and books of account of, and visit the properties of, the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries with any of their officers or directors and with their independent certified public accountants, subject to applicable regulations of the Federal government relating to classified information and reasonable security and safety regulations of the Company.

(f) Keeping of Books . Keep, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to keep, proper books of record and account, in which full and correct entries shall be made of all financial transactions and the assets and business of the Company and each such Subsidiary materially in accordance with, and to the extent required by, GAAP.

(g) Maintenance of Properties, Etc . Maintain and preserve, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, all of its properties that are material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, in accordance with customary and prudent business practices for similar businesses; provided , however , that the Company and its Subsidiaries may sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, any properties if permitted under Section 5.02(e).

(h) Transactions with Affiliates . Conduct, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to conduct, all transactions otherwise permitted under this Agreement with any of their Affiliates (other than the Company and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries) on terms that are fair and reasonable and no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.

(i) Reporting Requirements . Furnish to the Agent, who shall furnish to the Lenders:

(i) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, the Consolidated balance sheet of the

 

36


Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, duly certified (subject to year-end audit adjustments) by the chief financial officer or other authorized financial officer of the Company as having been prepared in accordance with GAAP and certificates of the chief financial officer or other authorized financial officer of the Company as to compliance with the terms of this Agreement and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations necessary to demonstrate compliance with Section 5.03, provided that in the event of any change in GAAP used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Company shall also provide, if necessary for the determination of compliance with Section 5.03, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to Initial GAAP;

(ii) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of the annual audit report for such year for the Company and its Subsidiaries, containing the Consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, in each case accompanied by an opinion acceptable in scope to the Required Lenders by Ernst & Young LLP or other independent public accountants acceptable to the Required Lenders and certificates of the chief financial officer or other authorized financial officer of the Company as to compliance with the terms of this Agreement and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations necessary to demonstrate compliance with Section 5.03, provided that in the event of any change in GAAP used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Company shall also provide, if necessary for the determination of compliance with Section 5.03, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to Initial GAAP;

(iii) as soon as possible and in any event within seven days after the occurrence of each Default continuing on the date of such statement, a statement of the chief financial officer or other authorized financial officer of the Company setting forth details of such Default and the action that the Company has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(iv) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all reports that the Company sends to any of its securityholders, and copies of all reports and registration statements that the Company or any Subsidiary files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange;

(v) promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of all actions and proceedings before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of the type described in Section 4.01(f); and

(vi) such other information respecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as any Lender through the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Financial reports required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) and (iv) above shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which such report is posted on the Company’s website at www.jabil.com, and such posting shall be deemed to satisfy the financial reporting requirements of clauses (i), (ii) and (iv) above, it being understood that the Company shall provide all other reports and certificates required to be delivered under this Section 5.01(i) in the manner set forth in Section 9.02.

SECTION 5.02. Negative Covenants . So long as any Advance shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit is outstanding or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Company will not:

(a) Liens, Etc . Create or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to any of its properties, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to assign, any right to receive income, other than:

(i) Permitted Liens,

 

37


(ii) purchase money Liens upon or in any real property or equipment acquired or held by the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business to secure the purchase price of such property or equipment or to secure Debt incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such property or equipment, or Liens existing on such property or equipment at the time of its acquisition (other than any such Liens created in contemplation of such acquisition that were not incurred to finance the acquisition of such property) or extensions, renewals or replacements of any of the foregoing for the same or a lesser amount, provided , however , that no such Lien shall extend to or cover any properties of any character other than the real property or equipment being acquired (and any accessions or additions thereto, and proceeds thereof), and no such extension, renewal or replacement shall extend to or cover any properties not theretofore subject to the Lien being extended, renewed or replaced, provided further that the aggregate principal amount of the indebtedness secured by the Liens referred to in this clause (ii) shall not exceed the amount specified therefor in Section 5.02(d)(iii) at any time outstanding,

(iii) the Liens existing on the Effective Date and described on Schedule 5.02(a) hereto,

(iv) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person so merged into or consolidated with the Company or such Subsidiary or acquired by the Company or such Subsidiary,

(v) assignments of the right to receive income or Liens that arise in connection with receivables securitization programs, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount specified therefor in Section 5.02(d)(vi) at any time outstanding (for purposes of this clause (v), the “principal amount” of a receivables securitization program shall mean the Invested Amount),

(vi) Liens securing Debt of Subsidiaries of the Company organized under the laws of any country other than the United States of America or a State thereof, which Debt is permitted under Section 5.02(d),

(vii) Liens securing obligations in respect of acceptances, trade letters of credit, undrawn standby letters of credit, bank guarantees, surety bonds or similar extensions of credit,

(viii) Liens securing Debt in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount specified in Section 5.02(d)(iv) at any time outstanding,

(ix) Liens that are within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business securing obligations under Hedge Agreements designed solely to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities,

(x) Liens arising in connection with obligations permitted under Section 5.02(d)(ix), provided that such Liens shall not extend beyond the amounts on deposit in such deposit accounts,

(xi) Liens on inventory valued at not more than $125,000,000 at any time in favor of customers that have paid a deposit on the inventory so encumbered,

(xii) assignments of the right to receive income and/or accounts receivable in connection with the sales of accounts receivable and related assets, including pursuant to factoring programs, whether or not the Company or any of its Subsidiaries remain as servicer,

 

38


(xiii) Liens on cash as contemplated by Section 2.19 or 6.02,

(xiv) Liens, if any, in respect of leases that have been, or should be, in accordance with GAAP in effect on the date hereof, recorded as capital leases or in respect of any synthetic lease or tax ownership operating lease, and

(xv) the replacement, extension or renewal of any Lien permitted by clause (iii) or (iv) above upon or in the property theretofore subject thereto or the replacement, extension or renewal (without increase in the amount or change in any direct or contingent obligor) of the Debt secured thereby.

(b) Mergers, Etc . Merge or consolidate with or into any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except (i) that any Subsidiary of the Company may merge, consolidate, amalgamate, or combine with or into any other Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Company may merge, consolidate, amalgamate, or combine with or into the Company, (iii) any Subsidiary of the Company and the Company may merge, consolidate, amalgamate, or combine with or into any other Person if, as a result of one or a series of transactions, the surviving or resulting entity is or becomes a Subsidiary or, if the Company is a party to such transaction, the surviving entity is the Company and (iv) any Subsidiary may merge, consolidate, amalgamate, or combine with or into any Person other than the Company or another Subsidiary if at such time the assets of the Subsidiary would be permitted to be sold to such Person pursuant to Subsection 5.02(e)(viii), provided , in each case, that no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such proposed transaction or would result therefrom.

(c) Accounting Changes . Make or permit, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make or permit, any change in accounting policies or reporting practices, except as required or permitted by GAAP.

(d) Subsidiary Debt . Permit any of its Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist, any Debt other than:

(i) Debt owed to the Company or to a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company or under this Agreement or the Notes,

(ii) Debt existing on, or available under lines of credit existing on, the Effective Date and described on Schedule 5.02(d) hereto (the “ Existing Debt ”), and any Debt extending the maturity of, or refunding or refinancing, in whole or in part, the Existing Debt, provided that the principal amount of, or amount available under lines of credit constituting, such Existing Debt shall not be increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding or amount available immediately prior to such extension, refunding or refinancing, and the direct and contingent obligors therefor shall not be changed, as a result of or in connection with such extension, refunding or refinancing,

(iii) Debt secured by Liens permitted by Section 5.02(a)(ii) aggregating for the Company and all of the Company’s Subsidiaries not more than $25,000,000 at any one time outstanding,

(iv) Debt that, in aggregate with (but without duplication of) all Debt secured by Liens permitted by Section 5.02(a)(viii), does not exceed $100,000,000 at any one time outstanding,

(v) Debt incurred or assumed or acquired by Subsidiaries of the Company organized under the laws of any country other than the United States of America or a State thereof aggregating for all such Subsidiaries of not more than $400,000,000 at any one time outstanding,

(vi) Debt, if any, arising in connection with receivables securitization programs in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $750,000,000 at any time outstanding (for purposes of this clause (v), the “principal amount” of a receivables securitization program shall mean the Invested Amount),

 

39


(vii) obligations of any Subsidiary of the Company organized under the laws of any country other than the United States of America or a State thereof under any Hedge Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business to protect the Company and its Subsidiaries against fluctuations in interest or exchange rates,

(viii) obligations in respect of acceptances, trade letters of credit, undrawn standby letters of credit, bank guarantees, surety bonds or similar extensions of credit,

(ix) obligations which in aggregate do not exceed $150,000,000 arising in connection with the administration and operation of cash management services for the Company and any of its Subsidiaries, including cash pooling arrangements and overdraft facilities,

(x) Debt of a Person at the time such Person is merged into or consolidated with any Subsidiary of the Company or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Debt was not created in contemplation of such merger, consolidation or acquisition, and any Debt extending the maturity of, or refunding or refinancing, in whole or in part, such Debt, provided further that the principal amount of such Debt shall not be increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such extension, refunding or refinancing, and the direct and contingent obligors therefor shall not be changed (other than as a result of merger or consolidation), as a result of or in connection with such extension, refunding or refinancing,

(xi) Debt, if any, arising in connection with the sales of accounts receivable, including pursuant to factoring programs, whether or not the Company or any of its Subsidiaries remain as servicer; and

(xii) endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business.

(e) Sales, Etc. of Assets . Sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, any assets, or grant any option or other right to any other Person to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except (i) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of its business or sales or other dispositions of scrap, surplus, outdated, superseded, replaced or obsolete inventory, material or equipment, (ii) sales or dispositions of assets in connection with a receivables securitization program to the extent authorized by Section 5.02(d)(vi), (iii) assignments of the right to receive income and/or accounts receivable and related assets in connection with the sales or other dispositions of accounts receivable, including pursuant to factoring programs, whether or not the Company or any of its Subsidiaries remain as servicer, (iv) in or in connection with a transaction authorized by Section 5.02(b), (v) sales or other dispositions between or among the Company and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, (vi) sales or leases of property in connection with a synthetic lease or tax ownership operating lease, (vii) sales or leases of property in connection with a sale and leaseback transaction or lease and leaseback transaction provided that the net present value of the aggregate rental obligations under such leases or contracts entered into after the date hereof (discounted at the implied interest rate of such lease or contract) does not exceed an amount equal to 10% of the Consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries measured as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of the Company for which audited financial statements have been delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(i) and (viii) sales or other dispositions of assets; provided that the value of such sales or other dispositions of assets consummated after the date hereof when added to the value of any assets described in Section 5.02(b)(iv) involved in a transaction consummated after the date hereof does not exceed an amount equal to 15% of Consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, measured as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal year of the Company for which audited financial statements have been delivered in accordance with Section 5.01(i).

 

40


(f) Change in Nature of Business . Make, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make, any material change in the nature of its business from the business as carried on by the Company and its Subsidiaries at the date hereof.

(g) Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries . Directly or indirectly, enter into or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to enter into or suffer to exist, any agreement or arrangement limiting the ability of any of its Subsidiaries to declare or pay dividends or other distributions in respect of its capital stock (whether through a covenant restricting dividends, a financial covenant or otherwise), except (i) this Agreement, (ii) any agreement or instrument evidencing Existing Debt (and extensions, refundings, or refinancings thereof permitted under Section 5.02(d)(ii), provided the terms of any such extension, refunding or refinancing are no more restrictive in respect of the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of its capital stock than such existing agreement or instrument) and (iii) any agreement in effect at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of the Company, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Company (and, if such agreement evidences Debt, extensions, refundings, or refinancings thereof permitted under Section 5.02(d)(x), provided the terms of any such extension, refunding or refinancing are no more restrictive in respect of the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of its capital stock than such existing agreements); provided that the foregoing covenant shall not apply to any Subsidiary that is a special purpose entity created in connection with a receivables securitization program and shall not apply to any charter or other organizational document that requires that dividends be paid from profits.

(h) Use of Proceeds . Request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, or use, or permit its Subsidiaries or its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents to use, the proceeds of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, or (iii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

SECTION 5.03. Financial Covenants . So long as any Advance shall remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit is outstanding or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Company will:

(a) Debt to EBITDA Ratio . Maintain, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a ratio of (i) Debt, excluding Debt in respect of Hedge Agreements, as of such date to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended, of not greater than 3.5 to 1.0.

(b) Interest Coverage Ratio . Maintain, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a ratio of (i) Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the period of four fiscal quarters then ended to (ii) interest payable on, and amortization of debt discount in respect of, all Debt and loss on sale of accounts receivable (collectively, “ Interest Expense ”) during such period by the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, of not less than 3.0 to 1.0; provided , that for purposes of calculating Interest Expense for the Company and its Subsidiaries for any period, the Interest Expense of any Person (or assets or division of such Person) acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during such period shall be included on a pro forma basis for such period (assuming the consummation of such acquisition occurred on the first day of such period).

 

41


ARTICLE VI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default . If any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur and be continuing:

(a) The Company or any other Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Advance when the same becomes due and payable; or the Company or any other Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Advance or make any other payment of fees or other amounts payable under this Agreement or any Note within three Business Days after the same becomes due and payable; or

(b) Any representation or warranty made by any Borrower herein or by any Borrower (or any of its officers) in connection with this Agreement or by any Designated Subsidiary in the Designation Agreement pursuant to which such Designated Subsidiary became a Borrower hereunder shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made; or

(c) (i) The Company shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 5.01(d), (e), (h) or (i), 5.02 or 5.03, or (ii) the Company shall fail to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement on its part to be performed or observed if such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Company by the Agent or any Lender; or

(d) The Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any Debt that is outstanding in a principal or, in the case of Hedge Agreements, net amount of at least $75,000,000 in the aggregate (but excluding Debt outstanding hereunder) of the Company or such Subsidiary (as the case may be), when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid or redeemed (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or redemption), required to be purchased or defeased (other than cash collateralization of letter of credit obligations), or an offer to prepay, redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required to be made, in each case prior to the stated maturity thereof; or

(e) The Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (e); or

(f) Judgments or orders for the payment of money in excess of $75,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or

(g) (i) Any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock of the Company (or other securities convertible into such Voting Stock) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of all Voting Stock of the Company; or (ii) during any period of up to 12 consecutive months, commencing before or after the date of this Agreement, individuals who at the beginning of such 12-month period were

 

42


directors of the Company shall cease for any reason (other than due to death or disability) to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Company (except to the extent that individuals who at the beginning of such 12-month period were replaced by individuals (x) elected by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Company or (y) nominated for election by a majority of the remaining members of the board of directors of the Company and thereafter elected as directors by the shareholders of the Company ); or

(h) The Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates shall incur, or shall be reasonably likely to incur liability in excess of $75,000,000 in the aggregate as a result of one or more of the following: (i) the occurrence of any ERISA Event; (ii) the partial or complete withdrawal of the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan; or (iii) the reorganization or termination of a Multiemployer Plan; or

(i) so long as any Subsidiary of the Company is a Designated Subsidiary, Section 7.01 shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against the Company, or the Company shall so state in writing;

then, and in any such event, the Agent (i) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers, declare the obligation of each Lender to make Advances (other than Advances by an Issuing Bank or a Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c)) and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit to be terminated, whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the Required Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers, declare the Advances, all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Advances, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower; provided , however , that in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Company or any other Borrower under the any Bankruptcy Law, (A) the obligation of each Lender to make Advances (other than Advances by an Issuing Bank or a Lender pursuant to Section 2.03(c)) and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit shall automatically be terminated and (B) the Advances, all such interest and all such amounts shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower.

SECTION 6.02. Actions in Respect of the Letters of Credit upon Default . If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Agent may with the consent, or shall at the request, of the Required Lenders, irrespective of whether it is taking any of the actions described in Section 6.01 or otherwise, make demand upon the Borrowers to, and forthwith upon such demand the Borrowers will, (a) pay to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders in same day funds at the Agent’s office designated in such demand, for deposit in the L/C Cash Deposit Account, an amount equal to the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding or (b) make such other arrangements in respect of the outstanding Letters of Credit as shall be acceptable to the Required Lenders and not more disadvantageous to the Borrowers than clause (a); provided , however , that in the event of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Borrower under any Bankruptcy Law, an amount equal to the aggregate Available Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit shall be immediately due and payable to the Agent for the account of the Lenders without notice to or demand upon the Borrowers, which are expressly waived by each Borrower, to be held in the L/C Cash Deposit Account. If at any time an Event of Default is continuing the Agent determines that any funds held in the L/C Cash Deposit Account are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Agent and the Lenders or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit, the Borrowers will, forthwith upon demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the L/C Cash Deposit Account, an amount equal to the excess of (a) such aggregate Available Amount over (b) the total amount of funds, if any, then held in the L/C Cash Deposit Account that the Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit, to the extent funds are on deposit in the L/C Cash Deposit Account, such funds shall be applied to reimburse the Issuing Banks to the extent permitted by applicable law. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon and all other obligations of the Borrowers hereunder and under the Notes shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such L/C Cash Deposit Account shall be returned to the Borrowers.

 

43


ARTICLE VII

GUARANTY

SECTION 7.01. Unconditional Guaranty . The Company hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at scheduled maturity or on any date of a required prepayment or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all obligations of each other Borrower now or hereafter existing under or in respect of this Agreement and the Notes (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise (such obligations being the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”), and agrees to pay any and all expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Agent or any Lender in enforcing any rights under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by such Borrower to the Agent or any Lender under or in respect of this Agreement and the Notes but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such Borrower.

SECTION 7.02. Guaranty Absolute . (a) The Company guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Agent or any Lender with respect thereto. The obligations of the Company under or in respect of this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of any other Borrower under or in respect of this Agreement and the Notes, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Company to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against any Borrower or whether any Borrower is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of the Company under this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and the Company hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Note or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of any Borrower under or in respect of this Agreement and the Notes, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from this Agreement or any Note, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise;

(c) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d) any manner of application of any collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of any Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes or any other assets of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) any failure of the Agent or any Lender to disclose to the Company any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any Borrower now or hereafter known to the Agent or such Lender (the Company waiving any duty on the part of the Agent and the Lenders to disclose such information);

(g) the failure of any other Person to execute or deliver this Guaranty or any other guaranty or agreement or the release or reduction of liability of the Company or other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; or

(h) any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by the Agent or any Lender that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Borrower or any other guarantor or surety.

 

44


This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Agent or any Lender or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

SECTION 7.03. Waivers and Acknowledgments . (a) The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that the Agent or any Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Borrower or any other Person or any collateral.

(b) The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

(c) The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by the Agent or any Lender that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of the Company or other rights of the Company to proceed against any Borrower, any other guarantor or any other Person or any collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the obligations of the Company hereunder.

(d) The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of the Agent or any Lender to disclose to the Company any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by the Agent or such Lender.

(e) The Company acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Agreement and the Notes and that the waivers set forth in Section 7.02 and this Section 7.03 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 7.04. Subrogation . The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against any Borrower or any other insider guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’s obligations under or in respect of this Guaranty, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Agent or any Lender against any Borrower or any other insider guarantor or any collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Borrower or any other insider guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated and the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated. If any amount shall be paid to the Company in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the latest of (a) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (b) the latest Termination Date and (c) the latest date of expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, such amount shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, shall be segregated from other property and funds of the Company and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes, or to be held as collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising. If (i) the Company shall make payment to the Agent or any Lender of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, (iii) the latest Termination Date shall have occurred and (iv) all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated, the Agent and the Lenders will, at the Company’s request and expense, execute and deliver to the Company appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to the Company of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment made by the Company pursuant to this Guaranty.

 

45


SECTION 7.05. Continuing Guaranty; Assignments . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the latest of (i) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (ii) the latest Termination Date and (iii) the latest date of expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (b) be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Agent and the Lenders and their successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (c) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Agent or any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or any portion of its Commitments, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to the Agent or such Lender herein or otherwise, in each case as and to the extent provided in Section 9.07.

ARTICLE VIII

THE AGENT

SECTION 8.01. Authorization and Authority . Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints Citibank, N.A. to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders, and none of the Borrowers shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any Note (or any other similar term) with reference to the Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.

SECTION 8.02. Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

SECTION 8.03. Duties of Agent; Exculpatory Provisions . (a) The Agent’s duties hereunder are solely ministerial and administrative in nature and the Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent:

(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein); provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to this Agreement or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any debtor relief law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any debtor relief law; and

(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Company or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

 

46


(b) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 9.01 or 6.01) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default or the event or events that give or may give rise to any Default unless and until the Company or any Lender shall have given notice to the Agent describing such Default and such event or events.

(c) The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty, representation or other information made or supplied in or in connection with this Agreement or the Information Memorandum, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith or the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the information contained therein, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created hereby or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article III or elsewhere herein, other than (but subject to the foregoing clause (ii)) to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

(d) Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Agent or any of its Related Parties to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or any of its Related Parties.

SECTION 8.04. Reliance by Agent . The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of an Advance, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless an officer of the Agent responsible for the transactions contemplated hereby shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Advance or the issuance of such Letter of Credit, and in the case of a Borrowing, such Lender shall not have made available to the Agent such Lender’s ratable portion of such Borrowing. The Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

SECTION 8.05. Delegation of Duties . The Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Agent. The Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. Each such sub-agent and the Related Parties of the Agent and each such sub-agent shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article VIII and Section 9.04 (as though such sub-agents were the “Agent” hereunder) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

SECTION 8.06. Resignation of Agent . (a) The Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Company. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Company (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000 and with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “ Resignation Effective Date ”), then the retiring Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

 

47


(b) If the Person serving as Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to the Company and such Person remove such Person as Agent and, with the consent of the Company (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “ Removal Effective Date ”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(c) With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (1) the retiring or removed Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the Notes (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks under the Agreement, the retiring or removed Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (2) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Agent), and the retiring or removed Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the Notes. The fees payable by the Company to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Company and such successor. After the retiring or removed Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Agent was acting as Agent.

(d) Any resignation by or removal of a Person acting as Agent pursuant to this Section shall, unless such Person shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders otherwise, also act to relieve such Person and its Affiliates of any obligation to advance or issue new, or extend existing, Letters of Credit where such advance, issuance or extension is to occur on or after the effective date of such resignation. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank, (ii) the retiring Issuing Bank shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder and (iii) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangement satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit.

SECTION 8.07. Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any Note or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

SECTION 8.08. Indemnification . (a) Each Lender severally agrees to indemnify the Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Company) from and against such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as provided below) of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent (in its capacity as such) in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by the Agent (in its capacity as such) under this Agreement (collectively, the “ Indemnified Costs ”), provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of the Indemnified Costs resulting from the Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly upon demand for its pro rata Share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) incurred by the Agent (in its capacity as such) in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, to the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Company. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified

 

48


Costs, this Section 8.08(a) applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by the Agent, any Lender or a third party. For purposes of this Section 8.08(a), the Lenders’ respective pro rata shares of any amount shall be determined, at any time, according to the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Advances outstanding at such time and owing to the respective Lenders, (ii) their respective Ratable Shares of the aggregate Available Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding at such time, (iii) the aggregate unused portions of their Term Commitments at such time and (iv) their respective Unused Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

(b) Each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to indemnify the Issuing Banks (to the extent not promptly reimbursed by the Company) from and against such Lender’s Ratable Share of any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Issuing Bank (in its capacity as such) in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by such Issuing Bank (in its capacity as such) hereunder or in connection herewith; provided , however , that no Revolving Credit Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Revolving Credit Lender agrees to reimburse any such Issuing Bank promptly upon demand for its Ratable Share of any costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) payable by the Company under Section 9.04, to the extent that such Issuing Bank is not promptly reimbursed for such costs and expenses by the Company.

(c) The failure of any Lender to reimburse the Agent or any Issuing Bank promptly upon demand for its applicable share of any amount required to be paid by the Lenders to the Agent as provided herein shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder to reimburse the Agent or any Issuing Bank for its applicable share of such amount, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to reimburse the Agent or any Issuing Bank for such other Lender’s applicable share of such amount. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of any Lender hereunder, the agreement and obligations of each Lender contained in this Section 8.08 shall survive the payment in full of principal, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the Notes. Each of the Agent and each Issuing Bank agrees to return to the Lenders their respective applicable shares of any amounts paid under this Section 8.08 that are subsequently reimbursed by the Company.

SECTION 8.09. Other Agents. Each Lender hereby acknowledges that neither the documentation agent nor any other Lender designated as any “Agent” on the signature pages hereof has any liability hereunder other than in its capacity as a Lender.

 

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.01. Amendments, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Notes, nor consent to any departure by any Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that (a) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all the Lenders, do any of the following: (i) waive any of the conditions specified in Section 3.01, (ii) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Advances, or the number of Lenders, that shall be required for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder or (iii) amend this Section 9.01; (b) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each Lender directly affected thereby (and without the consent of the Required Lenders), do any of the following: (i) increase or extend the Commitments of any Lender, (ii) reduce the principal of, or rate of interest on, the Advances or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (iii) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Advances or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder, (iv) release the Company from any of its obligations under Article VII, or (v) extend the expiration date of any Letter of Credit to a date later than the latest Termination Date; (c) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by Revolving Credit Lenders owed at least a majority in interest of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount (based on the Equivalent in Dollars at such time) of the Revolving Credit Advances, or, if no such principal amount is then outstanding, Revolving Credit Lenders having at least a majority in interest of the Revolving Credit Commitments (and without the consent of the Required Lenders) waive any of the conditions specified in Section 3.02 after September 30, 2015 or, if earlier, the second date of Term Borrowings, and provided further that (x) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Agent in addition to the Lenders required

 

49


above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any Note; and (y) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Issuing Banks in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, adversely affect the rights or obligations of the Issuing Banks in their capacities as such under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended, nor amounts owing to such Lender reduced or the final maturity thereof extended, without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

SECTION 9.02. Notices, Etc . (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows:

(i) if to the Company or any other Borrower, to the Company’s address at 10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, Attention: Treasurer (Facsimile No. 727-231-3705; Telephone No. 727-803-3705), with a copy to the same address, Attention: General Counsel (Facsimile No. 727-803-3415; Telephone No. 727-803-3305);

(ii) if to the Agent, to Citibank, N.A. at 1615 Brett Road, Building #3, New Castle, Delaware 19720, Attention of Bank Loan Syndications; (Facsimile No. (646)-274-5080; Telephone No. (302) 894-6010; Email: glagentofficeops@citi.com);

(iii) if to Citibank, N.A. in its capacity as an Issuing Bank, to it at 1615 Brett Road, Building #3, New Castle, Delaware 19720, Attention of Bank Loan Syndications; (Facsimile No. (212) 994-0961; Telephone No. (302) 894-6160); and if to any other Issuing Bank, to it at the address provided in writing to the Agent and the Company at the time of its appointment as an Issuing Bank hereunder;

(iv) if to a Lender, to it at its address (or facsimile number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications, to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b).

(b) Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or Issuing Bank pursuant to Article II if such Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Agent or the Borrowers may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

Unless the Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.

 

50


(c) Change of Address, etc . Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

(d) Platform .

(i) Each Borrower agrees that the Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Banks and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”).

(ii) The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ”) have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of any Borrower’s or the Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform, except to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of an Agent Party. “ Communications ” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Borrower provides to the Agent pursuant to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Agent any Lender or any Issuing Bank by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.

SECTION 9.03. No Waiver; Remedies . No failure on the part of any Lender or the Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

SECTION 9.04. Costs and Expenses . (a) The Company agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses of the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification and amendment of this Agreement, the Notes and the other documents to be delivered hereunder, including, without limitation, (A) all computer, duplication, appraisal, consultant, and audit expenses and (B) the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Agent with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Agent as to its rights and responsibilities under this Agreement. The Company further agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses of the Agent and the Lenders, if any (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and expenses), in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of this Agreement, the Notes and the other documents to be delivered hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Agent and each Lender in connection with the enforcement of rights under this Section 9.04(a).

(b) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and each Lender and each of their Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case arising out of or in connection with or by reason of (including, without limitation, in connection with any investigation, litigation or proceeding or preparation of a defense in connection therewith) (i) the Notes, this Agreement, any of the transactions contemplated herein or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Advances or Letters of Credit or (ii) the actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials on any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Environmental Action relating in any way to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except, with respect to any Indemnified Party, to the extent such claim, damage, loss, liability or expense is determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 9.04(b) applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by the Company, its directors, equityholders or creditors or an Indemnified Party or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto and

 

51


whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated. The Company also agrees not to assert any claim for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages against the Agent, any Lender, any of their Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys and agents, on any theory of liability, arising out of or otherwise relating to the Notes, this Agreement, any of the transactions contemplated herein or the actual or proposed use of the proceeds of the Advances. Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.14(c), this Section shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

(c) If any payment of principal of, or Conversion of, any Eurocurrency Rate Advance is made by any Borrower to or for the account of a Lender (i) other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance, as a result of a payment or Conversion pursuant to Section 2.08, 2.09, 2.10 or 2.12, acceleration of the maturity of the Notes pursuant to Section 6.01 or for any other reason, or by an Eligible Assignee to a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such Advance upon an assignment of rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.07 as a result of a demand by the Company pursuant to Section 9.18 or (ii) as a result of a payment or Conversion pursuant to Section 2.08, 2.10 or 2.12, such Borrower shall, upon demand by such Lender (with a copy of such demand to the Agent), pay to the Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that it may reasonably incur as a result of such payment or Conversion, including, without limitation, any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such Advance. If the amount of the Committed Currency purchased by any Lender in the case of a Conversion or exchange of Advances in the case of Section 2.08, 2.09 or 2.12 exceeds the sum required to satisfy such Lender’s liability in respect of such Advances, such Lender agrees to remit to the applicable Borrower such excess.

(d) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Borrowers hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrowers contained in Sections 2.11, 2.14 and 9.04 shall survive the payment in full of principal, interest and all other amounts payable hereunder and under the Notes.

SECTION 9.05. Right of Set-off . Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and (ii) the making of the request or the granting of the consent specified by Section 6.01 to authorize the Agent to declare the Advances due and payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Company or any Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Company or any Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement and the Note held by such Lender, whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or such Note and although such obligations may be unmatured. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Agent and the Company or the applicable Borrower after any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Lender and its Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) that such Lender and its Affiliates may have.

SECTION 9.06. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective (other than Section 2.01, which shall only become effective upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.01) when it shall have been executed by the Company and the Agent and when the Agent shall have been notified by each Initial Lender that such Initial Lender has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except that neither the Company nor any other Borrower shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of all of the Lenders.

SECTION 9.07. Assignments and Participations . (a)  Successors and Assigns Generally . No Lender or Issuing Bank may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.07(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.07(d), or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 9.07(f) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 9.07(d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

52


(b) Assignments by Lenders and Issuing Banks . Any Lender or Issuing Bank may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment (except that an Issuing Bank may only assign all or a portion of its Unissued Letter of Credit Commitment and not its issued Letters of Credit) and the Advances at the time owing to it); provided that (in each case with respect to any Facility) any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts .

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s Commitment and/or the Advances at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds that equal at least the amount specified in Section 9.07(b)(i)(B) in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in Section 9.07(b)(i)(A), the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Advances outstanding and participations in Letters of Credit thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Advances of the assigning Lender or Issuing Bank subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, unless each of the Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii) Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Advance or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.

(iii) Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by Section 9.07(b)(i)(B) and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) such assignment is to a financial institution and an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment, or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided that the Company shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Agent within five Business Days after having received notice thereof;

(B) the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund; and

(C) the consent of each Issuing Bank (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment under the Revolving Credit Facility.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent (with a copy to Company, if the Company’s consent thereto is not otherwise required) an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which may be waived by the Agent in its sole discretion); provided that the Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

 

53


(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons . No such assignment shall be made to (A) the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would be a Defaulting Lender or a Subsidiary of a Defaulting Lender.

(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons . No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person.

(vii) Certain Additional Payments . In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Company and the Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Advances previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Agent, each Issuing Bank and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Advances and participations in Letters of Credit in accordance with its Ratable Share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this clause (vii), then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Agent pursuant to Section 9.07(c), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may be, under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender or Issuing Bank thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender or Issuing Bank shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.11 and 9.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.07(b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 9.07(d).

(c) Register . The Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices in the United States a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Advances owing to, each Lender and Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender or an Issuing Bank, as the case may be, hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Borrower, any Lender and any Issuing Bank, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations .

(i) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Company or the Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person or the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each buyer of a Participation , a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Advances owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (C) the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders shall continue to deal

 

54


solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 9.04(e) with respect to any payments made by such Lender to its Participant(s).

(ii) Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, waiver or consent of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (a) of the first proviso of Section 9.01 that directly affects such Participant. The Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.11 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 9.07(b); provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 9.18 as if it were an assignee under Section 9.07(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.05 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.15 as though it were a Lender.

(e) Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 2.11 and 2.14 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Company’s prior written consent. A Participant that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside of the United States shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.14 unless the Company is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrowers, to comply with Section 2.14(e) as though it were a Lender.

(f) Certain Pledges . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement, any Lender may at any time create a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender (including, without limitation, any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender) and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that, no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender party hereto interest.

(g) Resignation as Issuing Bank after Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time any Issuing Bank assigns all of its Revolving Credit Commitments and Advances pursuant to Section 9.07(a ) , such Person may, upon 30 days’ notice to the Company and the Lenders, resign as Issuing Bank. In the event of any such resignation as Issuing Bank, the Company shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor Issuing Bank hereunder; provided , however , that no failure by the Company to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of such Person as Issuing Bank and any Lender so appointed agrees to serve as an Issuing Bank. If such Person resigns as Issuing Bank, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of an Issuing Bank hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as Issuing Bank and all unreimbursed Letter of Credit drawings with respect thereto. Upon the appointment of a successor Issuing Bank, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank and (b) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to such Person to effectively assume the obligations of such Person with respect to such Letters of Credit.

SECTION 9.08. Confidentiality . Neither the Agent nor any Lender may disclose to any Person any Company Information (as defined below), except that each of the Agent and each of the Lenders may disclose Company Information (a) to its and its Affiliates’ respective managers, administrators, trustees, partners, employees, officers, directors, agents and advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Company Information and such person shall have agreed to keep such Company Information confidential on substantially the same terms as provided herein), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process or requested by any self-regulatory authority, provided that, to the extent practicable and legally permissible, the Company is given prompt written notice of such requirement or request prior to such disclosure and assistance (to the extent practicable and at the Company’s expense) in obtaining an order

 

55


protecting such information from public disclosure, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions no less restrictive than those of this Section 9.08, to (i) any assignee of or participant in, or any prospective assignee of or participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its managers, administrators, trustees, partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Company and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder or to any credit insurance provider relating to the Company and its obligations hereunder, (iii) any rating agency, or (iv) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization, (g) to the extent such Company Information (A) is or becomes generally available to the public on a non-confidential basis other than as a result of a breach of this Section 9.08 by the Agent or such Lender, or (B) is or becomes available to the Agent or such Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company and not, to the knowledge of the Agent or such Lender, in breach of such third party’s obligations of confidentiality and (h) with the consent of the Company.

For purposes of this Section, “ Company Information ” means all confidential, proprietary or non-public information received from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Company Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Company Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care.

SECTION 9.09. Designated Subsidiaries . (a)  Designation . The Company may at any time, and from time to time, upon not less than 15 Business Days’ notice, notify the Agent that the Company intends to designate a Subsidiary as a “Designated Subsidiary” for purposes of this Agreement. On or after the date that is 15 Business Days after such notice, upon delivery to the Agent and each Lender of a Designation Letter duly executed by the Company and the respective Subsidiary and substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, such Subsidiary shall thereupon become a “Designated Subsidiary” for purposes of this Agreement and, as such, shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Borrower hereunder. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Company’s notice of such pending designation by the Company and the identity of the respective Subsidiary. Following the giving of any notice pursuant to this Section 9.09(a), if the designation of such Designated Subsidiary obligates the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall, promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender, supply such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent or any Lender in order for the Agent or such Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations.

If the Company shall designate as a Designated Subsidiary hereunder any Subsidiary not organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, any Lender may, with notice to the Agent and the Company, fulfill its Commitment by causing an Affiliate or branch of such Lender to act as the Lender in respect of such Designated Subsidiary.

As soon as practicable after receiving notice from the Company or the Agent of the Company’s intent to designate a Subsidiary as a Designated Borrower, and in any event no later than five Business Days after the delivery of such notice, for a Designated Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, any Lender that may not legally lend to, establish credit for the account of and/or do any business whatsoever with such Designated Subsidiary directly or through an Affiliate of such Lender as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph (a “ Protesting Lender ”) shall so notify the Company and the Agent in writing. With respect to each Protesting Lender, the Company shall, effective on or before the date that such Designated Subsidiary shall have the right to borrow hereunder, either (A) notify the Agent and such Protesting Lender that the Commitments of such Protesting Lender shall be terminated; provided that such Protesting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Advances and/or Letter of Credit reimbursement obligations, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Company or the relevant Designated Subsidiary (in the case of all other amounts) or (B) cancel its request to designate such Subsidiary as a “Designated Subsidiary” hereunder.

 

56


(b) Termination . If so requested by the Company, upon the indefeasible payment and performance in full of all of the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations under this Agreement of any Designated Subsidiary then, so long as at the time no Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Issuance in respect of such Designated Subsidiary is outstanding, such Subsidiary’s status as a “Designated Subsidiary” shall terminate upon notice to such effect from the Agent to the Lenders (which notice the Agent shall give promptly, and only upon its receipt of a request therefor from the Company). Thereafter, the Lenders shall be under no further obligation to make any Advance hereunder to such Designated Subsidiary.

SECTION 9.10. Governing Law . This Agreement and the Notes and any claims, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any Note and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

SECTION 9.11. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12. Judgment . (a) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in Dollars into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Agent could purchase Dollars with such other currency at Citibank’s principal office in London at 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.

(b) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in a Committed Currency into Dollars, the parties agree to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Agent could purchase such Committed Currency with Dollars at Citibank’s principal office in London at 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.

(c) The obligation of any Borrower in respect of any sum due from it in any currency (the “ Primary Currency ”) to any Lender or the Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in any other currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be), of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the applicable Primary Currency with such other currency; if the amount of the applicable Primary Currency so purchased is less than such sum due to such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) in the applicable Primary Currency, each Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) against such loss, and if the amount of the applicable Primary Currency so purchased exceeds such sum due to any Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) in the applicable Primary Currency, such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) agrees to remit to such Borrower such excess.

SECTION 9.13. Jurisdiction, Etc . (a) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against any other party hereto or any Related Party of the foregoing in any way relating to this Agreement or any Note or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, in any forum other than the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County, and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

Each Designated Subsidiary hereby agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding brought in any such New York State court or in such federal court may be made upon the Company and each Designated Subsidiary hereby irrevocably appoints the Company its authorized agent to accept such service of

 

57


process, and agrees that the failure of the Company to give any notice of any such service shall not impair or affect the validity of such service or of any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon. The Company and each Designated Subsidiary hereby further irrevocably consent to the service of process in any action or proceeding in such courts by the mailing thereof by any parties hereto by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Company at its address specified pursuant to Section 9.02. To the extent that each Designated Subsidiary has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, each Designated Subsidiary hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

SECTION 9.14. Substitution of Currency . If a change in any Committed Currency occurs pursuant to any applicable law, rule or regulation of any governmental, monetary or multi-national authority, this Agreement (including, without limitation, the definition of Eurocurrency Rate) will be deemed amended to the extent determined by the Agent (acting reasonably and in consultation with the Company) to be necessary to reflect the change in currency and to put the Lenders and the Borrowers in the same position, so far as possible, that they would have been in if no change in such Committed Currency had occurred.

SECTION 9.15. No Liability of the Issuing Banks . The Borrowers assume all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit with respect to its use of such Letter of Credit. Neither an Issuing Bank nor any of its officers or directors shall be liable or responsible for: (a) the use that may be made of any Letter of Credit or any acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee in connection therewith; (b) the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged; or (c) any other circumstances whatsoever in making or failing to make payment under any Letter of Credit, except that the applicable Borrower shall have a claim against such Issuing Bank, and such Issuing Bank shall be liable to such Borrower, to the extent of any direct, but not consequential, damages suffered by such Borrower that such Borrower proves were caused by such Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, such Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to excuse such Issuing Bank if it acts with gross negligence or willful misconduct in accepting such documents.

SECTION 9.16. Patriot Act Notice . Each Lender and the Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies each Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Borrower, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Agent, as applicable, to identify each Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act. Each Borrower shall provide such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Agent or any Lenders in order to assist the Agent and the Lenders in maintaining compliance with the Patriot Act.

SECTION 9.17. Power of Attorney . Each Designated Subsidiary of the Company, pursuant to the terms of its Designation Agreement, has authorized and appointed the Company as its attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver (a) any amendment, waiver or consent in accordance with Section 9.01 on behalf of and in the name of such Subsidiary and (b) any notice or other communication hereunder, on behalf of and in the name of such Subsidiary.

SECTION 9.18. Replacement of Lenders . If (a) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.11 or 2.14, (b) any Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any governmental authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.14, (c) any Lender asserts illegality pursuant to Section 2.12, (d) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or (e) any Lender has not agreed to any amendment, waiver or consent for which (x) the consent of all of the Lenders is required and (y) Lenders owed or holding at least 50% of the sum

 

58


of all outstanding Revolving Credit Advances and Term Advances plus the aggregate Unused Revolving Credit Commitments have agreed to such amendment, waiver or consent, then the Company may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 9.07), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that (i) each such assignment shall be arranged by the Company after consultation with the Agent and shall be either an assignment of all of the rights and obligations of the assigning Lender under this Agreement or an assignment of a portion of such rights and obligations made concurrently with another such assignment or other such assignments that together cover all of the rights and obligations of the assigning Lender under this Agreement, (ii) no Lender shall be obligated to make any such assignment unless and until such Lender shall have received one or more payments from either the Borrowers or one or more Eligible Assignees in an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Advances owing to such Lender, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of payment of such principal amount and all other amounts payable to such Lender under this Agreement and (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Company to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

SECTION 9.19. No Fiduciary Duties . Each Borrower agrees that in connection with all aspects of the transactions contemplated hereby and any communications in connection therewith, such Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, will have a business relationship that does not create, by implication or otherwise, any fiduciary duty on the part of the Agent, the Issuing Banks, the Lenders and or respective Affiliates and no such duty will be deemed to have arisen in connection with any such transactions or communications.

 

59


SECTION 9.20. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any Note or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (whether based on contract, tort or any other theory). Each party hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other Person has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other Person would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other parties hereto have been induced to enter into this Agreement and any notes by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this section .

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Sergio A. Cadavid

Name:   Sergio A. Cadavid
Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer

CITIBANK, N.A.,

       as Agent

By:  

/s/ Susan Olsen

Name:   Susan Olsen
Title:   Vice President

Initial Lenders

 

CITIBANK, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Susan Olsen

Name:   Susan Olsen
Title:   Vice President
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
By:  

/s/ My-Linh Yoshiike

Name:   My-Linh Yoshiike
Title:   Vice President
BNP PARIBAS
By:  

/s/ Nicolas Rabier

Name:   Nicolas Rabier
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Nicole Rodriguez

Name:   Nicole Rodriguez
Title:   Director

 

60


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Justin Kelley

Name:   Justin Kelley
Title:   Vice President
MIZUHO BANK, LTD.
By:  

/s/ Bertram H. Tang

Name:   Bertram H. Tang
Title:   Authorized Signatory
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
By:  

/s/ Eugene Dempsey

Name:   Eugene Dempsey
Title:   Director
MUFG UNION BANK, N.A.
By:  

/s/ Lillian Kim

Name:   Lillian Kim
Title:   Director
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Katsuyuki Kubo

Name:   Katsuyuki Kubo
Title:   Managing Director
BANK OF CHINA, NEW YORK BRANCH
By:  

/s/ Haifeng Xu

Name:   Haifeng Xu
Title:   Executive Vice President
DBS BANK LTD.
By:  

/s/ Yen How Ngee

Name:   Yen How Ngee
Title:   Managing Director
HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Eddie Dec

Name:   Eddie Dec
Title:   Director

 

61


STANDARD CHARTERED BANK
By:  

/s/ Pramita Saha

Name:   Pramita Saha
Title:   Executive Director
By:  

/s/ Hsing H. Huang

Name:   Hsing H. Huang
Title:   Associate Director
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Christi K. Shaw

Name:   Christi K. Shaw
Title:   Vice President
SUNTRUST BANK
By:  

/s/ James R. Spaulding

Name:   James R. Spaulding
Title:   FVP

 

62


SCHEDULE I

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT

APPLICABLE LENDING OFFICES

 

Name of Initial Lender

   Revolving Credit
Commitment
     Letter of Credit
Commitment
     Term
Commitment
 

Citibank, N.A.

   $ 155,000,000       $ 25,000,000       $ 53,250,000   

Bank of America, N.A.

   $ 155,000,000       $ 25,000,000       $ 53,250,000   

BNP Paribas

   $ 155,000,000          $ 53,250,000   

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

   $ 155,000,000       $ 25,000,000       $ 53,250,000   

Mizuho Bank, Ltd.

   $ 155,000,000          $ 53,250,000   

The Bank of Nova Scotia

   $ 155,000,000          $ 53,250,000   

MUFG Union Bank, N.A.

   $ 105,000,000          $ 35,250,000   

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, New York

   $ 105,000,000          $ 35,250,000   

Bank of China, New York Branch

   $ 60,000,000          $ 30,000,000   

DBS Bank Ltd.

   $ 60,000,000          $ 20,000,000   

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

   $ 60,000,000          $ 20,000,000   

Standard Chartered Bank

   $ 60,000,000          $ 20,000,000   

U.S. Bank National Association

   $ 60,000,000          $ 20,000,000   

SunTrust Bank

   $ 60,000,000         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total:

   $ 1,500,000,000       $ 75,000,000       $ 500,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1


Schedule 2.01(b)

Existing Letters of Credit

None


SCHEDULE 3.01(b)

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT

DISCLOSED LITIGATION

LITIGATION

The Company and its Subsidiaries are parties to various lawsuits and other actions or proceedings in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that an adverse outcome of any action, suit, investigation, litigation, or proceeding affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, pending or overtly threatened in writing, will have a Material Adverse Effect.


SCHEDULE 5.02(a)

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT

EXISTING LIENS

EXISTING LIENS

Liens on equipment in favor of lessors under capital leases identified in Schedule 5.02(d).

Utility deposits for world wide operations less than $1,000,000.


SCHEDULE 5.02(d)

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED FIVE YEAR CREDIT AGREEMENT

EXISTING DEBT

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

 

     As of May 31, 2015      Credit Facility Limit  

Subsidiary Notes Payable, long-term debt and long-term lease obligations:

     

Brazil Credit Facility 1

        5,347,860   

China Credit Facility 2

     390,712         155,322,581   

France Lease

     3,147,666      

Germany Lease

     5,629,740      

Malaysia Credit Facility

        30,000,000   

Netherlands Credit Facility 2

        20,970,000   

Russia Credit Facility

     700,461      

Singapore Credit Facility

        70,000,000   

Singapore Lease

     30,043,949      

Taiwan Credit Facility

        3,692,356   

Ukraine Credit Facility

        5,000,000   

US Credit Facility/Lease

     19,745,734      

Vietnam Credit Facility

        35,000,000   

Letters of Credit/Bank Guarantees

     41,792,603      

 

1   BRL denominated, amounts shown are USD equivalent.
2   USD, EUR, and CNY denominated, amounts shown are USD equivalent.


EXHIBIT A-1 - FORM OF

REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

U.S.$                Dated:            , 20       

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, [NAME OF BORROWER], a                     corporation (the “ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to                     (the “ Lender ”) for the account of its Applicable Lending Office on the Termination Date applicable to the Lender (each as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the principal sum of U.S.$[amount of the Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment in figures] or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances made by the Lender to the Borrower pursuant to the Amended and Restated Five Year Credit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2015 among the Borrower, [Jabil Circuit, Inc.,] the Lender and certain other lenders parties thereto, and Citibank, N.A. as Agent for the Lender and such other lenders (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) outstanding on the Termination Date applicable to the Lender.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Advance from the date of such Revolving Credit Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Both principal and interest in respect of each Revolving Credit Advance (i) in Dollars are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to the Agent at its account maintained at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, in same day funds and (ii) in any Committed Currency are payable in such currency at the applicable Payment Office in same day funds. Each Revolving Credit Advance owing to the Lender by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and all payments made on account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Promissory Note.

This Promissory Note is one of the Revolving Credit Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for the making of Revolving Credit Advances by the Lender to the Borrower from time to time in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the Dollar amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from each such Revolving Credit Advance being evidenced by this Promissory Note, (ii) contains provisions for determining the Dollar Equivalent of Revolving Credit Advances denominated in Committed Currencies and (iii) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

 

[NAME OF BORROWER]
By  

 

Title:  


ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

   Amount of
Advance
   Amount of
Principal Paid
or Prepaid
   Unpaid Principal
Balance
   Notation
Made By

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 


EXHIBIT A-2 - FORM OF

TERM NOTE

 

U.S.$                  Dated:             , 20    

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, JABIL CIRCUIT, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of                     (the “ Lender ”) for the account of its Applicable Lending Office on the Term Loan Maturity Date (each as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below) the principal sum of U.S.$[amount of the Lender’s Term Commitment in figures] or, if less, the aggregate principal amount of the Term Advances (as defined below) owing to the Lender by the Borrower pursuant to the Amended and Restated Five Year Credit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2015 among the Borrower, the Lender and certain other lenders parties thereto, and Citicorp USA, Inc. as Agent for the Lender and such other lenders (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined) outstanding on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Term Advance from the date of such Term Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates, and payable at such times, as are specified in the Credit Agreement.

Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Citibank, as Agent, at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, in same day funds. Each Term Advance owing to the Lender by the Borrower and the maturity thereof, and all payments made on account of principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto, which is part of this Promissory Note.

This Promissory Note is one of the Term Notes referred to in, and is entitled to the benefits of, the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement, among other things, (i) provides for the making of advances (the “ Term Advances ”) by the Lender to the Borrower in an amount not to exceed the Dollar amount first above mentioned, the indebtedness of the Borrower resulting from such Term Advances being evidenced by this Promissory Note and (ii) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events and also for prepayments on account of principal hereof prior to the maturity hereof upon the terms and conditions therein specified.

 

JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.
By  

 

Title:  


ADVANCES AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

   Amount of
Advance
   Amount of
Principal Paid
or Prepaid
   Unpaid Principal
Balance
   Notation
Made By

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

2


EXHIBIT B - FORM OF NOTICE OF

BORROWING

Citibank, N.A., as Agent

  for the Lenders parties

  to the Credit Agreement

  referred to below

  1615 Brett Road, Building #3

  New Castle, Delaware 19720

[Date]

Attention: Bank Loan Syndications Department

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, [NAME OF BORROWER], refers to the Amended and Restated Five Year Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2015 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among the undersigned, certain Lenders parties thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Agent for said Lenders, and hereby gives you notice, irrevocably, pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Credit Agreement that the undersigned hereby requests a Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection sets forth below the information relating to such Borrowing (the “ Proposed Borrowing ”) as required by Section 2.02(a) of the Credit Agreement:

(i) The Business Day of the Proposed Borrowing is             , 20    .

(ii) The Facility under which the Proposed Borrowing is requested is the [Revolving Credit] [Term] Facility.

(iii) The Type of Advances comprising the Proposed Borrowing is [Base Rate Advances] [Eurocurrency Rate Advances].

(iv) The aggregate amount of the Proposed Borrowing is $        ][for a Revolving Credit Borrowing in a Committed Currency, list currency and amount of Revolving Credit Borrowing].

[(v) The initial Interest Period for each Eurocurrency Rate Advance made as part of the Proposed Borrowing is      month[s].]

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the Proposed Borrowing:

(A) the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.01 of the Credit Agreement (except the representations set forth in the last sentence of subsection (e) thereof and in Section (f)(i) thereof) and, in the case of any Revolving Credit Borrowing made to a Designated Subsidiary, in the Designation Agreement for such Designated Subsidiary, are correct, before and after giving effect to the Proposed Borrowing and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as though made on and as of such date; and


(B) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Proposed Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds therefrom, that constitutes a Default.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF BORROWER]
By  

 

Title:  

 

2


CUSIP Number:                    

EXHIBIT C - FORM OF

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the][each] 3 Assignor identified in item 1 below ([the][each, an] “ Assignor ”) and [the][each] 4 Assignee identified in item 2 below ([the][each, an] “ Assignee ”). [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors][the Assignees] 5 hereunder are several and not joint.] 6 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by [the][each] Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, [the][each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee][the respective Assignees], and [the][each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the Assignor][the respective Assignors], subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Agent as contemplated below (i) all of [the Assignor’s][the respective Assignors’] rights and obligations in [its capacity as a Lender][their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of [the Assignor][the respective Assignors] under the respective facilities identified below (including without limitation any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities), and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)][the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by [the][any] Assignor to [the][any] Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as [the][an] “ Assigned Interest ”). Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to [the][any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the][any] Assignor.

 

1.    Assignor[s]:   

 

  
     

 

  
   [Assignor [is] [is not] a Defaulting Lender]   
2.    Assignee[s]:   

 

  

 

3   For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignor(s), if the assignment is from a single Assignor, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is from multiple Assignors, choose the second bracketed language.
4   For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignee(s), if the assignment is to a single Assignee, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is to multiple Assignees, choose the second bracketed language.
5   Select as appropriate.
6   Include bracketed language if there are either multiple Assignors or multiple Assignees.


     

 

  
     [for each Assignee, indicate [Affiliate][Approved Fund] of [ identify Lender ]
3.    Borrower(s):    Jabil Circuit, Inc.
4.    Agent:    Citibank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement
5.    Credit Agreement:    The Amended and Restated Five Year Credit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2015 among Jabil Circuit, Inc., the Lenders parties thereto, Citibank, N.A., as Agent, and the other agents parties thereto
6.    Assigned Interest[s]:      

 

Assignor[s] 7

  Assignee[s] 8   Facility
Assigned 9
  Aggregate Amount
of
Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders 10
    Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned 8
    Percentage
Assigned of
Commitment/
Loans 11
    CUSIP
Number
      $        $                        
      $        $                        
      $        $                        

 

[7.    Trade Date:                        ] 12   

 

7   List each Assignor, as appropriate.
8   List each Assignee, as appropriate.
9   Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (e.g., “Revolving Credit Commitment”, “Term Commitment”, “Letter of Credit Commitment,” etc.)
10   Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date.
11   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.
12   To be completed if the Assignor(s) and the Assignee(s) intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.

 

-2-


Effective Date:                  , 20    [TO BE INSERTED BY AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR[S]
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

Title:  
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

Title:  
ASSIGNEE[S]
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

Title:  
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

Title:  

 

[Consented to and] 13 Accepted:

[NAME OF AGENT], as
Agent

By:  

 

Title:  
[Consented to:] 14
[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY]
By:  

 

Title:  

 

13   To be added only if the consent of the Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
14   To be added only if the consent of the Borrower and/or other parties (e.g. Issuing Bank) is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

-3-


ANNEX 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1 Assignor[s] . [The][Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii) [the][such] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is [not] a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit Agreement or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of the Credit Agreement, or (iv) the performance or observance by any Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under the Credit Agreement.

1.2. Assignee[s] . [The][Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under Section 9.07(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 9.07(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(h) thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest, and (vii) attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by [the][such] Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Agent, [the][any] Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the][each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the][the relevant] Assignee whether such amounts have accrued prior to, on or after the Effective Date. The Assignor[s] and the Assignee[s] shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments by the Agent for periods prior to the Effective Date or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Agent shall make all payments of interest, fees or other amounts paid or payable in kind from and after the Effective Date to [the][the relevant] Assignee.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

-4-


EXHIBIT D - FORM OF

OPINION OF COUNSEL

FOR THE COMPANY

 

-1-


EXHIBIT E - FORM OF

DESIGNATION AGREEMENT

[DATE]

To each of the Lenders

  parties to the Credit Agreement

  (as defined below) and to Citibank, N.A.,

  as Agent for such Lenders

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Five Year Credit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2015 (as amended or modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Jabil Circuit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and Citibank, N.A., as agent for the Lenders (the “ Agent ”). Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein with the same meaning.

Please be advised that the Company hereby designates its undersigned Subsidiary,                      (“ Designated Subsidiary ”), as a “Designated Subsidiary” under and for all purposes of the Credit Agreement.

The Designated Subsidiary, in consideration of each Lender’s agreement to extend credit to it under and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, does hereby assume each of the obligations imposed upon a “Designated Subsidiary” and a “Borrower” under the Credit Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Designated Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants to each Lender as follows:

(a) The Designated Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of                     .

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Designated Subsidiary of this Designation Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the Notes to be delivered by it are within the Designated Subsidiary’s corporate or other powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action and do not contravene (i) the Designated Subsidiary’s charter or by-laws or (ii) material law or any material contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Designated Subsidiary. The Designation Agreement and the Notes delivered by it have been duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Designated Subsidiary.

(c) No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any third party is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Designated Subsidiary of this Designation Agreement, the Credit Agreement or the Notes to be delivered by it.

(d) This Designation Agreement is, and the Notes to be delivered by the Designated Subsidiary when delivered will be, legal, valid and binding obligations of the Designated Subsidiary enforceable against the Designated Subsidiary in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or law).

(e) There is no pending or, to the Designated Subsidiary’s knowledge, overtly threatened action, suit, investigation or proceeding affecting the Designated Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator that purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Designation Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any Note of the Designated Subsidiary.

 

-1-


The Designated Subsidiary hereby authorizes and appoints the Company as its attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver (a) any amendment, waiver or consent in accordance with Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement on behalf of and in the name of such Subsidiary and (b) any notice or other communication hereunder, on behalf of and in the name of such Subsidiary. If requested by the Agent, the Designated Subsidiary shall deliver to the Agent a power of attorney enforceable under applicable law and any additional information to the Agent as necessary to make such power of attorney the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Subsidiary.

The Designated Subsidiary hereby agrees that service of process in any action or proceeding brought in any New York State court or in federal court may be made upon the Company at its offices at                     , Attention:                      (the “ Process Agent” ) and the Designated Subsidiary hereby irrevocably appoints the Process Agent to give any notice of any such service of process, and agrees that the failure of the Process Agent to give any notice of any such service shall not impair or affect the validity of such service or of any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon.

The Company hereby accepts such appointment as Process Agent and agrees with you that (i) the Company will maintain an office in Florida through the latest Termination Date and will give the Agent prompt notice of any change of address of the Company, (ii) the Company will perform its duties as Process Agent to receive on behalf of the Designated Subsidiary and its property service of copies of the summons and complaint and any other process which may be served in any action or proceeding in any New York State or federal court sitting in New York City arising out of or relating to the Credit Agreement and (iii) the Company will forward forthwith to the Designated Subsidiary at its address at                      or, if different, its then current address, copies of any summons, complaint and other process which the Company received in connection with its appointment as Process Agent.

This Designation Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Very truly yours,
JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[THE DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARY]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

-2-

EXHIBIT 21.1

Jabil Circuit, Inc. Subsidiaries*

Ownership is 100% except where designated

AOC HongKong Limited (Hong Kong)

AOC Technologies (Wuhan) Co., Ltd. (China)

AOC Technologies, Inc. (USA)

Celebit Technology Private Limited (India)

Celetronix India Private Limited (India)

Celetronix Mauritius Limited (Mauritius)

Celetronix USA, Inc. (USA)

Clothing Plus Hong Kong Ltd. (Hong Kong)

Clothing Plus MBU Oy (Finland)

Clothing Plus Oy (Finland)

Clothing Plus Zhejiang Ltd. (China)

D-J, Inc. (USA)

Digitek Electronics Limited (Hong Kong)

F-I Holding Company (Cayman Islands)

GET Manufacturing (USA), Inc. (USA)

Green Point (Suzhou) Technology Co., Ltd. (China)

Green Point (Tianjin) Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. (China)

Green Point (Tianjin) Precision Electronic Co., Ltd. (China)

Green Point (Wuxi) Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. (China)

Green Point (Yantai) Precision Electronic Co., Ltd. (China)

Green Point Industrial Co., Ltd. (British Virgin Islands)

Green Point Precision (M) Sdn. Bhd. (Malaysia)

Green Point Precision (Nanjing) Co., Ltd. (China)

Green Point Precision Components Co., Ltd. (Taiwan)

Green Point Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (China)

Green Point Technology (Wuxi) Co., Ltd. (China)

Green Prosperity Co., Ltd. (British Virgin Islands)

J.y.E. Castella Llorca S.L. (Spain)

Jabil (BVI) II Ltd. (British Virgin Islands)

Jabil (Mauritius) Holdings Ltd. (Mauritius)

Jabil Advanced Mechanical Solutions de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)

Jabil Advanced Mechanical Solutions, Inc. (USA)

Jabil AMS, LLC (USA)

Jabil Assembly Poland sp. z.o.o. (Poland)

Jabil C.M. S.r.l. (Italy)

Jabil Canada Corporation (Canada)

Jabil Circuit (Beijing) Ltd. (China)

Jabil Circuit (BVI) Inc. (British Virgin Islands)

Jabil Circuit (Guangzhou) Ltd. (China)

Jabil Circuit (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. (China)

Jabil Circuit (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (Singapore)

Jabil Circuit (Wuxi) Co. Ltd. (China)

Jabil Circuit Austria GmbH (Austria)

Jabil Circuit Belgium N.V. (Belgium)

Jabil Circuit Bermuda Ltd. (Bermuda)

Jabil Circuit Caserta S.r.l. (Italy)

Jabil Circuit Cayman L.P. (Cayman Islands)

Jabil Circuit Chihuahua, LLC (USA)

Jabil Circuit China Limited (Hong Kong)

Jabil Circuit China Manufacturing Limited (Guernsey)

Jabil Circuit de Chihuahua S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)

Jabil Circuit de Mexico S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

Jabil Circuit de Reynosa, S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)

Jabil Circuit Financial, Inc. (USA)

Jabil Circuit Financial II, Inc. (USA)


Jabil Circuit GmbH (Germany)

Jabil Circuit Guadalajara, LLC (USA)

Jabil Circuit Guangzhou Holding (BVI) Inc. (British Virgin Islands)

Jabil Circuit Holdings GmbH (Germany)

Jabil Circuit Holdings Limited (United Kingdom)

Jabil Circuit Hong Kong Limited (Hong Kong)

Jabil Circuit Hungary Contract Manufacturing Services Ltd. (Hungary)

Jabil Circuit India Private Limited (India)

Jabil Circuit Investment (China) Co., Ltd (China)

Jabil Circuit Italia S.r.l. (Italy)

Jabil Circuit Limited (United Kingdom)

Jabil Circuit Luxembourg S.a.r.l. (Luxembourg)

Jabil Circuit Luxembourg II S.a.r.l. (Luxembourg)

Jabil Circuit Netherlands B.V. (Netherlands)

Jabil Circuit of Michigan, Inc. (USA)

Jabil Circuit Poland sp. z.o.o. (Poland)

Jabil Circuit Real Estate GmbH (Germany)

Jabil Circuit Reynosa, LLC (USA)

Jabil Circuit SAS (France)

Jabil Circuit Sdn Bhd (Malaysia)

Jabil Circuit Services Limited (Hong Kong)

Jabil Circuit Technology LLC (Cayman Islands)

Jabil Circuit Ukraine Limited (Ukraine)

Jabil Circuit, LLC (USA)

Jabil Defense and Aerospace Services, LLC (USA)

Jabil Denmark Aps (Denmark)

Jabil do Brasil Industria Eletroeletronica Ltda. (Brazil)

Jabil Green Point Precision Electronics (Wuxi) Co. Ltd. (China)

Jabil Hungary LP Services, LLC (Hungary)

Jabil Industrial do Brasil Ltda. (Brazil)

Jabil International Treasury Pte. Ltd (Singapore)

Jabil Investment Pte. Ltd. (Singapore)

Jabil Israel Ltd. (Israel)

Jabil Japan, Inc. (Japan)

Jabil Luxembourg Manufacturing S.a.r.l. (Luxembourg)

Jabil Mexico Investment, S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)

Jabil Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

Jabil Sdn Bhd (Malaysia)

Jabil Technology (Chengdu) Co., Ltd (China)

Jabil Technology and Trading (Wuxi) Co., Ltd. (China)

Jabil Vietnam Company Limited (Vietnam)

Jabil, Limited Liability Company (Russian Federation)

JP Danshui Holding (BVI) Inc. (British Virgin Islands)

Kasalis Inc. (USA)

Mikma-Bett (Russian Federation) (Jabil indirectly owns 13.606% of this entity)

Mikromashina (Russian Federation) (Jabil indirectly owns 54.42% of this entity)

New Venture Group LLC (USA)

NP Medical Inc. (USA)

NPA de Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)

Nypro Alabama LLC (USA)

Nypro Atlanta LLC (USA)

Nypro China Holdings Limited (Hong Kong)

Nypro de Amazonia (Brazil)

Nypro de la Frontera, S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)

Nypro Deutschland GmbH (Germany)

Nypro France SAS (France)

Nypro Germany Holdings GmbH (Germany)

Nypro Germany Verwaltungs B.V. & Co. KG (Germany)

Nypro Global Holdings CV (Netherlands)


Nypro Guadalajara S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

Nypro Healthcare Baja Inc. (USA)

Nypro Healthcare GmbH (Germany)

Nypro Hong Kong Limited (Hong Kong)

Nypro Hungary Műanyagtechnika Kft (Hungary)

Nypro Inc. (USA)

Nypro International Holdings BV (Netherlands)

Nypro Iowa Inc. (USA)

Nypro JV Holdings Inc. (USA)

Nypro Korea Ltd. (Korea)

Nypro Limited (Ireland)

Nypro Monterey Inc. (USA)

Nypro Monterrey Management S. de R.L. de C.V. (Mexico)

Nypro Nagyigmánd Vagyonkezelő Kft (Hungary)

Nypro Oregon Inc. (USA)

Nypro Plastics & Metal Products (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (China)

Nypro Plastics & Molding Products (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. (China)

Nypro Puerto Rico Inc. (USA)

Nypro Realty Corp (USA)

Nypro Realty Holdings Inc. (USA)

Nypro Realty Limited Partnership (USA)

Nypro Research and Development Limited (Ireland) (Jabil indirectly owns 98.8% of this entity)

Nypro Singapore Mold Pte Ltd (Singapore)

Nypro Singapore Pte Ltd (Singapore)

Nypro Spain Holding, S.L.U. (Spain)

Nypro Tool (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. (China)

Nypro Tool (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. (China)

Nypro Tool Hong Kong Limited (Hong Kong)

NyproMold Chicago Inc. (USA) (Jabil indirectly owns 50% of this entity)

NyproMold Inc. (USA) (Jabil indirectly owns 50% of this entity)

NyproMold Investment Corp. (USA) (Jabil indirectly owns 50% of this entity)

Plasticast Hungary Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság (Hungary)

Plasticast N Hold, S.L. (Spain)

Plasticos Castella S.A.U. (Spain)

PT Jabil Circuit Indonesia (Indonesia)

Radius Chicago LLC (USA) (Jabil indirectly owns 90% of this entity)

Radius Hong Kong Limited (Hong Kong) (Jabil indirectly owns 90% of this entity)

Radius Innovation and Product Development (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. (China) (Jabil indirectly owns 90% of this entity)

Radius Product Development and Consultation (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (China) (Jabil indirectly owns 90% of this entity)

Radius Product Development Inc. (USA) (Jabil indirectly owns 90% of this entity)

Shanghai Caohejing Xinzhou Economic Development Limited Company (China)

Sypro Optics GmbH (Germany)

Taiwan Green Point Enterprises Co., Ltd. (Taiwan)

Taiwan Green Point Enterprises Co., Ltd. (BVI) (British Virgin Islands)

Westing Green (Tianjin) Plastic Co., Ltd (China)

Wolfe Engineering (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (China)

Wolfe Engineering, Inc. (USA)

 

* Jabil Circuit, Inc. subsidiaries list as of August 31, 2015.

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

  (1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-199503) of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries, and

 

  (2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 Nos. 333-187772, 333-172458, 333-172457, 333-172443, 333-165921, 333-132721, 333-112264, 333-98299, 333-106123, 333-146577, 333-149277, and 333-158291) of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries

of our reports dated October 16, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Jabil Circuit, Inc. and subsidiaries, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended August 31, 2015.

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Tampa, Florida

October 16, 2015

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Mark T. Mondello, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Jabil Circuit, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a – 15 (e) and 15d – 15 (e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a – 15(f) and 15d – 15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: October 16, 2015       /s/     M ARK T. M ONDELLO
      Mark T. Mondello
      Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Forbes I.J. Alexander, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Jabil Circuit, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a – 15 (e) and 15d – 15 (e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a – 15(f) and 15d – 15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: October 16, 2015       /s/    F ORBES I.J. A LEXANDER
      Forbes I.J. Alexander
      Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Jabil Circuit, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Form 10-K”), I, Mark T. Mondello, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: October 16, 2015       /s/    M ARK T. M ONDELLO
      Mark T. Mondello
      Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Jabil Circuit, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Form 10-K”), I, Forbes I.J. Alexander, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: October 16, 2015       /s/    F ORBES I.J. A LEXANDER
      Forbes I.J. Alexander
      Chief Financial Officer